Skip site
navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)
FreeBSD Manual Pages
- "glBegin(3), glEnd(3)
- delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives
- "glColor3b(3), glColor3d(3), glColor3f(3), glColor3i(3), glColor3s(3), glColor3ub(3), glColor3ui(3), glColor3us(3), glColor4b(3), glColor4d(3), glColor4f(3), glColor4i(3), glColor4s(3), glColor4ub(3), glColor4ui(3), glColor4us(3), glColor3bv(3), glColor3dv(3), glColor3fv(3), glColor3iv(3), glColor3sv(3), glColor3ubv(3), glColor3uiv(3), glColor3usv(3), glColor4bv(3), glColor4dv(3), glColor4fv(3), glColor4iv(3), glColor4sv(3), glColor4ubv(3), glColor4uiv(3), glColor4usv(3)
- set the current color
- "glEdgeFlag(3), glEdgeFlagv(3)
- flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
- "glGetBooleanv(3), glGetDoublev(3), glGetFloatv(3), glGetIntegerv(3)
- return the value or values of a selected parameter
- "glGetPixelMapfv(3), glGetPixelMapuiv(3), glGetPixelMapusv(3)
- return the specified pixel map
- "glIndexd(3), glIndexf(3), glIndexi(3), glIndexs(3), glIndexub(3), glIndexdv(3), glIndexfv(3), glIndexiv(3), glIndexsv(3), glIndexubv(3)
- set the current color index
- "glLightModelf(3), glLightModeli(3), glLightModelfv(3), glLightModeliv(3)
- set the lighting model parameters
- "glLoadMatrixd(3), glLoadMatrixf(3)
- replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
- "glMaterialf(3), glMateriali(3), glMaterialfv(3), glMaterialiv(3)
- specify material parameters for the lighting model
- "glMultMatrixd(3), glMultMatrixf(3)
- multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
- "glNormal3b(3), glNormal3d(3), glNormal3f(3), glNormal3i(3), glNormal3s(3), glNormal3bv(3), glNormal3dv(3), glNormal3fv(3), glNormal3iv(3), glNormal3sv(3)
- set the current normal vector delim $$
- "glPushAttrib(3), glPopAttrib(3)
- push and pop the server attribute stack
- "glPushClientAttrib(3), glPopClientAttrib(3)
- push and pop the client attribute stack
- "glPushMatrix(3), glPopMatrix(3)
- push and pop the current matrix stack
- "glPushName(3), glPopName(3)
- push and pop the name stack
- "glRasterPos2d(3), glRasterPos2f(3), glRasterPos2i(3), glRasterPos2s(3), glRasterPos3d(3), glRasterPos3f(3), glRasterPos3i(3), glRasterPos3s(3), glRasterPos4d(3), glRasterPos4f(3), glRasterPos4i(3), glRasterPos4s(3), glRasterPos2dv(3), glRasterPos2fv(3), glRasterPos2iv(3), glRasterPos2sv(3), glRasterPos3dv(3), glRasterPos3fv(3), glRasterPos3iv(3), glRasterPos3sv(3), glRasterPos4dv(3), glRasterPos4fv(3), glRasterPos4iv(3), glRasterPos4sv(3)
- specify the raster position for pixel operations
- "glRotated(3), glRotatef(3)
- multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix
- "glScaled(3), glScalef(3)
- multiply the current matrix by a general scaling matrix
- "glTexCoord1d(3), glTexCoord1f(3), glTexCoord1i(3), glTexCoord1s(3), glTexCoord2d(3), glTexCoord2f(3), glTexCoord2i(3), glTexCoord2s(3), glTexCoord3d(3), glTexCoord3f(3), glTexCoord3i(3), glTexCoord3s(3), glTexCoord4d(3), glTexCoord4f(3), glTexCoord4i(3), glTexCoord4s(3), glTexCoord1dv(3), glTexCoord1fv(3), glTexCoord1iv(3), glTexCoord1sv(3), glTexCoord2dv(3), glTexCoord2fv(3), glTexCoord2iv(3), glTexCoord2sv(3), glTexCoord3dv(3), glTexCoord3fv(3), glTexCoord3iv(3), glTexCoord3sv(3), glTexCoord4dv(3), glTexCoord4fv(3), glTexCoord4iv(3), glTexCoord4sv(3)
- set the current texture coordinates
- "glTexGend(3), glTexGenf(3), glTexGeni(3), glTexGendv(3), glTexGenfv(3), glTexGeniv(3)
- control the generation of texture coordinates
- "glTranslated(3), glTranslatef(3)
- multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix
- 2048(1)
- play the game 2048 in your terminal
- 3ddeskd(1)
- starts the daemon for 3D-Desktop, a 3D desktop switcher
- 3dsdump(1)
- Displays information about the internal structure of a 3DS file
- 822date(1)
- print the date in a mail message
- 822field(1)
- print the value of a header field in a mail message
- 822header(1)
- print the header of a mail message
- 822received(1)
- print the Received fields in a mail message
- ABORT(7)
- abort the current transaction
- AES_set_encrypt_key(3), AES_set_decrypt_key(3), AES_encrypt(3), AES_decrypt(3), AES_cbc_encrypt(3)
- low-level interface to the AES symmetric cipher
- ALLEGRO_DATE(3)
- Defined to a number with the release date of Allegro
- ALLEGRO_DATE_STR(3)
- Defined to a string with the year Allegro was released
- ALLEGRO_SUB_VERSION(3)
- Defined to the middle version of Allegro
- ALLEGRO_VERSION(3)
- Defined to the major version of Allegro
- ALLEGRO_VERSION_STR(3)
- Defined to a string with the full Allegro version number
- ALLEGRO_WIP_VERSION(3)
- Defined to the minor version of Allegro
- ALTER_AGGREGATE(7)
- change the definition of an aggregate function
- ALTER_COLLATION(7)
- change the definition of a collation
- ALTER_CONVERSION(7)
- change the definition of a conversion
- ALTER_DOMAIN(7)
- change the definition of a domain
- ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER(7)
- change the definition of an event trigger
- ALTER_EXTENSION(7)
- change the definition of an extension
- ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER(7)
- change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper
- ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE(7)
- change the definition of a foreign table
- ALTER_FUNCTION(7)
- change the definition of a function
- ALTER_INDEX(7)
- change the definition of an index
- ALTER_LANGUAGE(7)
- change the definition of a procedural language
- ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT(7)
- change the definition of a large object
- ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW(7)
- change the definition of a materialized view
- ALTER_OPERATOR(7)
- change the definition of an operator
- ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS(7)
- change the definition of an operator class
- ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY(7)
- change the definition of an operator family
- ALTER_POLICY(7)
- change the definition of a row level security policy
- ALTER_PROCEDURE(7)
- change the definition of a procedure
- ALTER_PUBLICATION(7)
- change the definition of a publication
- ALTER_ROUTINE(7)
- change the definition of a routine
- ALTER_RULE(7)
- change the definition of a rule
- ALTER_SCHEMA(7)
- change the definition of a schema
- ALTER_SEQUENCE(7)
- change the definition of a sequence generator
- ALTER_SERVER(7)
- change the definition of a foreign server
- ALTER_STATISTICS(7)
- change the definition of an extended statistics object
- ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION(7)
- change the definition of a subscription
- ALTER_TABLE(7)
- change the definition of a table
- ALTER_TABLESPACE(7)
- change the definition of a tablespace
- ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION(7)
- change the definition of a text search configuration
- ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY(7)
- change the definition of a text search dictionary
- ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER(7)
- change the definition of a text search parser
- ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE(7)
- change the definition of a text search template
- ALTER_TRIGGER(7)
- change the definition of a trigger
- ALTER_TYPE(7)
- change the definition of a type
- ALTER_USER_MAPPING(7)
- change the definition of a user mapping
- ALTER_VIEW(7)
- change the definition of a view
- ASN1_put_object(3), ASN1_put_eoc(3)
- start and end the BER encoding of an arbitrary ASN.1 data element
- Animate(1)
- the AfterStep Animate module
- AnimateTypes(1x)
- animation modes used in the Animate module's config
- Apache::TS::Config::Records(3)
- Manage the Apache Traffic Server records.config file
- ApplicationDatabase(1)
- provide "fvwm-crystal.apps" - a feature rich script that generate FVWM-Crystal applications menu from database entries and icons. It can be used in conjunction with "fvwm-crystal.generate-menu" - a script that generate the database entries and the icons used by fvwm-crystal.apps, by reading the desktop files provided by the applications, that with full support of the FreeDesktop additional categories
- ApplicationShell(3)
- The ApplicationShell widget class "ApplicationShell" "widget class" "ApplicationShell"
- Ast_mapper(3o)
- The interface of a -ppx rewriter
- Audio(1)
- the AfterStep Audio module
- Auto(1)
- the AfterStep auto-raise module
- BITMAP(3)
- Stores the contents of a bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- BLT(n)
- Introduction to the BLT library
- BN_set_negative(3), BN_is_negative(3)
- change and inspect the sign of a BIGNUM
- BSbjacobi(3)
- Apply the block Jacobi preconditioner
- BScopy_nz(3)
- Copy the nonzero values from one matrix to another
- BScreate_ctx(3)
- Create the execution time context for the package
- BSctx_print(3)
- Print out the current state of the context
- BSctx_set_cs(3)
- Set the maximum clique size allowed
- BSctx_set_ct(3)
- Set the type of coloring
- BSctx_set_err(3)
- Set the type of error checking
- BSctx_set_guess(3)
- Set whether to use zero as the initial vector for the iterative method or use the values given in the vector passed to the iterative method
- BSctx_set_id(3)
- Set the processor id
- BSctx_set_is(3)
- Set the maximum i-node size allowed
- BSctx_set_max_it(3)
- Set the maximum number of iterations to be allowed by the iterative solver
- BSctx_set_method(3)
- Set the iterative method to be used
- BSctx_set_np(3)
- Set the number of processors
- BSctx_set_num_rhs(3)
- Set the number of RHSs to be solved for
- BSctx_set_pr(3)
- Set whether information on reordering should be printed
- BSctx_set_pre(3)
- The preconditioner to be used by the iterative solver
- BSctx_set_print_log(3)
- Set whether logging information is printed
- BSctx_set_ps(3)
- Set the processor set
- BSctx_set_restart(3)
- Set the number of vectors stored by GMRES
- BSctx_set_rt(3)
- Set whether information for fast future permutations with the same matrix structure should be kept
- BSctx_set_scaling(3)
- Set whether or not the linear system should solved or not
- BSctx_set_si(3)
- Set whether or not inodes and cliques will be found
- BSctx_set_tol(3)
- Set the relative residual tolerance for the iterative method
- BSeasy_A(3)
- Given A in a standard numerical format, construct the sparse A that we need for BlockSolve. This routine is particularly useful for matrices created in Fortran. The rows on a processor must be contiguous in the global numbering. If they are not, then other BlockSolve routines must be called to construct the matrix for BlockSolve. Arrays are indexed starting with 0. The values in a row must be sorted according to column number
- BSfactor(3)
- Compute the incomplete factor of a matrix
- BSfinalize(3)
- Finalizes BlockSolve and MPI. Prints the log stuff if MLOG was defined
- BSfree_comm(3)
- Free the compiled communication pattern
- BSfree_ctx(3)
- Free the context
- BSfree_reperm(3)
- Free the reperm data structure
- BSget_diag(3)
- Retrieve the diagonal of the matrix
- BSglobal_flops(3)
- Returns the global number of flops accumulated by BlockSolve
- BSglobal_nnz(3)
- Returns the global number of nonzeros
- BSglobal_num_cliques(3)
- Returns the global number of cliques
- BSglobal_num_inodes(3)
- Returns the global number of i-nodes
- BSinv_diag_block(3)
- Invert the dense diagonal blocks of the matrix
- BSlocal_flops(3)
- Returns the number of flops accumulated by BlockSolve
- BSlocal_nnz(3)
- Returns the local number of nonzeros
- BSlocal_num_cliques(3)
- Returns the local number of cliques
- BSlocal_num_inodes(3)
- Returns the local number of i-nodes
- BSmain_perm(3)
- Permute the matrix for efficient parallel execution
- BSmain_reperm(3)
- Permute the sparse matrix using data structures generated by BSmain_perm on the same matrix structure
- BSnum_colors(3)
- Returns the number of colors
- BSpar_gmres(3)
- Solve a nonsymmetric system of equations using gmres preconditioned by one of several preconditioners. The rhs can be a block of vectors
- BSpar_solve(3)
- General solver of a system of equations preconditioned by one of several preconditioners and using one of several possible methods. The rhs can be a block of vectors
- BSpar_sym_solve(3)
- Solve a symmetric positive definite system of equations using conjugate gradients preconditioned by one of several preconditioners. The rhs can be a block of vectors. The user should not call this function directly, but BSpar_solve()
- BSsave_diag(3)
- Copy the diagonal of A into special storage in A
- BSscale_diag(3)
- Symmetrically scale the matrix by a diagonal matrix
- BSset_diag(3)
- Set the diagonal of A to a constant
- BSset_diagv(3)
- Set the diagonal equal to a vector
- BSset_mat_icc_storage(3)
- Set the matrix storage
- BSset_mat_symmetric(3)
- Set the matrix symmetry
- BSsetup_block(3)
- Change the setup for triangular matrix multiplication to allow for multiple vectors
- BSsetup_factor(3)
- Set up the communication for factorization
- BSsetup_forward(3)
- Set up the communication structure for triangular matrix solution
- BStri_mult(3)
- Multiply the matrix (A - shift*B) by a block of vectors
- BStri_solve(3)
- Multiply the matrix A(-1) by a block of vectors
- Banner(1)
- the Banner for Afterstep
- BitchX(1)
- The Ultimate IRC Client
- Blt_TreeGetNode(3)
- Finds the node from the ID
- Blt_TreeName(3)
- Returns the name of the tree data object
- Blt_TreeNodeId(3)
- Returns the node serial number
- CK_RWCOHORT_PROTOTYPE(3)
- define reader-writer cohort-based lock using the specified cohort type
- CMAC_CTX_new(3), CMAC_Init(3), CMAC_Update(3), CMAC_Final(3), CMAC_resume(3), CMAC_CTX_copy(3), CMAC_CTX_get0_cipher_ctx(3), CMAC_CTX_cleanup(3), CMAC_CTX_free(3)
- Cipher-based message authentication code
- COMMENT(7)
- define or change the comment of an object
- COMMIT(7)
- commit the current transaction
- COMPILED_SPRITE(3)
- Stores the contents of a compiled sprite. Allegro game programming library
- CREATE_TABLE_AS(7)
- define a new table from the results of a query
- CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_new_with_libctx(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_new(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_free(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_cert(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_cert(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_issuer(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_issuer(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_log_store(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_shared_CTLOG_STORE(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get_time(3), CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_time(3)
- Encapsulates the data required to evaluate whether SCTs meet a Certificate Transparency policy
- CURLINFO_ACTIVESOCKET(3)
- get the active socket
- CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME(3)
- get the time until the SSL/SSH handshake is completed
- CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME_T(3)
- get the time until the SSL/SSH handshake is completed
- CURLINFO_CERTINFO(3)
- get the TLS certificate chain
- CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME(3)
- get the time until connect
- CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME_T(3)
- get the time until connect
- CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD(3)
- get the specified size of the upload
- CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD_T(3)
- get the specified size of the upload
- CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_METHOD(3)
- get the last used HTTP method
- CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL(3)
- get the last used URL
- CURLINFO_FILETIME(3)
- get the remote time of the retrieved document
- CURLINFO_FILETIME_T(3)
- get the remote time of the retrieved document
- CURLINFO_HTTPAUTH_AVAIL(3)
- get available HTTP authentication methods
- CURLINFO_HTTP_CONNECTCODE(3)
- get the CONNECT response code
- CURLINFO_HTTP_VERSION(3)
- get the http version used in the connection
- CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET(3)
- get the last socket used
- CURLINFO_LOCAL_PORT(3)
- get the latest local port number
- CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME(3)
- get the name lookup time
- CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME_T(3)
- get the name lookup time in microseconds
- CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME(3)
- get the time until the file transfer start
- CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME_T(3)
- get the time until the file transfer start
- CURLINFO_PRIMARY_PORT(3)
- get the latest destination port number
- CURLINFO_PRIVATE(3)
- get the private pointer
- CURLINFO_PROTOCOL(3)
- get the protocol used in the connection
- CURLINFO_PROXYAUTH_AVAIL(3)
- get available HTTP proxy authentication methods
- CURLINFO_PROXY_SSL_VERIFYRESULT(3)
- get the result of the proxy certificate verification
- CURLINFO_REDIRECT_COUNT(3)
- get the number of redirects
- CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME(3)
- get the time for all redirection steps
- CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME_T(3)
- get the time for all redirection steps
- CURLINFO_REDIRECT_URL(3)
- get the URL a redirect would go to
- CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE(3)
- get the last response code
- CURLINFO_RETRY_AFTER(3)
- returns the Retry-After retry delay
- CURLINFO_RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ(3)
- get the next RTSP client CSeq
- CURLINFO_RTSP_CSEQ_RECV(3)
- get the recently received CSeq
- CURLINFO_RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ(3)
- get the next RTSP server CSeq
- CURLINFO_SCHEME(3)
- get the URL scheme (sometimes called protocol) used in the connection
- CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD(3)
- get the number of downloaded bytes
- CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD_T(3)
- get the number of downloaded bytes
- CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD(3)
- get the number of uploaded bytes
- CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD_T(3)
- get the number of uploaded bytes
- CURLINFO_SSL_VERIFYRESULT(3)
- get the result of the certificate verification
- CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME(3)
- get the time until the first byte is received
- CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME_T(3)
- get the time until the first byte is received
- CURLMOPT_SOCKETDATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the socket callback
- CURLOPT_APPEND(3)
- enable appending to the remote file
- CURLOPT_AUTOREFERER(3)
- automatically update the referer header
- CURLOPT_CHUNK_DATA(3)
- custom pointer to the FTP chunk callbacks
- CURLOPT_CLOSESOCKETDATA(3)
- pointer passed to the socket close callback
- CURLOPT_CONNECTTIMEOUT(3)
- timeout for the connect phase
- CURLOPT_CONNECTTIMEOUT_MS(3)
- timeout for the connect phase
- CURLOPT_CONNECT_TO(3)
- Connect to a specific host and port instead of the URL's host and port
- CURLOPT_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL(3)
- default protocol to use if the URL is missing a scheme name
- CURLOPT_DISALLOW_USERNAME_IN_URL(3)
- disallow specifying username in the url
- CURLOPT_DOH_URL(3)
- provide the DNS-over-HTTPS URL
- CURLOPT_FILETIME(3)
- get the modification time of the remote resource
- CURLOPT_FTP_SKIP_PASV_IP(3)
- ignore the IP address in the PASV response
- CURLOPT_FTP_USE_PRET(3)
- enable the PRET command
- CURLOPT_HEADER(3)
- pass headers to the data stream
- CURLOPT_HTTPAUTH(3)
- set HTTP server authentication methods to try
- CURLOPT_HTTPPOST(3)
- specify the multipart formpost content
- CURLOPT_INFILESIZE(3)
- set size of the input file to send off
- CURLOPT_INFILESIZE_LARGE(3)
- set size of the input file to send off
- CURLOPT_MAIL_AUTH(3)
- SMTP authentication address
- CURLOPT_NOBODY(3)
- do the download request without getting the body
- CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS(3)
- switch off the progress meter
- CURLOPT_PASSWORD(3)
- password to use in authentication
- CURLOPT_POSTQUOTE(3)
- (S)FTP commands to run after the transfer
- CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the progress callback
- CURLOPT_PROXYAUTH(3)
- set HTTP proxy authentication methods to try
- CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD(3)
- password to use with proxy authentication
- CURLOPT_PROXYPORT(3)
- port number the proxy listens on
- CURLOPT_PROXYUSERNAME(3)
- user name to use for proxy authentication
- CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD(3)
- user name and password to use for proxy authentication
- CURLOPT_PROXY_SERVICE_NAME(3)
- proxy authentication service name
- CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLCERTTYPE(3)
- specify type of the proxy client SSL certificate
- CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLKEYTYPE(3)
- set type of the proxy private key file
- CURLOPT_PROXY_SSL_VERIFYHOST(3)
- verify the proxy certificate's name against host
- CURLOPT_PROXY_SSL_VERIFYPEER(3)
- verify the proxy's SSL certificate
- CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD(3)
- password to use for proxy TLS authentication
- CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_TYPE(3)
- set proxy TLS authentication methods
- CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_USERNAME(3)
- user name to use for proxy TLS authentication
- CURLOPT_READDATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the read callback
- CURLOPT_REFERER(3)
- set the HTTP referer header
- CURLOPT_RESOLVER_START_DATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the resolver start callback
- CURLOPT_RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ(3)
- set the RTSP client CSEQ number
- CURLOPT_RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ(3)
- set the RTSP server CSEQ number
- CURLOPT_SEEKDATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the seek callback
- CURLOPT_SERVICE_NAME(3)
- authentication service name
- CURLOPT_SOCKS5_AUTH(3)
- set allowed methods for SOCKS5 proxy authentication
- CURLOPT_SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE(3)
- SOCKS5 proxy authentication service name
- CURLOPT_SSH_KEYDATA(3)
- pointer to pass to the SSH key callback
- CURLOPT_SSH_KNOWNHOSTS(3)
- file name holding the SSH known hosts
- CURLOPT_SSLCERTTYPE(3)
- specify type of the client SSL certificate
- CURLOPT_SSLKEYTYPE(3)
- set type of the private key file
- CURLOPT_SSL_SESSIONID_CACHE(3)
- enable/disable use of the SSL session-ID cache
- CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST(3)
- verify the certificate's name against host
- CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER(3)
- verify the peer's SSL certificate
- CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS(3)
- verify the certificate's status
- CURLOPT_STDERR(3)
- redirect stderr to another stream
- CURLOPT_TCP_NODELAY(3)
- set the TCP_NODELAY option
- CURLOPT_TIMEOUT(3)
- set maximum time the request is allowed to take
- CURLOPT_TIMEOUT_MS(3)
- set maximum time the request is allowed to take
- CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD(3)
- password to use for TLS authentication
- CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_TYPE(3)
- set TLS authentication methods
- CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_USERNAME(3)
- user name to use for TLS authentication
- CURLOPT_TRAILERDATA(3)
- Custom pointer passed to the trailing headers callback
- CURLOPT_UNRESTRICTED_AUTH(3)
- send credentials to other hosts too
- CURLOPT_URL(3)
- provide the URL to use in the request
- CURLOPT_USERNAME(3)
- user name to use in authentication
- CURLOPT_USERPWD(3)
- user name and password to use in authentication
- CURLOPT_USE_SSL(3)
- request using SSL / TLS for the transfer
- CURLOPT_WRITEDATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the write callback
- CURLOPT_XFERINFODATA(3)
- custom pointer passed to the progress callback
- Callback(3o)
- Registering OCaml values with the C runtime
- Class.nx(3), nx::Class(3)
- API reference of the base-metaclass of the NX objectsystem
- ColorScheme(1x)
- defines color values for standard set of internal color names, to be used in other configuration files
- Composite(3)
- The Composite widget class "Composite" "widget class" "Composite"
- Configuration(3)
- reads the configuration file and manages it in memory
- Constraint(3)
- The Constraint widget class "Constraint" "widget class" "Constraint"
- Core(3)
- The Core widget class "Core" "widget class" "Core"
- Cutelyst2Qt5CSRFProtection(5)
- Configuration of the CSRFProtection Plugin for the Cutelyst Web Framework
- Cutelyst2Qt5Session(5)
- Configuration of the Session Plugin for the Cutelyst Web Framework
- DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(3), IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(3), ASN1_ITEM(3), ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_free(3), ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new(3), ADMISSIONS_free(3), ADMISSIONS_new(3), ADMISSION_SYNTAX_free(3), ADMISSION_SYNTAX_new(3), ASIdOrRange_free(3), ASIdOrRange_new(3), ASIdentifierChoice_free(3), ASIdentifierChoice_new(3), ASIdentifiers_free(3), ASIdentifiers_new(3), ASRange_free(3), ASRange_new(3), AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS_free(3), AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS_new(3), AUTHORITY_KEYID_free(3), AUTHORITY_KEYID_new(3), BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_free(3), BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_new(3), CERTIFICATEPOLICIES_free(3), CERTIFICATEPOLICIES_new(3), CMS_ContentInfo_free(3), CMS_ContentInfo_new(3), CMS_ContentInfo_print_ctx(3), CMS_ReceiptRequest_free(3), CMS_ReceiptRequest_new(3), CRL_DIST_POINTS_free(3), CRL_DIST_POINTS_new(3), DIRECTORYSTRING_free(3), DIRECTORYSTRING_new(3), DISPLAYTEXT_free(3), DISPLAYTEXT_new(3), DIST_POINT_NAME_free(3), DIST_POINT_NAME_new(3), DIST_POINT_free(3), DIST_POINT_new(3), DSAparams_dup(3), ECPARAMETERS_free(3), ECPARAMETERS_new(3), ECPKPARAMETERS_free(3), ECPKPARAMETERS_new(3), EDIPARTYNAME_free(3), EDIPARTYNAME_new(3), ESS_CERT_ID_dup(3), ESS_CERT_ID_free(3), ESS_CERT_ID_new(3), ESS_CERT_ID_V2_dup(3), ESS_CERT_ID_V2_free(3), ESS_CERT_ID_V2_new(3), ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_dup(3), ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_free(3), ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_new(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_dup(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_free(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_new(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_dup(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_free(3), ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_new(3), EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE_free(3), EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE_new(3), GENERAL_NAMES_free(3), GENERAL_NAMES_new(3), GENERAL_NAME_dup(3), GENERAL_NAME_free(3), GENERAL_NAME_new(3), GENERAL_SUBTREE_free(3), GENERAL_SUBTREE_new(3), IPAddressChoice_free(3), IPAddressChoice_new(3), IPAddressFamily_free(3), IPAddressFamily_new(3), IPAddressOrRange_free(3), IPAddressOrRange_new(3), IPAddressRange_free(3), IPAddressRange_new(3), ISSUER_SIGN_TOOL_free(3), ISSUER_SIGN_TOOL_it(3), ISSUER_SIGN_TOOL_new(3), ISSUING_DIST_POINT_free(3), ISSUING_DIST_POINT_it(3), ISSUING_DIST_POINT_new(3), NAME_CONSTRAINTS_free(3), NAME_CONSTRAINTS_new(3), NAMING_AUTHORITY_free(3), NAMING_AUTHORITY_new(3), NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE_free(3), NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE_new(3), NETSCAPE_SPKAC_free(3), NETSCAPE_SPKAC_new(3), NETSCAPE_SPKI_free(3), NETSCAPE_SPKI_new(3), NOTICEREF_free(3), NOTICEREF_new(3), OCSP_BASICRESP_free(3), OCSP_BASICRESP_new(3), OCSP_CERTID_dup(3), OCSP_CERTID_new(3), OCSP_CERTSTATUS_free(3), OCSP_CERTSTATUS_new(3), OCSP_CRLID_free(3), OCSP_CRLID_new(3), OCSP_ONEREQ_free(3), OCSP_ONEREQ_new(3), OCSP_REQINFO_free(3), OCSP_REQINFO_new(3), OCSP_RESPBYTES_free(3), OCSP_RESPBYTES_new(3), OCSP_RESPDATA_free(3), OCSP_RESPDATA_new(3), OCSP_RESPID_free(3), OCSP_RESPID_new(3), OCSP_RESPONSE_new(3), OCSP_REVOKEDINFO_free(3), OCSP_REVOKEDINFO_new(3), OCSP_SERVICELOC_free(3), OCSP_SERVICELOC_new(3), OCSP_SIGNATURE_free(3), OCSP_SIGNATURE_new(3), OCSP_SINGLERESP_free(3), OCSP_SINGLERESP_new(3), OSSL_CMP_ITAV_dup(3), OSSL_CMP_ITAV_free(3), OSSL_CMP_MSG_dup(3), OSSL_CMP_MSG_it(3), OSSL_CMP_MSG_free(3), OSSL_CMP_PKIHEADER_free(3), OSSL_CMP_PKIHEADER_it(3), OSSL_CMP_PKIHEADER_new(3), OSSL_CMP_PKISI_dup(3), OSSL_CMP_PKISI_free(3), OSSL_CMP_PKISI_it(3), OSSL_CMP_PKISI_new(3), OSSL_CMP_PKISTATUS_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTID_dup(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTID_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTID_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTID_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTTEMPLATE_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTTEMPLATE_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTTEMPLATE_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_ENCRYPTEDVALUE_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_ENCRYPTEDVALUE_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_ENCRYPTEDVALUE_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSGS_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSGS_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSGS_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_dup(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_PBMPARAMETER_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_PBMPARAMETER_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_PBMPARAMETER_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_PKIPUBLICATIONINFO_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_PKIPUBLICATIONINFO_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_PKIPUBLICATIONINFO_new(3), OSSL_CRMF_SINGLEPUBINFO_free(3), OSSL_CRMF_SINGLEPUBINFO_it(3), OSSL_CRMF_SINGLEPUBINFO_new(3), OTHERNAME_free(3), OTHERNAME_new(3), PBE2PARAM_free(3), PBE2PARAM_new(3), PBEPARAM_free(3), PBEPARAM_new(3), PBKDF2PARAM_free(3), PBKDF2PARAM_new(3), PKCS12_BAGS_free(3), PKCS12_BAGS_new(3), PKCS12_MAC_DATA_free(3), PKCS12_MAC_DATA_new(3), PKCS12_SAFEBAG_free(3), PKCS12_SAFEBAG_new(3), PKCS12_free(3), PKCS12_new(3), PKCS7_DIGEST_free(3), PKCS7_DIGEST_new(3), PKCS7_ENCRYPT_free(3), PKCS7_ENCRYPT_new(3), PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT_free(3), PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT_new(3), PKCS7_ENVELOPE_free(3), PKCS7_ENVELOPE_new(3), PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL_free(3), PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL_new(3), PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_free(3), PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_new(3), PKCS7_SIGNED_free(3), PKCS7_SIGNED_new(3), PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_free(3), PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_new(3), PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE_free(3), PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE_new(3), PKCS7_dup(3), PKCS7_free(3), PKCS7_new(3), PKCS7_print_ctx(3), PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_free(3), PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_new(3), PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD_free(3), PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD_new(3), POLICYINFO_free(3), POLICYINFO_new(3), POLICYQUALINFO_free(3), POLICYQUALINFO_new(3), POLICY_CONSTRAINTS_free(3), POLICY_CONSTRAINTS_new(3), POLICY_MAPPING_free(3), POLICY_MAPPING_new(3), PROFESSION_INFOS_free(3), PROFESSION_INFOS_new(3), PROFESSION_INFO_free(3), PROFESSION_INFO_new(3), PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION_free(3), PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION_new(3), PROXY_POLICY_free(3), PROXY_POLICY_new(3), RSAPrivateKey_dup(3), RSAPublicKey_dup(3), RSA_OAEP_PARAMS_free(3), RSA_OAEP_PARAMS_new(3), RSA_PSS_PARAMS_free(3), RSA_PSS_PARAMS_new(3), SCRYPT_PARAMS_free(3), SCRYPT_PARAMS_new(3), SXNETID_free(3), SXNETID_new(3), SXNET_free(3), SXNET_new(3), TLS_FEATURE_free(3), TLS_FEATURE_new(3), TS_ACCURACY_dup(3), TS_ACCURACY_free(3), TS_ACCURACY_new(3), TS_MSG_IMPRINT_dup(3), TS_MSG_IMPRINT_free(3), TS_MSG_IMPRINT_new(3), TS_REQ_dup(3), TS_REQ_free(3), TS_REQ_new(3), TS_RESP_dup(3), TS_RESP_free(3), TS_RESP_new(3), TS_STATUS_INFO_dup(3), TS_STATUS_INFO_free(3), TS_STATUS_INFO_new(3), TS_TST_INFO_dup(3), TS_TST_INFO_free(3), TS_TST_INFO_new(3), USERNOTICE_free(3), USERNOTICE_new(3), X509_ALGOR_free(3), X509_ALGOR_it(3), X509_ALGOR_new(3), X509_ATTRIBUTE_dup(3), X509_ATTRIBUTE_free(3), X509_ATTRIBUTE_new(3), X509_CERT_AUX_free(3), X509_CERT_AUX_new(3), X509_CINF_free(3), X509_CINF_new(3), X509_CRL_INFO_free(3), X509_CRL_INFO_new(3), X509_CRL_dup(3), X509_CRL_free(3), X509_CRL_new(3), X509_EXTENSION_dup(3), X509_EXTENSION_free(3), X509_EXTENSION_new(3), X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(3), X509_NAME_ENTRY_free(3), X509_NAME_ENTRY_new(3), X509_NAME_dup(3), X509_NAME_free(3), X509_NAME_new(3), X509_REQ_INFO_free(3), X509_REQ_INFO_new(3), X509_REQ_dup(3), X509_REQ_free(3), X509_REQ_new(3), X509_REVOKED_dup(3), X509_REVOKED_free(3), X509_REVOKED_new(3), X509_SIG_free(3), X509_SIG_new(3), X509_VAL_free(3), X509_VAL_new(3), X509_dup(3)
- ASN1 object utilities
- DOM_CharacterData(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_CharacterData interface
- DOM_Document(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_Document interface
- DOM_Element(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_Element interface
- DOM_Implementation(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_Implementation interface
- DOM_NamedNodeMap(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_NamedNodeMap interface
- DOM_Node(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_Node interface
- DOM_NodeList(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_NodeList interface
- DOM_Text(3m)
- the Document Object Model (DOM) DOM_Text interface
- DPMSCapable(3)
- returns the DPMS capability of the X server
- DPMSDisable(3)
- disables DPMS on the specified display
- DPMSEnable(3)
- enables DPMS on the specified display
- DPMSForceLevel(3)
- forces a DPMS capable display into the specified power level
- DPMSGetTimeouts(3)
- retrieves the timeout values used by the X server for DPMS timings
- DPMSGetVersion(3)
- returns the version of the DPMS extension implemented by the X server
- DPMSInfo(3)
- returns information about the current DPMS state
- DPMSQueryExtension(3)
- queries the X server to determine the availability of the DPMS Extension
- DPMSSetTimeouts(3)
- permits applications to set the timeout values used by the X server for DPMS timings
- DS1821(3)
- Programmable Digital Thermostat and Thermometer
- DS1822(3)
- Econo 1-Wire Digital Thermometer
- DS1825(3)
- Programmable Resolution 1-Wire Digital Thermometer with ID MAX31826 - Digital Temperature Sensor with 1Kb Lockable EEPROM MAX31850 MAX31851 - Cold-Junction Compensated Thermocouple
- DS18B20(3)
- Programmable Resolution 1-Wire Digital Thermometer MAX31820 - Ambient Temperature Sensor
- DS18S20(3)
- High-Precision 1-Wire Digital Thermometer DS1920 - iButton version of the thermometer
- DS1921(3)
- Thermochron temperature logging iButton
- DS2401(3)
- Silicon Serial Number DS1990A - Serial Number iButton [.]XXXXXXXXXXXX[XX][/[ '" '" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Paul H Alfille, MD '" (paul.alfille@gmail.com) '" '" Program manual page for the OWFS -- 1-wire filesystem package '" Based on Dallas Semiconductor, Inc's datasheets, and trial and error. '" '" Free for all use. No waranty. None. Use at your own risk. '" address | crc8 | id | locator | r_address | r_id | r_locator | type ]]
- DS28EA00(3)
- 1-Wire Digital Thermometer with Sequence Detect and PIO
- EC_POINT_add(3), EC_POINT_dbl(3), EC_POINT_invert(3), EC_POINT_is_at_infinity(3), EC_POINT_is_on_curve(3), EC_POINT_cmp(3), EC_POINT_make_affine(3), EC_POINTs_make_affine(3), EC_POINTs_mul(3), EC_POINT_mul(3), EC_GROUP_precompute_mult(3), EC_GROUP_have_precompute_mult(3)
- Functions for performing mathematical operations and tests on EC_POINT objects
- END(7)
- commit the current transaction
- END_OF_FUNCTION(3)
- Locks the code used by a timer. Allegro game programming library
- ERR_clear_error(3)
- clear the error queue
- EVP_AEAD_CTX_init(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_cleanup(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_open(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_seal(3), EVP_AEAD_key_length(3), EVP_AEAD_max_overhead(3), EVP_AEAD_max_tag_len(3), EVP_AEAD_nonce_length(3), EVP_aead_aes_128_gcm(3), EVP_aead_aes_256_gcm(3), EVP_aead_chacha20_poly1305(3), EVP_aead_xchacha20_poly1305(3)
- authenticated encryption with additional data
- EVP_KDF-HKDF(7)
- The HKDF EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-KB(7)
- The Key-Based EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-KRB5KDF(7)
- The RFC3961 Krb5 KDF EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-PBKDF2(7)
- The PBKDF2 EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-SCRYPT(7)
- The scrypt EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-SS(7)
- The Single Step / One Step EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-SSHKDF(7)
- The SSHKDF EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-TLS1_PRF(7)
- The TLS1 PRF EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-X942(7)
- The X9.42-2001 asn1 EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_KDF-X963(7)
- The X9.63-2001 EVP_KDF implementation
- EVP_MAC-BLAKE2(7), EVP_MAC-BLAKE2BMAC(7), EVP_MAC-BLAKE2SMAC(7)
- The BLAKE2 EVP_MAC implementations
- EVP_MAC-CMAC(7)
- The CMAC EVP_MAC implementation
- EVP_MAC-GMAC(7)
- The GMAC EVP_MAC implementation
- EVP_MAC-HMAC(7)
- The HMAC EVP_MAC implementation
- EVP_MAC-KMAC(7), EVP_MAC-KMAC128(7), EVP_MAC-KMAC256(7)
- The KMAC EVP_MAC implementations
- EVP_MAC-Poly1305(7)
- The Poly1305 EVP_MAC implementation
- EVP_MAC-Siphash(7)
- The SipHash EVP_MAC implementation
- EVP_MD-BLAKE2(7)
- The BLAKE2 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-MD2(7)
- The MD2 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-MD4(7)
- The MD4 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-MD5(7)
- The MD5 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-MD5-SHA1(7)
- The MD5-SHA1 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-MDC2(7)
- The MDC2 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-RIPEMD160(7)
- The RIPEMD160 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-SHA1(7)
- The SHA1 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-SHA2(7)
- The SHA2 EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-SHA3(7)
- The SHA3 EVP_MD implementations
- EVP_MD-SHAKE(7), EVP_MD-KECCAK-KMAC(7)
- The SHAKE / KECCAK family EVP_MD implementations
- EVP_MD-SM3(7)
- The SM3 EVP_MD implementations
- EVP_MD-WHIRLPOOL(7)
- The WHIRLPOOL EVP_MD implementation
- EVP_MD-common(7)
- The OpenSSL EVP_MD implementations, common things
- EVP_PKEY_set_type(3), EVP_PKEY_set_type_str(3), EVP_PKEY_set_type_by_keymgmt(3)
- functions to change the EVP_PKEY type
- EVP_RAND-CTR-DRBG(7)
- The CTR DRBG EVP_RAND implementation
- EVP_RAND-HASH-DRBG(7)
- The HASH DRBG EVP_RAND implementation
- EVP_RAND-HMAC-DRBG(7)
- The HMAC DRBG EVP_RAND implementation
- EVP_RAND-TEST-RAND(7)
- The test EVP_RAND implementation
- EVP_SIGNATURE-DSA(7)
- The EVP_PKEY DSA signature implementation
- EVP_SIGNATURE-ECDSA(7)
- The EVP_PKEY ECDSA signature implementation
- EVP_SIGNATURE-RSA(7)
- The EVP_PKEY RSA signature implementation
- EXPLAIN(7)
- show the execution plan of a statement
- Ephemeron.GenHashTable.MakeSeeded(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of an hash table that use the container for keeping the information given
- Ephemeron.S(3o)
- The output signature of the functor Ephemeron.K1.Make and Ephemeron.K2.Make
- Ephemeron.SeededS(3o)
- The output signature of the functor Ephemeron.K1.MakeSeeded and Ephemeron.K2.MakeSeeded
- Eterm(1)
- the Enlightened terminal emulator for the X Window System
- ExperimentFile(3), exp_read_info (3), exp_fread_info (3), exp_create_info (3), exp_destroy_info (3), exp_create_range (3), exp_extract_range (3), exp_get_feature_index (3), exp_get_int (3), exp_get_rng (3), exp_get_str (3), exp_put_int (3), exp_put_rng (3), exp_put_str (3), exp_print_line (3), exp_print_seq (3), exp_print_file (3), opos2str (3), str2opos (3), conf2str (3), str2conf(3)
- Manipulations of the Experiment File format "exp_read_info()" "" "exp_read_info()" "exp_fread_info()" "" "exp_fread_info()" "exp_create_info()" "" "exp_create_info()" "exp_destroy_info()" "" "exp_destroy_info()" "exp_create_range()" "" "exp_create_range()" "exp_extract_range()" "" "exp_extract_range()" "exp_get_feature_index()" "" "exp_get_feature_index()" "exp_get_int()" "" "exp_get_int()" "exp_get_rng()" "" "exp_get_rng()" "exp_get_str()" "" "exp_get_str()" "exp_put_int()" "" "exp_put_int()" "exp_put_rng()" "" "exp_put_rng()" "exp_put_str()" "" "exp_put_str()" "exp_print_line()" "" "exp_print_line()" "exp_print_seq()" "" "exp_print_seq()" "exp_print_file()" "" "exp_print_file()" "opos2str()" "" "opos2str()" "str2opos()" "" "str2opos()" "conf2str()" "" "conf2str()" "str2conf()" "" "str2conf()"
- ExplicateUTF8(1)
- Explain the status of a sequence of bytes as a UTF8 encoding
- FcCacheCopySet(3)
- Returns a copy of the fontset from cache
- FcCacheNumFont(3)
- Returns the number of fonts in cache
- FcCacheNumSubdir(3)
- Return the number of subdirectories in cache
- FcCacheSubdir(3)
- Return the i'th subdirectory
- FcConfigEnableHome(3)
- controls use of the home directory
- FcConfigFileInfoIterGet(3)
- Obtain the configuration file information
- FcConfigFileInfoIterInit(3)
- Initialize the iterator
- FcConfigFileInfoIterNext(3)
- Set the iterator to point to the next list
- FcConfigGetCacheDirs(3)
- return the list of directories searched for cache files
- FcConfigGetSysRoot(3)
- Obtain the system root directory
- FcConfigHome(3)
- return the current home directory
- FcConfigSetSysRoot(3)
- Set the system root directory
- FcFileIsDir(3)
- check whether a file is a directory
- FcFontSetMatch(3)
- Return the best font from a set of font sets
- FcGetDefaultLangs(3)
- Get the default languages list
- FcLangNormalize(3)
- Normalize the language string
- FcLangSetGetLangs(3)
- get the list of languages in the langset
- FcNameConstant(3)
- Get the value for a symbolic constant
- FcPatternFilter(3)
- Filter the objects of pattern
- FcPatternFindIter(3)
- Set the iterator to point to the object in the pattern
- FcPatternIterGetObject(3)
- Returns an object name which the iterator point to
- FcPatternIterGetValue(3)
- Returns a value which the iterator point to
- FcPatternIterIsValid(3)
- Check whether the iterator is valid or not
- FcPatternIterStart(3)
- Initialize the iterator with the first iterator in the pattern
- FcPatternIterValueCount(3)
- Returns the number of the values which the iterator point to
- FcPatternObjectCount(3)
- Returns the number of the object
- FcPatternRemove(3)
- Remove one object of the specified type from the pattern
- FcRangeGetDouble(3)
- Get the range in double
- FindPhoto.tk86(3), Tk_FindPhoto(3), Tk_PhotoPutBlock(3), Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(3), Tk_PhotoGetImage(3), Tk_PhotoBlank(3), Tk_PhotoExpand(3), Tk_PhotoGetSize(3), Tk_PhotoSetSize(3)
- manipulate the image data stored in a photo image
- FvwmAnimate(1)
- the fvwm animate module
- FvwmAuto(1)
- the fvwm auto-raise module
- FvwmBacker(1)
- the fvwm background changer module
- FvwmBanner(1)
- the Fvwm Banner module
- FvwmButtons(1)
- the fvwm buttonbox module
- FvwmCpp(1)
- the Fvwm Cpp pre-processor
- FvwmEvent(1)
- the fvwm event module
- FvwmIdent(1)
- the Fvwm identify-window module
- FvwmM4(1)
- the fvwm M4 pre-processor
- FvwmPager(1)
- the Fvwm Pager module
- FvwmPerl(1)
- the fvwm perl manipulator and preprocessor
- FvwmProxy(1)
- the fvwm proxy module
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_ALL_CON(3)
- copy all physical connectors of an instance face in the current figure
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_ALL_REF(3)
- copy a several physical reference from an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_CON(3)
- copy a physical connector from an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_CON_FACE(3)
- copy a physical connector from an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_REF(3)
- copy a physical reference from an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_COPY_UP_SEG(3)
- copy a physical segment from an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_DEF_AB(3)
- define a new abutment box to the current layout cell
- GENLIB_FLATTEN_ALL_LOINS(3)
- flatten all instances in the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_FLATTEN_ALL_PHINS(3)
- flatten all instances in the current layout figure
- GENLIB_FLATTEN_LOFIG(3)
- flatten an instance in the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_FLATTEN_PHFIG(3)
- flatten an instance in the current layout figure
- GENLIB_GET_CON_X(3)
- retrieve the x coordinate of an instance connector
- GENLIB_GET_CON_Y(3)
- retrieve the x coordinate of an instance connector
- GENLIB_GET_INS_X(3)
- retrieve the x coordinate of an instance
- GENLIB_GET_INS_Y(3)
- retrieve the y coordinate of an instance
- GENLIB_GET_REF_X(3)
- retrieve the x coordinate of an instance reference
- GENLIB_GET_REF_Y(3)
- retrieve the y coordinate of an instance reference
- GENLIB_HEIGHT(3)
- compute the height of a model
- GENLIB_LOCAP(3)
- add a logical capacitor to the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_LOCON(3)
- adds a logical connector to the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_LOINS(3)
- add a logical instance to the current figure
- GENLIB_LOINSE(3)
- add a logical instance to the current figure, with explicit connections
- GENLIB_LORES(3)
- add a logical resistor to the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_LOSELF(3)
- add a logical inductor to the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_LOTRS(3)
- adds a logical transistor to the current netlist figure
- GENLIB_OUTLINE(3)
- build an outline from the current layout cell
- GENLIB_PHCON(3)
- place a physical connector in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_PHREF(3)
- place a physical reference in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_PHSEG(3)
- place a physical segment in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_PHVIA(3)
- place a physical via in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_PLACE(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_PLACE_BOTTOM(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure under the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_PLACE_CON_REF(3)
- put a connector on top of a reference belonging an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_PLACE_LEFT(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure at the left of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_PLACE_ON(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure matching connectors
- GENLIB_PLACE_RIGHT(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure at the right of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_PLACE_SEG_REF(3)
- put a segment on a reference belonging an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_PLACE_TOP(3)
- place a physical instance in the current figure on the top of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_PLACE_VIA_REF(3)
- put a via on top of a reference belonging to an instance in the current figure
- GENLIB_REVERSE_PHCON(3)
- reverse the order of physical connectors on a bus
- GENLIB_SC_BOTTOM(3)
- place an instance in the current figure at the right of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_SC_LEFT(3)
- place an instance in the current figure at the right of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_SC_PLACE(3)
- place an instance in the current figure at absolute coordinates
- GENLIB_SC_RIGHT(3)
- place an instance in the current figure at the right of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_SC_TOP(3)
- place an instance in the current figure at the right of the "reference instance"
- GENLIB_SET_LOCAP(3)
- set the capacitance value of a logical capacitor, after its creation. man1/alc_origin.1
- GENLIB_SET_LORES(3)
- set the resistance value of a logical resistor, after its creation. man1/alc_origin.1
- GENLIB_SET_LOSELF(3)
- set the inductance value of a logical inductor, after its creation. man1/alc_origin.1
- GENLIB_UNFLATTEN_LOFIG(3), UNFLATTEN_LOFIG(3)
- creates a hierarchy level from instances in the current logical figure
- GENLIB_WIRE1(3)
- place a physical segment in the current figure
- GENLIB_WIRE2(3)
- place two physical segments in the current figure
- GENLIB_WIRE3(3)
- place three physical segments in the current figure
- GraphicsMagick++-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of Magick++
- GraphicsMagick-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of GraphicsMagick
- GraphicsMagickWand-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of GraphicsMagick
- Gravity(1)
- -- compute the earth's gravity field
- HMAC(3), HMAC_CTX_new(3), HMAC_CTX_reset(3), HMAC_CTX_free(3), HMAC_Init(3), HMAC_Init_ex(3), HMAC_Update(3), HMAC_Final(3), HMAC_CTX_copy(3), HMAC_CTX_set_flags(3), HMAC_CTX_get_md(3), HMAC_size(3)
- HMAC message authentication code
- HPL_bcast(3)
- Perform the row broadcast
- HPL_binit(3)
- Initialize the row broadcast
- HPL_bwait(3)
- Finalize the row broadcast
- HPL_copyL(3)
- Copy the current panel into a contiguous workspace
- HPL_dlaprnt(3)
- Print the matrix A
- HPL_dlaswp04N(3)
- copy rows of U in A and replace them with columns of W
- HPL_dlaswp04T(3)
- copy columns of U in rows of A and replace them with columns of W
- HPL_dlocmax(3)
- finds the maximum entry in matrix column
- HPL_equil(3)
- Equilibrate U and forward the column panel L
- HPL_jumpit(3)
- jump into the random sequence
- HPL_logsort(3)
- Sort the processes in logarithmic order
- HPL_numroc(3)
- Compute the local number of row/columns
- HPL_numrocI(3)
- Compute the local number of row/columns
- HPL_packL(3)
- Form the MPI structure for the row ring broadcasts
- HPL_pdlaswp00N(3)
- Broadcast a column panel L and swap the row panel U
- HPL_pdlaswp00T(3)
- Broadcast a column panel L and swap the row panel U
- HPL_pdlaswp01N(3)
- Broadcast a column panel L and swap the row panel U
- HPL_pdlaswp01T(3)
- Broadcast a column panel L and swap the row panel U
- HPL_pdmxswp(3)
- swaps and broacast the pivot row
- HPL_pdpanel_free(3)
- Deallocate the panel ressources
- HPL_pdpanel_init(3)
- Initialize the panel resources
- HPL_pdupdateNN(3)
- Broadcast a panel and update the trailing submatrix
- HPL_pdupdateNT(3)
- Broadcast a panel and update the trailing submatrix
- HPL_pdupdateTN(3)
- Broadcast a panel and update the trailing submatrix
- HPL_pdupdateTT(3)
- Broadcast a panel and update the trailing submatrix
- HPL_perm(3)
- Combine 2 index arrays - Generate the permutation
- HPL_pipid(3)
- Simplify the pivot vector
- HPL_plindx10(3)
- Compute the logarithmic maps for the spreading
- HPL_ptimer_cputime(3)
- Return the CPU time
- HPL_ptimer_walltime(3)
- Return the elapsed (wall-clock) time
- HPL_rollN(3)
- Roll U and forward the column panel
- HPL_rollT(3)
- Roll U and forward the column panel
- HPL_setran(3)
- Manage the random number generator
- HPL_timer_cputime(3)
- Return the CPU time
- HPL_timer_walltime(3)
- Return the elapsed (wall-clock) time
- HPL_xjumpm(3)
- Compute constants to jump in the random sequence
- Hashtbl.HashedType(3o)
- The input signature of the functor Hashtbl.Make
- Hashtbl.Make(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of the hashtable structure
- Hashtbl.MakeSeeded(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of the hashtable structure
- Hashtbl.S(3o)
- The output signature of the functor Hashtbl.Make
- Hashtbl.SeededHashedType(3o)
- The input signature of the functor Hashtbl.MakeSeeded
- Hashtbl.SeededS(3o)
- The output signature of the functor Hashtbl.MakeSeeded
- INN::Config(3pm)
- Export all the variables an INN Perl script might need
- INN::Utils::Shlock(3pm)
- Wrapper around the shlock program
- ImageMagick(1)
- a free software suite for the creation, modification and display of bitmap images
- JAM_GetMBSize(3)
- Get the number of messages in message base
- JSBSim(1)
- standalone version of the JSBSim open source flight dynamics model
- LOCK_FUNCTION(3)
- Locks the memory of a function used by a timer. Allegro game programming library
- LOCK_VARIABLE(3)
- Locks the memory of a variable used by a timer. Allegro game programming library
- Lexing(3o)
- The run-time library for lexers generated by ocamllex
- MAKE_VERSION(3)
- Create a 32 bit integer from the Allegro version
- MASK_COLOR_8(3), MASK_COLOR_15(3), MASK_COLOR_16(3), MASK_COLOR_24(3), MASK_COLOR_32(3)
- Constant representing the mask value in sprites. Allegro game programming library
- MBK_CATAL_NAME(1)
- define the mbk catalog file
- MBK_CATA_LIB(1)
- define the mbk catalog directory
- MBK_CK(1)
- define the clock name pattern
- MBK_FILTER_SFX(1)
- define the input/output filter suffixe. man1/alc_origin.1
- MBK_IN_FILTER(1)
- define the input filter man1/alc_origin.1
- MBK_IN_LO(1)
- define the logical input format of mbk and genlib
- MBK_IN_PH(1)
- define the physical input format of mbk and genlib
- MBK_OUT_FILTER(1)
- define the input filter man1/alc_origin.1
- MBK_OUT_LO(1)
- define the logical output format of mbk and genlib
- MBK_OUT_PH(1)
- define the physical output format of mbk and genlib
- MBK_SEPAR(1)
- define the separator character for hierarchy
- MBK_VDD(1)
- define the high level power name pattern
- MBK_VSS(1)
- define the ground power name pattern
- MBK_WORK_LIB(1)
- define the mbk working directory
- MENU(3)
- Stores the entries of a menu. Allegro game programming library
- MPE_Add_RGB_color(4)
- Adds a color to the colormap given its RGB values
- MPE_CaptureFile(4)
- Sets the base filename used to capture output from updates
- MPE_Comm_global_rank(4)
- Returns the rank in MPI_COMM_WORLD for a given (communicator,rank) pair
- MPE_Describe_comm_event(4)
- Describe the attributes of an event with byte informational data in a specified MPI_Comm and on the thread that the function is invoked
- MPE_Describe_comm_state(4)
- Describe attributes of a state with byte informational data in a specified MPI_Comm and on the thread that the function is invoked
- MPE_Describe_event(4)
- Describe the attributes of an event without byte informational data in MPI_COMM_WORLD
- MPE_Describe_info_event(4)
- Describe the attributes of an event with byte informational data in MPI_COMM_WORLD
- MPE_Describe_state(4)
- Describe the attributes of a state without byte informational data in MPI_COMM_WORLD
- MPE_Errors_call_debugger(4)
- On an error, print a message and (attempt) to start the specified debugger on the program
- MPE_Init_log(4)
- Initialize the logging of events
- MPE_Initialized_logging(4)
- Indicate whether MPE_Init_log() or MPE_Finish_log() have been called
- MPE_Log_comm_event(4)
- Log an event in a specified MPI_Comm. (on the calling thread where the event takes place)
- MPE_Log_comm_receive(4)
- log the receive event of a message within a specified MPI_Comm (on the calling thread where receive event takes place)
- MPE_Log_comm_send(4)
- Log the send event of a message within a specified MPI_Comm (on the calling thread where the send event takes place)
- MPE_Log_merged_logfilename(4)
- return the immutable name of the merged final logfile
- MPE_Log_pack(4)
- pack the informational data into the byte buffer to be stored in a infomational event. The routine will byteswap the data if it is invoked on a small endian machine
- MPE_Log_receive(4)
- log the receive event of a message within MPI_COMM_WORLD. (on the calling thread where send event takes place)
- MPE_Log_send(4)
- Log the send event of a message within MPI_COMM_WORLD. (on the calling thread where send event takes place)
- MPE_Log_sync_clocks(4)
- synchronize or recalibrate all MPI clocks to minimize the effect of time drift. It is like a longer version of MPI_Comm_barrier( MPI_COMM_WORLD );
- MPE_Num_colors(4)
- Gets the number of available colors
- MPE_Signals_call_debugger(4)
- Process-killing signals invoke the MPE error handler
- MPE_Start_log(4)
- Start the logging of events
- MPE_Stop_log(4)
- Stop the logging of events
- MPE_TagsEnd(4)
- Returns the private keyval
- MPIX_Comm_failure_ack(3)
- Acknowledge the current group of failed processes
- MPIX_Comm_failure_get_acked(3)
- Get the group of acknowledged failures
- MPIX_Comm_group_failed(3)
- Accesses the group associated with given communicator
- MPIX_Comm_reenable_anysource(3)
- Re-enable the ability to post receives using MPI_ANY_SOURCE on the communicator
- MPIX_Comm_remote_group_failed(3)
- Accesses the group associated with given communicator
- MPIX_Comm_revoke(3)
- Prevent a communicator from being used in the future
- MPIX_Compare_and_swap(3)
- Accumulate one element of type datatype from the origin buffer (origin_addr) to the buffer at offset target_disp, in the target window specied by target_rank and win, using the operation op and return in the result buffer result_addr the content of the target buffer before the accumulation
- MPIX_Fetch_and_op(3)
- Accumulate one element of type datatype from the origin buffer (origin_addr) to the buffer at offset target_disp, in the target window specied by target_rank and win, using the operation op and return in the result buffer result_addr the content of the target buffer before the accumulation
- MPIX_Get_accumulate(3)
- Accumulate data into the target process using remote memory access
- MPIX_Iallgather(3)
- XXX description here
- MPIX_Iallgatherv(3)
- XXX description here
- MPIX_Igather(3)
- XXX description here
- MPIX_Igatherv(3)
- XXX description here
- MPIX_Ineighbor_allgather(3)
- Nonblocking version of MPIX_Neighbor_allgather
- MPIX_Ineighbor_allgatherv(3)
- Nonblocking version of MPIX_Neighbor_allgatherv
- MPIX_Neighbor_allgather(3)
- In this function, each process i gathers data items from each process j if an edge (j,i) exists in the topology graph, and each process i sends the same data items to all processes j where an edge (i,j) exists. The send buffer is sent to each neighboring process and the l-th block in the receive buffer is received from the l-th neighbor
- MPIX_Neighbor_allgatherv(3)
- The vector variant of MPIX_Neighbor_allgather
- MPIX_Neighbor_alltoall(3)
- In this function, each process i receives data items from each process j if an edge (j,i) exists in the topology graph or Cartesian topology. Similarly, each process i sends data items to all processes j where an edge (i,j) exists. This call is more general than MPI_NEIGHBOR_ALLGATHER in that different data items can be sent to each neighbor. The k-th block in send buffer is sent to the k-th neighboring process and the l-th block in the receive buffer is received from the l-th neighbor
- MPIX_Neighbor_alltoallv(3)
- The vector variant of MPIX_Neighbor_alltoall allows sending/receiving different numbers of elements to and from each neighbor
- MPIX_Raccumulate(3)
- Accumulate data into the target process using remote memory access
- MPIX_Rget_accumulate(3)
- Accumulate data into the target process using remote memory access
- MPIX_Win_flush(3)
- Comple all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPIX_Win_flush_local(3)
- Comple locally all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPIX_Win_lock_all(3)
- Begin an RMA access epoch at all processes on the given window
- MPIX_Win_shared_query(3)
- Query the size and base pointer for a patch of a shared memory window
- MPIX_Win_sync(3)
- Synchronize public and private copies of the given window
- MPIX_Win_unlock_all(3)
- Completes an RMA access epoch all processes on the given window
- MPI_Accumulate(3)
- Accumulate data into the target process using remote memory access
- MPI_Add_error_class(3)
- Add an MPI error class to the known classes
- MPI_Address(3)
- Gets the address of a location in memory
- MPI_Aint_add(3)
- Returns the sum of base and disp
- MPI_Aint_diff(3)
- Returns the difference between addr1 and addr2
- MPI_Allgather(3)
- Gathers data from all tasks and distribute the combined data to all tasks
- MPI_Allgatherv(3)
- Gathers data from all tasks and deliver the combined data to all tasks
- MPI_Allreduce(3)
- Combines values from all processes and distributes the result back to all processes
- MPI_Alltoallv(3)
- Sends data from all to all processes; each process may send a different amount of data and provide displacements for the input and output data
- MPI_Barrier(3)
- Blocks until all processes in the communicator have reached this routine
- MPI_Bcast(3)
- Broadcasts a message from the process with rank "root" to all other processes of the communicator
- MPI_Cart_shift(3)
- Returns the shifted source and destination ranks, given a shift direction and amount
- MPI_Comm_call_errhandler(3)
- Call the error handler installed on a communicator
- MPI_Comm_free(3)
- Marks the communicator object for deallocation
- MPI_Comm_get_errhandler(3)
- Get the error handler attached to a communicator
- MPI_Comm_get_info(3)
- Returns a new info object containing the hints of the communicator associated with comm. The current setting of all hints actually used by the system related to this communicator is returned in info_used. If no such hints exist, a handle to a newly created info object is returned that contains no key/value pair. The user is responsible for freeing info_used via MPI_INFO_FREE
- MPI_Comm_get_name(3)
- Return the print name from the communicator
- MPI_Comm_get_parent(3)
- Return the parent communicator for this process
- MPI_Comm_group(3)
- Accesses the group associated with given communicator
- MPI_Comm_rank(3)
- Determines the rank of the calling process in the communicator
- MPI_Comm_remote_group(3)
- Accesses the remote group associated with the given inter-communicator
- MPI_Comm_remote_size(3)
- Determines the size of the remote group associated with an inter-communictor
- MPI_Comm_set_errhandler(3)
- Set the error handler for a communicator
- MPI_Comm_set_info(3)
- Set new values for the hints of the communicator associated with comm. The call is collective on the group of comm. The info object may be different on each process, but any info entries that an implementation requires to be the same on all processes must appear with the same value in each process' info object
- MPI_Comm_set_name(3)
- Sets the print name for a communicator
- MPI_Comm_size(3)
- Determines the size of the group associated with a communicator
- MPI_Dist_graph_create(3)
- MPI_DIST_GRAPH_CREATE returns a handle to a new communicator to which the distributed graph topology information is attached
- MPI_Dist_graph_create_adjacent(3)
- returns a handle to a new communicator to which the distributed graph topology information is attached
- MPI_Errhandler_get(3)
- Gets the error handler for a communicator
- MPI_Errhandler_set(3)
- Sets the error handler for a communicator
- MPI_Exscan(3)
- Computes the exclusive scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes
- MPI_File_call_errhandler(3)
- Call the error handler installed on a file
- MPI_File_get_amode(3)
- Returns the file access mode
- MPI_File_get_atomicity(3)
- Returns the atomicity mode
- MPI_File_get_byte_offset(3)
- Returns the absolute byte position in the file corresponding to "offset" etypes relative to the current view
- MPI_File_get_errhandler(3)
- Get the error handler attached to a file
- MPI_File_get_group(3)
- Returns the group of processes that opened the file
- MPI_File_get_info(3)
- Returns the hints for a file that are actually being used by MPI
- MPI_File_get_position(3)
- Returns the current position of the individual file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
- MPI_File_get_position_shared(3)
- Returns the current position of the shared file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
- MPI_File_get_size(3)
- Returns the file size
- MPI_File_get_type_extent(3)
- Returns the extent of datatype in the file
- MPI_File_get_view(3)
- Returns the file view
- MPI_File_seek(3)
- Updates the individual file pointer
- MPI_File_seek_shared(3)
- Updates the shared file pointer
- MPI_File_set_atomicity(3)
- Sets the atomicity mode
- MPI_File_set_errhandler(3)
- Set the error handler for an MPI file
- MPI_File_set_info(3)
- Sets new values for the hints associated with a file
- MPI_File_set_size(3)
- Sets the file size
- MPI_File_set_view(3)
- Sets the file view
- MPI_File_sync(3)
- Causes all previous writes to be transferred to the storage device
- MPI_Finalized(3)
- Indicates whether MPI_Finalize has been called
- MPI_Gather(3)
- Gathers together values from a group of processes
- MPI_Gatherv(3)
- Gathers into specified locations from all processes in a group
- MPI_Get_address(3)
- Get the address of a location in memory
- MPI_Get_count(3)
- Gets the number of "top level" elements
- MPI_Get_elements(3)
- Returns the number of basic elements in a datatype
- MPI_Get_elements_x(3)
- Returns the number of basic elements in a datatype
- MPI_Get_library_version(3)
- Return the version number of MPI library
- MPI_Get_processor_name(3)
- Gets the name of the processor
- MPI_Get_version(3)
- Return the version number of MPI
- MPI_Graph_neighbors(3)
- Returns the neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
- MPI_Graph_neighbors_count(3)
- Returns the number of neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
- MPI_Group_difference(3)
- Makes a group from the difference of two groups
- MPI_Group_intersection(3)
- Produces a group as the intersection of two existing groups
- MPI_Group_rank(3)
- Returns the rank of this process in the given group
- MPI_Group_size(3)
- Returns the size of a group
- MPI_Group_translate_ranks(3)
- Translates the ranks of processes in one group to those in another group
- MPI_Iallgather(3)
- Gathers data from all tasks and distribute the combined data to all tasks in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Iallgatherv(3)
- Gathers data from all tasks and deliver the combined data to all tasks in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Iallreduce(3)
- Combines values from all processes and distributes the result back to all processes in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Ialltoallv(3)
- Sends data from all to all processes in a nonblocking way; each process may send a different amount of data and provide displacements for the input and output data
- MPI_Ibarrier(3)
- Notifies the process that it has reached the barrier and returns immediately
- MPI_Ibcast(3)
- Broadcasts a message from the process with rank "root" to all other processes of the communicator in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Iexscan(3)
- Computes the exclusive scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Igather(3)
- Gathers together values from a group of processes in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Igatherv(3)
- Gathers into specified locations from all processes in a group in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Ineighbor_allgather(3)
- Nonblocking version of MPI_Neighbor_allgather
- MPI_Ineighbor_allgatherv(3)
- Nonblocking version of MPI_Neighbor_allgatherv
- MPI_Info_dup(3)
- Returns a duplicate of the info object
- MPI_Info_get(3)
- Retrieves the value associated with a key
- MPI_Info_get_nkeys(3)
- Returns the number of currently defined keys in info
- MPI_Info_get_nthkey(3)
- Returns the nth defined key in info
- MPI_Info_get_valuelen(3)
- Retrieves the length of the value associated with a key
- MPI_Init(3)
- Initialize the MPI execution environment
- MPI_Init_thread(3)
- Initialize the MPI execution environment
- MPI_Initialized(3)
- Indicates whether MPI_Init has been called
- MPI_Ireduce_scatter(3)
- Combines values and scatters the results in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Ireduce_scatter_block(3)
- Combines values and scatters the results in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Is_thread_main(3)
- Returns a flag indicating whether this thread called MPI_Init or MPI_Init_thread
- MPI_Iscan(3)
- Computes the scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Iscatter(3)
- Sends data from one process to all other processes in a communicator in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Neighbor_allgather(3)
- In this function, each process i gathers data items from each process j if an edge (j,i) exists in the topology graph, and each process i sends the same data items to all processes j where an edge (i,j) exists. The send buffer is sent to each neighboring process and the l-th block in the receive buffer is received from the l-th neighbor
- MPI_Neighbor_allgatherv(3)
- The vector variant of MPI_Neighbor_allgather
- MPI_Neighbor_alltoall(3)
- In this function, each process i receives data items from each process j if an edge (j,i) exists in the topology graph or Cartesian topology. Similarly, each process i sends data items to all processes j where an edge (i,j) exists. This call is more general than MPI_NEIGHBOR_ALLGATHER in that different data items can be sent to each neighbor. The k-th block in send buffer is sent to the k-th neighboring process and the l-th block in the receive buffer is received from the l-th neighbor
- MPI_Neighbor_alltoallv(3)
- The vector variant of MPI_Neighbor_alltoall allows sending/receiving different numbers of elements to and from each neighbor
- MPI_Pack_external(3)
- Packs a datatype into contiguous memory, using the external32 format
- MPI_Pack_external_size(3)
- Returns the upper bound on the amount of space needed to pack a message using MPI_Pack_external
- MPI_Pack_size(3)
- Returns the upper bound on the amount of space needed to pack a message
- MPI_Query_thread(3)
- Return the level of thread support provided by the MPI library
- MPI_Raccumulate(3)
- Accumulate data into the target process using remote memory access and return a request handle for the operation
- MPI_Reduce_scatter(3)
- Combines values and scatters the results
- MPI_Reduce_scatter_block(3)
- Combines values and scatters the results
- MPI_Request_get_status(3)
- Nondestructive test for the completion of a Request
- MPI_Rget_accumulate(3)
- Perform an atomic, one-sided read-and-accumulate operation and return a request handle for the operation
- MPI_Rput(3)
- Put data into a memory window on a remote process and return a request handle for the operation
- MPI_Scan(3)
- Computes the scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes
- MPI_Scatter(3)
- Sends data from one process to all other processes in a communicator
- MPI_Status_set_cancelled(3)
- Sets the cancelled state associated with a Status object
- MPI_Status_set_elements(3)
- Set the number of elements in a status
- MPI_Status_set_elements_x(3)
- Set the number of elements in a status
- MPI_T_category_changed(3)
- Get the timestamp indicating the last change to the categories
- MPI_T_category_get_index(3)
- Get the index of a category
- MPI_T_category_get_info(3)
- Get the information about a category
- MPI_T_category_get_num(3)
- Get the number of categories
- MPI_T_cvar_get_index(3)
- Get the index of a control variable
- MPI_T_cvar_get_info(3)
- Get the information about a control variable
- MPI_T_cvar_get_num(3)
- Get the number of control variables
- MPI_T_cvar_read(3)
- Read the value of a control variable
- MPI_T_enum_get_info(3)
- Get the information about an enumeration
- MPI_T_enum_get_item(3)
- Get the information about an item in an enumeration
- MPI_T_finalize(3)
- Finalize the MPI tool information interface
- MPI_T_init_thread(3)
- Initialize the MPI_T execution environment
- MPI_T_pvar_get_index(3)
- Get the index of a performance variable
- MPI_T_pvar_get_info(3)
- Get the inforamtion about a performance variable
- MPI_T_pvar_get_num(3)
- Get the number of performance variables
- MPI_T_pvar_read(3)
- Read the value of a performance variable
- MPI_T_pvar_readreset(3)
- Read the value of a performance variable and then reset it
- MPI_Test(3)
- Tests for the completion of a request
- MPI_Testall(3)
- Tests for the completion of all previously initiated requests
- MPI_Topo_test(3)
- Determines the type of topology (if any) associated with a communicator
- MPI_Type_commit(3)
- Commits the datatype
- MPI_Type_extent(3)
- Returns the extent of a datatype
- MPI_Type_free(3)
- Frees the datatype
- MPI_Type_get_extent(3)
- Get the lower bound and extent for a Datatype
- MPI_Type_get_extent_x(3)
- Get the lower bound and extent as MPI_Count values for a Datatype
- MPI_Type_get_name(3)
- Get the print name for a datatype
- MPI_Type_get_true_extent(3)
- Get the true lower bound and extent for a datatype
- MPI_Type_get_true_extent_x(3)
- Get the true lower bound and extent as MPI_Count values for a datatype
- MPI_Type_lb(3)
- Returns the lower-bound of a datatype
- MPI_Type_size(3)
- Return the number of bytes occupied by entries in the datatype
- MPI_Type_size_x(3)
- Return the number of bytes occupied by entries in the datatype
- MPI_Type_ub(3)
- Returns the upper bound of a datatype
- MPI_Win_call_errhandler(3)
- Call the error handler installed on a window object
- MPI_Win_flush(3)
- Complete all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPI_Win_flush_local(3)
- Complete locally all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPI_Win_get_errhandler(3)
- Get the error handler for the MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_get_group(3)
- Get the MPI Group of the window object
- MPI_Win_get_info(3)
- Returns a new info object containing the hints of the window associated with win
- MPI_Win_get_name(3)
- Get the print name associated with the MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_lock(3)
- Begin an RMA access epoch at the target process
- MPI_Win_lock_all(3)
- Begin an RMA access epoch at all processes on the given window
- MPI_Win_set_info(3)
- Set new values for the hints of the window associated with win
- MPI_Win_set_name(3)
- Set the print name for an MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_shared_query(3)
- Query the size and base pointer for a patch of a shared memory window
- MPI_Win_sync(3)
- Synchronize public and private copies of the given window
- MPI_Win_test(3)
- Test whether an RMA exposure epoch has completed
- MPI_Win_unlock(3)
- Completes an RMA access epoch at the target process
- MPI_Win_unlock_all(3)
- Completes an RMA access epoch at all processes on the given window
- MPI_Wtick(3)
- Returns the resolution of MPI_Wtime
- MPI_Wtime(3)
- Returns an elapsed time on the calling processor
- Magick++-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of Magick++
- Magick-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of ImageMagick
- MagickCore-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of ImageMagick
- MagickWand-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of the Magick Wand
- MagneticField(1)
- -- compute the earth's magnetic field
- Map.Make(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of the map structure given a totally ordered type
- Map.OrderedType(3o)
- Input signature of the functor Map.Make
- Map.S(3o)
- Output signature of the functor Map.Make
- Mat_GetDir(3)
- Returns a list of the variable names of a MATLAB MAT file given a MAT file. structure
- Mat_GetFilename(3)
- Returns the filename of a MATLAB MAT file given a MAT file structure
- Mat_GetHeader(3)
- Returns the header of a MATLAB MAT file given a MAT file structure
- Mat_GetLibraryVersion(3)
- Gets the version of the matio library
- Mat_GetVersion(3)
- Returns the version of a MATLAB MAT file given a MAT file structure
- Mat_Rewind(3)
- Rewinds an open MAT file to the beginning
- Mat_VarGetNumberOfFields(3)
- Gets the number of fields for a structure variable
- Mat_VarGetSize(3)
- Calculates the size of a MAT variable in bytes
- Mat_VarGetStructFieldnames(3)
- Get the fieldnames of a structure variable
- Mat_VarPrint(3)
- Prints the information of a MAT variable to stdout
- Mat_VarRead(3)
- Reads the information and data for a specific variable in a MATLAB MAT file
- Mat_VarReadInfo(3)
- Reads the information for a specific variable in a MATLAB MAT file
- Mat_VarReadNext(3)
- Reads the information and data for the next variable in a MATLAB MAT file
- Mat_VarReadNextInfo(3)
- Reads the information for the next variable in a MATLAB MAT file
- MrmFetchSetValues(3)
- Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files "MrmFetchSetValues" "uil functions" "MrmFetchSetValues"
- MrmFetchWidgetOverride(3)
- Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL "MrmFetchWidgetOverride" "uil functions" "MrmFetchWidgetOverride"
- MrmOpenHierarchy(3)
- Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy "MrmOpenHierarchy" "uil functions" "MrmOpenHierarchy"
- MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay(3)
- Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy "MrmOpenHierarchyPer\%Display" "uil functions" "MrmOpenHierarchyPer\%Display"
- MrmRegisterClass(3)
- Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets "MrmRegisterClass" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterClass"
- MrmRegisterNames(3)
- Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names) "MrmRegisterNames" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterNames"
- MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy(3)
- Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names) "MrmRegisterNamesIn\%Hierarchy" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterNamesIn\%Hierarchy"
- Munin::Common::TLS(3), Munin::Node::TLS(3)
- Abstract base class implementing the STARTTLS protocol
- Munin::Common::TLSClient(3), Munin::Node::TLSClient(3)
- Implements the client side of the STARTTLS protocol
- Munin::Common::TLSServer(3), Munin::Node::TLSServer(3)
- Implements the server side of the STARTTLS protocol
- Munin::Master::Config(3)
- Holds the master configuration
- Munin::Master::Node(3)
- Provides easy access to the munin node
- Munin::Master::Update(3)
- Contacts Munin Nodes, gathers data from their service data sources, and stores this information in RRD files
- Munin::Node::Configure::Debug(3)
- Prints a debug message in the standard munin-node-configure format
- Munin::Node::Configure::History(3)
- Filtering plugins based on the version of Munin they were first distributed with
- Munin::Node::Configure::HostEnumeration(3)
- Takes a list of hosts, and returns the corresponding IPs in dotted-quad form
- Munin::Node::Logger(3)
- The logger for munin node
- Munin::Node::OS(3)
- OS related utility methods for the Munin node
- Munin::Node::Server(3)
- This module implements a Net::Server server for the munin node
- Munin::Node::Session(3)
- Stores the state for the session between a node and a master
- Munin::Node::SpoolReader(3)
- Reading side of the spool functionality
- Munin::Node::SpoolWriter(3)
- Writing side of the spool functionality
- MyStyle(1x)
- defines combination of color, font, style, background to be used together
- NetSNMP::agent(3)
- Perl extension for the net-snmp agent
- Notifier.tcl86(3), Tcl_CreateEventSource(3), Tcl_DeleteEventSource(3), Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadAlert(3), Tcl_GetCurrentThread(3), Tcl_DeleteEvents(3), Tcl_InitNotifier(3), Tcl_FinalizeNotifier(3), Tcl_WaitForEvent(3), Tcl_AlertNotifier(3), Tcl_SetTimer(3), Tcl_ServiceAll(3), Tcl_ServiceEvent(3), Tcl_GetServiceMode(3), Tcl_SetServiceMode(3), Tcl_ServiceModeHook(3), Tcl_SetNotifier(3)
- the event queue and notifier interfaces
- Notifier.tcl87(3), Tcl_CreateEventSource(3), Tcl_DeleteEventSource(3), Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadAlert(3), Tcl_GetCurrentThread(3), Tcl_DeleteEvents(3), Tcl_InitNotifier(3), Tcl_FinalizeNotifier(3), Tcl_WaitForEvent(3), Tcl_AlertNotifier(3), Tcl_SetTimer(3), Tcl_ServiceAll(3), Tcl_ServiceEvent(3), Tcl_GetServiceMode(3), Tcl_SetServiceMode(3), Tcl_ServiceModeHook(3), Tcl_SetNotifier(3)
- the event queue and notifier interfaces
- OPENSSL_CTX_get0_primary_drbg(3), OPENSSL_CTX_get0_public_drbg(3), OPENSSL_CTX_get0_private_drbg(3), RAND_DRBG_get0_master(3), RAND_DRBG_get0_public(3), RAND_DRBG_get0_private(3)
- get access to the global RAND_DRBG instances
- OPENSSL_VERSION_MAJOR(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_MINOR(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_PATCH(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_PRE_RELEASE(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_BUILD_METADATA(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT(3), OPENSSL_version_major(3), OPENSSL_version_minor(3), OPENSSL_version_patch(3), OPENSSL_version_pre_release(3), OPENSSL_version_build_metadata(3), OpenSSL_version(3), OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER(3), OpenSSL_version_num(3), OPENSSL_info(3)
- get OpenSSL version number and other information
- OPENSSL_ia32cap(3)
- the x86[_64] processor capabilities vector
- OPENSSL_s390xcap(3)
- the IBM z processor capabilities vector
- OSSL_CMP_CTX_new(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_free(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_reinit(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_option(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_option(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_log_cb(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_log_verbosity(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_print_errors(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_serverPath(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_server(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_serverPort(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_proxy(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_no_proxy(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_http_cb(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_http_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_http_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_transfer_cb_t(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_transfer_cb(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_transfer_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_transfer_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_srvCert(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_expected_sender(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set0_trustedStore(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get0_trustedStore(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_untrusted_certs(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get0_untrusted_certs(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_cert(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_pkey(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_referenceValue(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_secretValue(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_recipient(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_push0_geninfo_ITAV(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_extraCertsOut(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set0_newPkey(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get0_newPkey(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_issuer(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_subjectName(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_push1_subjectAltName(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set0_reqExtensions(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_reqExtensions_have_SAN(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_push0_policy(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_oldCert(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_p10CSR(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_push0_genm_ITAV(3), OSSL_CMP_certConf_cb_t(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_certConf_cb(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set_certConf_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_certConf_cb_arg(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_status(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get0_statusString(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get_failInfoCode(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get0_newCert(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get1_caPubs(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_get1_extraCertsIn(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_transactionID(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_set1_senderNonce(3)
- functions for managing the CMP client context data structure
- OSSL_CMP_STATUSINFO_new(3), OSSL_CMP_snprint_PKIStatusInfo(3), OSSL_CMP_CTX_snprint_PKIStatus(3)
- function(s) for managing the CMP PKIStatus
- OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set1_regCtrl_regToken(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set1_regCtrl_authenticator(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_PKIPublicationInfo_push0_SinglePubInfo(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set0_SinglePubInfo(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set_PKIPublicationInfo_action(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set1_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set1_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey(3), OSSL_CRMF_MSG_set1_regCtrl_oldCertID(3), OSSL_CRMF_CERTID_gen(3)
- functions setting CRMF Registration Controls
- OSSL_PARAM_BLD(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_new(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_to_param(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_free_params(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_free(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_int(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_uint(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_long(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_ulong(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_int32(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_uint32(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_int64(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_uint64(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_size_t(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_time_t(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_double(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_BN(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_BN_pad(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_utf8_string(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_utf8_ptr(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_octet_string(3), OSSL_PARAM_BLD_push_octet_ptr(3)
- functions to assist in the creation of OSSL_PARAM arrays
- Object(3)
- The Object widget class "Object" "widget class" "Object"
- Object.nx(3), nx::Object(3)
- API reference of the base class in the NX object system
- OverrideShell(3)
- The OverrideShell widget class "OverrideShell" "widget class" "OverrideShell"
- PACKFILE(3)
- Packfile structure, similar to the libc FILE structure. Allegro game programming library
- PC(3x), UP(3x), BC(3x), ospeed(3x), tgetent(3x), tgetflag(3x), tgetnum(3x), tgetstr(3x), tgoto(3x), tputs(3x)
- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
- PKCS12_add_friendlyname_asc(3), PKCS12_add_friendlyname_utf8(3), PKCS12_add_friendlyname_uni(3)
- Functions to add the friendlyname attribute to a PKCS#12 safeBag
- PKCS12_add_localkeyid(3)
- Add the localKeyId attribute to a PKCS#12 safeBag
- PKCS12_get_friendlyname(3)
- Retrieve the friendlyname attribute from a PKCS#12 safeBag
- PKCS12_newpass(3)
- change the password of a PKCS12 structure
- PKCS7_set_content(3), PKCS7_content_new(3)
- set the nested contentInfo in a PKCS#7 structure
- PKCS7_set_type(3), PKCS7_set0_type_other(3)
- initialize type of PKCS#7 ContentInfo
- POFileClean(1)
- resets the msgstr for situations where it's just a copy of msgid
- POFileFill(1)
- fill a file with entries already translated in other files
- POFileSpell(1)
- checks the spelling in a collection of PO files
- PQinitTypes(3)
- Initializes libpqtypes with the libpq event system
- PQlocalTZInfo(3)
- Gets the local machine's timezone information
- PQparamExec(3), PQparamExecPrepared(3)
- Executes a paramertized query using the parameters in a PGparam
- PQparamSendQuery(3), PQparamSendQueryPrepared(3)
- Executes an asynchronous paramertized query using the parameters in a PGparam
- PQtypesRegister(3)
- Registers libpqtypes with the libpq event system
- PREPARE_TRANSACTION(7)
- prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
- PS_add_locallink(3)
- Adds link to a page in the same document
- PS_fill(3)
- Fills the current path
- PS_fill_stroke(3)
- Fills and strokes the current path
- PS_get_majorversion(3)
- returns the major version number of the PostScript library
- PS_get_minorversion(3)
- returns the minor version number of the PostScript library
- PS_get_subminorversion(3)
- returns the subminor version number of the PostScript library
- PS_open_fp(3)
- Uses an already open file pointer as the output file
- PS_place_image(3)
- Places image on the page
- PS_setmiterlimit(3)
- Sets the miter limit
- PS_stroke(3)
- Draws the current path
- PS_symbol(3)
- Output glyph at a certain position in the font encoding vector
- Pager(1)
- the AfterStep Pager module
- PagerDecorations(1x)
- Visual attributes of the Pager window
- Parse(3o)
- Entry points in the parser
- Parsing(3o)
- The run-time library for parsers generated by ocamlyacc
- Pervasives(3o)
- The initially opened module
- Placement(1x)
- AfterStep supports several different window placement policies. Some of them designed to fill free space, and some allowing for windows to be placed on top of others
- Planimeter(1)
- -- compute the area of geodesic polygons
- QuryShape(3), Shape_GetBbox(3), Shape_GetShapeRectanglesObj(3), Shape_QueryVersion(3), Shape_ExtensionPresent(3)
- get info about a shaping or the shaping subsystem
- RAND(7)
- the OpenSSL random generator
- RAND_DRBG(7)
- the deterministic random bit generator
- RAND_DRBG_generate(3), RAND_DRBG_bytes(3)
- generate random bytes using the given drbg instance
- RAND_DRBG_get0_master(3), RAND_DRBG_get0_public(3), RAND_DRBG_get0_private(3)
- get access to the global RAND_DRBG instances
- RAND_DRBG_set_ex_data(3), RAND_DRBG_get_ex_data(3), RAND_DRBG_get_ex_new_index(3)
- store and retrieve extra data from the DRBG instance
- RAND_add(3), RAND_poll(3), RAND_seed(3), RAND_status(3), RAND_event(3), RAND_screen(3), RAND_keep_random_devices_open(3)
- add randomness to the PRNG or get its status
- RAND_cleanup(3)
- erase the PRNG state
- RAND_egd(3), RAND_egd_bytes(3), RAND_query_egd_bytes(3)
- query entropy gathering daemon
- REASSIGN_OWNED(7)
- change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
- REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW(7)
- replace the contents of a materialized view
- RESET(7)
- restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
- RLE_SPRITE(3)
- Stores the contents of an RLE sprite. Allegro game programming library
- ROLLBACK(7)
- abort the current transaction
- RSA_SecurID_getpasswd(1)
- get the one-use password from a RSA sid-800 token
- RSA_blinding_on(3), RSA_blinding_off(3)
- protect the RSA operation from timing attacks
- RT::Action::SLA(3)
- base class for all actions in the extension
- RT::Authen::ExternalAuth(3)
- RT Authentication using External Sources
- RT::Authen::ExternalAuth::DBI(3)
- External database source for RT authentication
- RT::Authen::ExternalAuth::DBI::Cookie(3)
- Database-backed, cookie SSO source for RT authentication
- RT::Authen::ExternalAuth::LDAP(3)
- LDAP source for RT authentication
- RectObj(3)
- The RectObj widget class "RectObj" "widget class" "RectObj"
- RkBgnBun(3), RkBgnBun / RkwBgnBun(3)
- convert the reading of a specified length to kanji
- RkCloseRoma(3), RkCloseRoma / RkwCloseRoma(3)
- close the dictionary used for Romaji-kana conversion
- RkDefineDic(3)
- define specified candidates in the dictionary
- RkEnlarge(3)
- enlarge the reading of the current clause
- RkFinalize(3)
- terminate the kana-kanji conversion functions
- RkGetDicList(3)
- get the name of a dictionary that can be added to the dictionary list
- RkGetKanji(3)
- get the current candidate for the current clause
- RkGetLex(3)
- get morphemic information on each word that makes up the current candidate
- RkGetStat(3)
- get analysis information about the current candidate
- RkGetYomi(3)
- get the reading of the current clause
- RkGoto(3), RkGoTo(3)
- change the current clause
- RkInitialize(3)
- initialize the kana-kanji conversion functions
- RkLeft(3)
- move the current clause to the clause to its left
- RkMountDic(3)
- mount a dictionary in the dictionary list
- RkNext(3)
- set the next candidate as the current candidate
- RkNfer(3)
- set a reading itself as the current candidate
- RkOpenRoma(3)
- open the dictionary to use for Romaji-kana conversion
- RkPrev(3)
- set the previous candidate as the current candidate
- RkRemountDic(3)
- modify the priority order of a dictionary already in the dictionary list
- RkResize(3)
- change the reading length of the current clause to len bytes
- RkRight(3)
- move the current clause to the clause to its right
- RkShorten(3)
- shorten the reading of the current clause
- RkStoreYomi(3)
- change the reading of the current clause, reconverting the subsequent clauses
- RkUnmountDic(3)
- unmount a dictionary from the dictionary list
- RkXfer(3)
- change the current candidate
- SAVEPOINT(7)
- define a new savepoint within the current transaction
- SCREEN_W(3), SCREEN_H(3)
- Global define to obtain the size of the screen. Allegro game programming library
- SDL_AddTimer(3)
- Add a timer which will call a callback after the specified number of milliseconds has elapsed
- SDL_BlitSurface(3)
- This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface
- SDL_CDName(3)
- Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM
- SDL_CDNumDrives(3)
- Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(3)
- Play the given CD track(s)
- SDL_CDStatus(3)
- Returns the current status of the given drive
- SDL_CloseAudio(3)
- Shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device
- SDL_ConvertSurface(3)
- Converts a surface to the same format as another surface
- SDL_DisplayFormat(3)
- Convert a surface to the display format
- SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(3)
- Convert a surface to the display format
- SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(3)
- Blit the overlay to the display
- SDL_EventState(3)
- This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events
- SDL_FillRect(3)
- This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with some color
- SDL_GL_GetAttribute(3)
- Get the value of a special SDL/OpenGL attribute
- SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(3)
- Get the address of a GL function
- SDL_GetAppState(3)
- Get the state of the application
- SDL_GetAudioStatus(3)
- Get the current audio state
- SDL_GetClipRect(3)
- Gets the clipping rectangle for a surface
- SDL_GetCursor(3)
- Get the currently active mouse cursor
- SDL_GetGamma(3)
- Gets the gamma of the display
- SDL_GetGammaRamp(3)
- Gets the color gamma lookup tables for the display
- SDL_GetKeyName(3)
- Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym
- SDL_GetKeyState(3)
- Get a snapshot of the current keyboard state
- SDL_GetModState(3)
- Get the state of modifier keys
- SDL_GetMouseState(3)
- Retrieve the current state of the mouse
- SDL_GetRGB(3)
- Get RGB values from a pixel in the specified pixel format
- SDL_GetRGBA(3)
- Get RGBA values from a pixel in the specified pixel format
- SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(3)
- Retrieve the current state of the mouse
- SDL_GetThreadID(3)
- Get the SDL thread ID of a SDL_Thread
- SDL_GetTicks(3)
- Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization
- SDL_GetVideoInfo(3)
- returns a pointer to information about the video hardware
- SDL_GetVideoSurface(3)
- returns a pointer to the current display surface
- SDL_JoystickGetAxis(3)
- Get the current state of an axis
- SDL_JoystickGetButton(3)
- Get the current state of a given button on a given joystick
- SDL_JoystickGetHat(3)
- Get the current state of a joystick hat
- SDL_JoystickIndex(3)
- Get the index of an SDL_Joystick
- SDL_JoystickNumAxes(3)
- Get the number of joystick axes
- SDL_JoystickNumBalls(3)
- Get the number of joystick trackballs
- SDL_JoystickNumButtons(3)
- Get the number of joysitck buttons
- SDL_JoystickNumHats(3)
- Get the number of joystick hats
- SDL_JoystickUpdate(3)
- Updates the state of all joysticks
- SDL_KillThread(3)
- Gracelessly terminates the thread
- SDL_ListModes(3)
- Returns a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the given format and video flags
- SDL_LockAudio(3)
- Lock out the callback function
- SDL_OpenAudio(3)
- Opens the audio device with the desired parameters
- SDL_PauseAudio(3)
- Pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing
- SDL_PeepEvents(3)
- Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them
- SDL_PumpEvents(3)
- Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices
- SDL_PushEvent(3)
- Pushes an event onto the event queue
- SDL_SemTryWait(3)
- Attempt to lock a semaphore but don't suspend the thread
- SDL_SemValue(3)
- Return the current value of a semaphore
- SDL_SemWait(3)
- Lock a semaphore and suspend the thread if the semaphore value is zero
- SDL_SetAlpha(3)
- Adjust the alpha properties of a surface
- SDL_SetClipRect(3)
- Sets the clipping rectangle for a surface
- SDL_SetColorKey(3)
- Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface and RLE acceleration
- SDL_SetColors(3)
- Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface
- SDL_SetCursor(3)
- Set the currently active mouse cursor
- SDL_SetEventFilter(3)
- Sets up a filter to process all events before they are posted to the event queue
- SDL_SetGamma(3)
- Sets the color gamma function for the display
- SDL_SetGammaRamp(3)
- Sets the color gamma lookup tables for the display
- SDL_SetModState(3)
- Set the current key modifier state
- SDL_SetPalette(3)
- Sets the colors in the palette of an 8-bit surface
- SDL_SetTimer(3)
- Set a callback to run after the specified number of milliseconds has elapsed
- SDL_SetVideoMode(3)
- Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel
- SDL_ShowCursor(3)
- Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen
- SDL_ThreadID(3)
- Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread
- SDL_UnlockAudio(3)
- Unlock the callback function
- SDL_UpdateRect(3)
- Makes sure the given area is updated on the given screen
- SDL_UpdateRects(3)
- Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen
- SDL_VideoDriverName(3)
- Obtain the name of the video driver
- SDL_WM_GetCaption(3)
- Gets the window title and icon name
- SDL_WM_IconifyWindow(3)
- Iconify/Minimise the window
- SDL_WM_SetCaption(3)
- Sets the window tile and icon name
- SDL_WM_SetIcon(3)
- Sets the icon for the display window
- SDL_WaitEvent(3)
- Waits indefinitely for the next available event
- SDL_WarpMouse(3)
- Set the position of the mouse cursor
- SDLmm(3)
- The namespace for the SDLmm library
- SDLmm_Display(3), SDLmm::Display(3)
- The video frame buffer surface
- SDLmm_Event(3), SDLmm::Event(3)
- The general Event class
- SDLmm_EventHandler(3), SDLmm::EventHandler(3)
- The base class used for custom Event handlers
- SDLmm_SRect(3), SDLmm::SRect(3)
- This enhanced version of SDL_Rect includes a number of handy short-hand constructors. Since the class is derived from the SDL_Rect struct, it can be used in any context where an SDL_Rect is valid
- SDLmm_todo(3), todo(3)
- Todo List "Class SDLmm::SRect " 1c Extend the class with useful utility functions in regards to rectangles like intersections. "Class SDLmm::Surface " 1c Implement a better constructor scheme, where the first argument is a dummy class which specified what to do. This would allow a construct where a surface can be loaded from an image file without first having to create an unitialized object. "Class SDLmm::VideoInfo " 1c Build a status function allowing for easier access to the flags. This can be done using a bitfield which would allow for checking for multiple features at once
- SELECT_INTO(7)
- define a new table from the results of a query
- SET_CONSTRAINTS(7)
- set constraint check timing for the current transaction
- SET_ROLE(7)
- set the current user identifier of the current session
- SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION(7)
- set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
- SET_TRANSACTION(7)
- set the characteristics of the current transaction
- SHOW(7)
- show the value of a run-time parameter
- SNMP(3)
- The Perl5 'SNMP' Extension Module for the Net-SNMP SNMP package
- SPI_commit(3), SPI_commit_and_chain(3)
- commit the current transaction
- SPI_connect(3)
- connect a procedure to the SPI manager
- SPI_copytuple(3)
- make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
- SPI_finish(3)
- disconnect a procedure from the SPI manager
- SPI_fname(3)
- determine the column name for the specified column number
- SPI_fnumber(3)
- determine the column number for the specified column name
- SPI_freetuple(3)
- free a row allocated in the upper executor context
- SPI_getargcount(3)
- return the number of arguments needed by a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
- SPI_getargtypeid(3)
- return the data type OID for an argument of a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
- SPI_getbinval(3)
- return the binary value of the specified column
- SPI_getnspname(3)
- return the namespace of the specified relation
- SPI_getrelname(3)
- return the name of the specified relation
- SPI_gettype(3)
- return the data type name of the specified column
- SPI_gettypeid(3)
- return the data type OID of the specified column
- SPI_getvalue(3)
- return the string value of the specified column
- SPI_palloc(3)
- allocate memory in the upper executor context
- SPI_pfree(3)
- free memory in the upper executor context
- SPI_repalloc(3)
- reallocate memory in the upper executor context
- SPI_rollback(3), SPI_rollback_and_chain(3)
- abort the current transaction
- SPI_unregister_relation(3)
- remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
- SP_kill(3)
- close a client side connection without notifying the daemon
- SP_version(3)
- returns the three component version number of the Spread library
- SRP_Calc_server_key(3), SRP_Calc_A(3), SRP_Calc_B_ex(3), SRP_Calc_B(3), SRP_Calc_u_ex(3), SRP_Calc_u(3), SRP_Calc_x_ex(3), SRP_Calc_x(3), SRP_Calc_client_key_ex(3), SRP_Calc_client_key(3)
- SRP authentication primitives
- SRP_create_verifier_ex(3), SRP_create_verifier(3), SRP_create_verifier_BN_ex(3), SRP_create_verifier_BN(3), SRP_check_known_gN_param(3), SRP_get_default_gN(3)
- SRP authentication primitives
- SSL_CTX_dane_enable(3), SSL_CTX_dane_mtype_set(3), SSL_dane_enable(3), SSL_dane_tlsa_add(3), SSL_get0_dane_authority(3), SSL_get0_dane_tlsa(3), SSL_CTX_dane_set_flags(3), SSL_CTX_dane_clear_flags(3), SSL_dane_set_flags(3), SSL_dane_clear_flags(3)
- enable DANE TLS authentication of the remote TLS server in the local TLS client
- SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(3)
- get the active certificate from an SSL context
- SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(3), SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(3), SSL_get_ex_data(3), SSL_set_ex_data(3)
- Store and retrieve extra data from the SSL_CTX, SSL or SSL_SESSION
- SSL_CTX_has_client_custom_ext(3)
- check whether a handler exists for a particular client extension type
- SSL_CTX_set_client_hello_cb(3), SSL_client_hello_cb_fn(3), SSL_client_hello_isv2(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_legacy_version(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_random(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_session_id(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_ciphers(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_compression_methods(3), SSL_client_hello_get1_extensions_present(3), SSL_client_hello_get0_ext(3)
- callback functions for early server-side ClientHello processing
- SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(3), SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(3), SSL_set_max_cert_list(3), SSL_get_max_cert_list(3)
- manipulate allowed size for the peer's certificate chain
- SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(3), SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(3), SSL_set_read_ahead(3), SSL_get_read_ahead(3), SSL_CTX_get_default_read_ahead(3)
- manage whether to read as many input bytes as possible
- SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(3), SSL_SESSION_set_cipher(3)
- set and retrieve the SSL cipher associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(3)
- get and set the SSL ID context associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(3)
- get details about the ticket associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(3)
- get details about the compression associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get_id(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_id(3)
- get and set the SSL session ID
- SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(3), SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(3)
- get and set the session protocol version
- SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(3)
- determine whether an SSL_SESSION object can be used for resumption
- SSL_clear(3)
- reset SSL object to allow another connection
- SSL_client_version(3), SSL_get_version(3), SSL_is_dtls(3), SSL_version(3)
- get the protocol information of a connection
- SSL_connect(3)
- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
- SSL_get_SSL_CTX(3)
- get the SSL_CTX from which an SSL is created
- SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(3), SSL_get0_verified_chain(3)
- get the X509 certificate chain of the peer
- SSL_get_peer_certificate(3), SSL_get0_peer_certificate(3), SSL_get1_peer_certificate(3)
- get the X509 certificate of the peer
- SSL_in_before(3), SSL_in_init(3), SSL_is_init_finished(3), SSL_in_connect_init(3), SSL_in_accept_init(3), SSL_get_state(3)
- retrieve information about the handshake state machine
- SSL_session_reused(3)
- query whether a reused session was negotiated during handshake
- SSL_set_bio(3), SSL_set0_rbio(3), SSL_set0_wbio(3)
- connect the SSL object with a BIO
- SSL_set_connect_state(3), SSL_set_accept_state(3), SSL_is_server(3)
- functions for manipulating and examining the client or server mode of an SSL object
- SSL_set_fd(3), SSL_set_rfd(3), SSL_set_wfd(3)
- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
- SSL_set_num_tickets(3), SSL_get_num_tickets(3), SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(3), SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(3), SSL_new_session_ticket(3)
- control the number of TLSv1.3 session tickets that are issued
- Set.Make(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of the set structure given a totally ordered type
- Set.OrderedType(3o)
- Input signature of the functor Set.Make
- Set.S(3o)
- Output signature of the functor Set.Make
- Shell(3)
- The Shell widget class "Shell" "widget class" "Shell"
- Smokeping_matchers_Medratio(3), Smokeping::matchers::Medratio(3)
- detect changes in the latency median
- Smokeping_probes_AnotherCurl(3), Smokeping::probes::AnotherCurl(3)
- a curl(1) probe for SmokePing
- Smokeping_probes_AnotherDNS(3), Smokeping::probes::AnotherDNS(3)
- Alternate DNS Probe
- Smokeping_probes_AnotherSSH(3), Smokeping::probes::AnotherSSH(3)
- Another SSH probe
- Smokeping_probes_Radius(3), Smokeping::probes::Radius(3)
- a RADIUS authentication probe for SmokePing
- Smokeping_probes_TacacsPlus(3), Smokeping::probes::TacacsPlus(3)
- a TacacsPlus authentication probe for SmokePing
- Smokeping_probes_basefork(3), Smokeping::probes::basefork(3)
- Yet Another Base Class for implementing SmokePing Probes
- Smokeping_probes_basevars(3), Smokeping::probes::basevars(3)
- Another Base Class for implementing SmokePing Probes
- Smokeping_sorters_Loss(3), Smokeping::sorters::Loss(3)
- Order the target charts by loss
- Smokeping_sorters_Max(3), Smokeping::sorters::Max(3)
- Order the target charts by Max RTT
- Smokeping_sorters_Median(3), Smokeping::sorters::Median(3)
- Order the target charts by Median RTT
- Smokeping_sorters_StdDev(3), Smokeping::sorters::StdDev(3)
- Order the target charts by StdDev
- SmtEngine(3cvc)
- the primary interface to CVC4's theorem-proving capabilities
- TIFFDataWidth(3tiff)
- Get the size of TIFF data types
- TIFFFieldPassCount(3tiff)
- Get whether to pass a count to TIFFGet/SetField
- TIFFGetField(3tiff), TIFFVGetField(3tiff)
- get the value(s) of a tag in an open TIFF file
- TIFFReadDirectory(3tiff)
- get the contents of the next directory in an open TIFF file
- TIFFReadRawStrip(3tiff)
- return the undecoded contents of a strip of data from an open TIFF file
- TIFFScanlineSize(3tiff), TIFFRasterScanlineSize(3tiff)
- return the size of various items associated with an open TIFF file
- TIFFSetDirectory(3tiff), TIFFSetSubDirectory(3tiff)
- set the current directory for an open TIFF file
- TIFFSetField(3tiff), TIFFVSetField(3tiff)
- set the value(s) of a tag in a TIFF file open for writing
- TIFFWriteDirectory(3tiff), TIFFRewriteDirectory(3tiff), TIFFCheckpointDirectory(3tiff)
- write the current directory in an open TIFF file
- Tcl_Access.tcl85(3), Tcl_Access(3), Tcl_Stat(3)
- check file permissions and other attributes
- Tcl_Access.tcl86(3), Tcl_Access(3), Tcl_Stat(3)
- check file permissions and other attributes
- Tcl_Access.tcl87(3), Tcl_Access(3), Tcl_Stat(3)
- check file permissions and other attributes
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_SetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_AddErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(3), Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(3), Tcl_PosixError(3), Tcl_LogCommandInfo(3)
- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_SetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_AddErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(3), Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(3), Tcl_SetErrorLine(3), Tcl_GetErrorLine(3), Tcl_PosixError(3), Tcl_LogCommandInfo(3)
- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_SetReturnOptions(3), Tcl_AddErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(3), Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(3), Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCode(3), Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(3), Tcl_SetErrorLine(3), Tcl_GetErrorLine(3), Tcl_PosixError(3), Tcl_LogCommandInfo(3)
- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
- Tcl_AlertNotifier.tcl85(3), Tcl_CreateEventSource(3), Tcl_DeleteEventSource(3), Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(3), Tcl_ThreadAlert(3), Tcl_GetCurrentThread(3), Tcl_DeleteEvents(3), Tcl_InitNotifier(3), Tcl_FinalizeNotifier(3), Tcl_WaitForEvent(3), Tcl_AlertNotifier(3), Tcl_SetTimer(3), Tcl_ServiceAll(3), Tcl_ServiceEvent(3), Tcl_GetServiceMode(3), Tcl_SetServiceMode(3)
- the event queue and notifier interfaces
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall.tcl85(3), Tcl_DoWhenIdle(3), Tcl_CancelIdleCall(3)
- invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall.tcl86(3), Tcl_DoWhenIdle(3), Tcl_CancelIdleCall(3)
- invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall.tcl87(3), Tcl_DoWhenIdle(3), Tcl_CancelIdleCall(3)
- invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
- Tcl_Chdir.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetCwd(3), Tcl_Chdir(3)
- manipulate the current working directory
- Tcl_Chdir.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetCwd(3), Tcl_Chdir(3)
- manipulate the current working directory
- Tcl_Chdir.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetCwd(3), Tcl_Chdir(3)
- manipulate the current working directory
- Tcl_CreateExitHandler.tcl85(3), Tcl_Exit(3), Tcl_Finalize(3), Tcl_CreateExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteExitHandler(3), Tcl_ExitThread(3), Tcl_FinalizeThread(3), Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_SetExitProc(3)
- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers)
- Tcl_CreateExitHandler.tcl86(3), Tcl_Exit(3), Tcl_Finalize(3), Tcl_CreateExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteExitHandler(3), Tcl_ExitThread(3), Tcl_FinalizeThread(3), Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_SetExitProc(3)
- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers)
- Tcl_CreateExitHandler.tcl87(3), Tcl_Exit(3), Tcl_Finalize(3), Tcl_CreateExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteExitHandler(3), Tcl_ExitThread(3), Tcl_FinalizeThread(3), Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(3), Tcl_SetExitProc(3)
- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers)
- Tcl_DiscardInterpState.tcl87(3), Tcl_SaveInterpState(3), Tcl_RestoreInterpState(3), Tcl_DiscardInterpState(3), Tcl_SaveResult(3), Tcl_RestoreResult(3), Tcl_DiscardResult(3)
- Save and restore the state of an an interpreter
- Tcl_FindExecutable.tcl85(3), Tcl_FindExecutable(3), Tcl_GetNameOfExecutable(3)
- identify or return the name of the binary file containing the application
- Tcl_FindExecutable.tcl86(3), Tcl_FindExecutable(3), Tcl_GetNameOfExecutable(3)
- identify or return the name of the binary file containing the application
- Tcl_FindExecutable.tcl87(3), Tcl_FindExecutable(3), Tcl_GetNameOfExecutable(3)
- identify or return the name of the binary file containing the application
- Tcl_GetHostName.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetHostName(3)
- get the name of the local host
- Tcl_GetHostName.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetHostName(3)
- get the name of the local host
- Tcl_GetHostName.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetHostName(3)
- get the name of the local host
- Tcl_GetOpenFile.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetOpenFile(3)
- Return a FILE* for a channel registered in the given interpreter (Unix only)
- Tcl_GetOpenFile.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetOpenFile(3)
- Return a FILE* for a channel registered in the given interpreter (Unix only)
- Tcl_GetOpenFile.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetOpenFile(3)
- Return a FILE* for a channel registered in the given interpreter (Unix only)
- Tcl_GetStdChannel.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_SetStdChannel(3)
- procedures for retrieving and replacing the standard channels
- Tcl_GetStdChannel.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_SetStdChannel(3)
- procedures for retrieving and replacing the standard channels
- Tcl_GetStdChannel.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_SetStdChannel(3)
- procedures for retrieving and replacing the standard channels
- Tcl_GetVersion.tcl85(3), Tcl_GetVersion(3)
- get the version of the library at runtime
- Tcl_GetVersion.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetVersion(3)
- get the version of the library at runtime
- Tcl_GetVersion.tcl87(3), Tcl_GetVersion(3)
- get the version of the library at runtime
- Tcl_InitStubs.tcl85(3), Tcl_InitStubs(3)
- initialize the Tcl stubs mechanism
- Tcl_InitStubs.tcl86(3), Tcl_InitStubs(3)
- initialize the Tcl stubs mechanism
- Tcl_InitStubs.tcl87(3), Tcl_InitStubs(3)
- initialize the Tcl stubs mechanism
- Tcl_InitSubsystems.tcl87(3), Tcl_InitSubsystems(3)
- initialize the Tcl library
- Tcl_PutEnv.tcl85(3), Tcl_PutEnv(3)
- procedures to manipulate the environment
- Tcl_PutEnv.tcl86(3), Tcl_PutEnv(3)
- procedures to manipulate the environment
- Tcl_PutEnv.tcl87(3), Tcl_PutEnv(3)
- procedures to manipulate the environment
- Tcl_SourceRCFile.tcl85(3), Tcl_SourceRCFile(3)
- source the Tcl rc file
- Tcl_SourceRCFile.tcl86(3), Tcl_SourceRCFile(3)
- source the Tcl rc file
- Tcl_SourceRCFile.tcl87(3), Tcl_SourceRCFile(3)
- source the Tcl rc file
- Tcl_StandardChannels.tcl85(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
- How the Tcl library deals with the standard channels
- Tcl_StandardChannels.tcl86(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
- How the Tcl library deals with the standard channels
- Tcl_StandardChannels.tcl87(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
- How the Tcl library deals with the standard channels
- Tcl_StaticPackage.tcl85(3), Tcl_StaticPackage(3)
- make a statically linked package available via the 'load' command
- Tcl_StaticPackage.tcl86(3), Tcl_StaticPackage(3)
- make a statically linked package available via the 'load' command
- Tcl_StaticPackage.tcl87(3), Tcl_StaticPackage(3)
- make a statically linked package available via the 'load' command
- Tcl_StringCaseMatch.tcl85(3), Tcl_StringMatch(3), Tcl_StringCaseMatch(3)
- test whether a string matches a pattern
- Tcl_StringCaseMatch.tcl86(3), Tcl_StringMatch(3), Tcl_StringCaseMatch(3)
- test whether a string matches a pattern
- Tcl_StringCaseMatch.tcl87(3), Tcl_StringMatch(3), Tcl_StringCaseMatch(3)
- test whether a string matches a pattern
- Tcl_UniCharToLower.tcl85(3), Tcl_UniCharToUpper(3), Tcl_UniCharToLower(3), Tcl_UniCharToTitle(3), Tcl_UtfToUpper(3), Tcl_UtfToLower(3), Tcl_UtfToTitle(3)
- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings
- Tcl_UniCharToLower.tcl86(3), Tcl_UniCharToUpper(3), Tcl_UniCharToLower(3), Tcl_UniCharToTitle(3), Tcl_UtfToUpper(3), Tcl_UtfToLower(3), Tcl_UtfToTitle(3)
- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings
- Tcl_UniCharToLower.tcl87(3), Tcl_UniCharToUpper(3), Tcl_UniCharToLower(3), Tcl_UniCharToTitle(3), Tcl_UtfToUpper(3), Tcl_UtfToLower(3), Tcl_UtfToTitle(3)
- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings
- Tcl_UpVar.tcl85(3), Tcl_UpVar(3), Tcl_UpVar2(3)
- link one variable to another
- Tcl_UpVar.tcl86(3), Tcl_UpVar(3), Tcl_UpVar2(3)
- link one variable to another
- Tcl_UpVar.tcl87(3), Tcl_UpVar(3), Tcl_UpVar2(3)
- link one variable to another
- Thunar(1)
- File Manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment
- TixIntro(n)
- Introduction to the Tix library '" '"
- Tk_AddOption.tk85(3), Tk_AddOption(3)
- Add an option to the option database
- Tk_AddOption.tk86(3), Tk_AddOption(3)
- Add an option to the option database
- Tk_AttachHWND.tk85(3), Tk_GetHWND(3), Tk_AttachHWND(3)
- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
- Tk_AttachHWND.tk86(3), Tk_GetHWND(3), Tk_AttachHWND(3)
- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
- Tk_ClipboardAppend.tk85(3), Tk_ClipboardClear(3), Tk_ClipboardAppend(3)
- Manage the clipboard
- Tk_ClipboardAppend.tk86(3), Tk_ClipboardClear(3), Tk_ClipboardAppend(3)
- Manage the clipboard
- Tk_CollapseMotionEvents.tk85(3), Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(3), Tk_QueueWindowEvent(3)
- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
- Tk_CollapseMotionEvents.tk86(3), Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(3), Tk_QueueWindowEvent(3)
- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
- Tk_DrawFocusHighlight.tk85(3), Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(3)
- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
- Tk_DrawFocusHighlight.tk86(3), Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(3)
- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
- Tk_FindPhoto.tk85(3), Tk_FindPhoto(3), Tk_PhotoPutBlock(3), Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(3), Tk_PhotoGetImage(3), Tk_PhotoBlank(3), Tk_PhotoExpand(3), Tk_PhotoGetSize(3), Tk_PhotoSetSize(3)
- manipulate the image data stored in a photo image
- Tk_GetHINSTANCE.tk85(3), Tk_GetHINSTANCE(3)
- retrieve the global application instance handle
- Tk_GetHINSTANCE.tk86(3), Tk_GetHINSTANCE(3)
- retrieve the global application instance handle
- Tk_GetOption.tk85(3), Tk_GetOption(3)
- retrieve an option from the option database
- Tk_GetOption.tk86(3), Tk_GetOption(3)
- retrieve an option from the option database
- Tk_GetSelection.tk85(3), Tk_GetSelection(3)
- retrieve the contents of a selection
- Tk_GetSelection.tk86(3), Tk_GetSelection(3)
- retrieve the contents of a selection
- Tk_InitConsoleChannels.tk85(3), Tk_InitConsoleChannels(3)
- Install the console channels as standard channels
- Tk_InitConsoleChannels.tk86(3), Tk_InitConsoleChannels(3)
- Install the console channels as standard channels
- Tk_InitStubs.tk85(3), Tk_InitStubs(3)
- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
- Tk_InitStubs.tk86(3), Tk_InitStubs(3)
- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
- Tk_MaintainGeometry.tk85(3), Tk_MaintainGeometry(3), Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(3)
- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
- Tk_MaintainGeometry.tk86(3), Tk_MaintainGeometry(3), Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(3)
- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
- Tk_MoveToplevelWindow.tk85(3), Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(3)
- Adjust the position of a top-level window
- Tk_MoveToplevelWindow.tk86(3), Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(3)
- Adjust the position of a top-level window
- Tk_OwnSelection.tk85(3), Tk_OwnSelection(3)
- make a window the owner of the primary selection
- Tk_OwnSelection.tk86(3), Tk_OwnSelection(3)
- make a window the owner of the primary selection
- Tk_RestackWindow.tk85(3), Tk_RestackWindow(3)
- Change a window's position in the stacking order
- Tk_RestackWindow.tk86(3), Tk_RestackWindow(3)
- Change a window's position in the stacking order
- Tk_SetAppName.tk85(3), Tk_SetAppName(3)
- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
- Tk_SetAppName.tk86(3), Tk_SetAppName(3)
- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
- Tk_SetCaretPos.tk85(3), Tk_SetCaretPos(3)
- set the display caret location
- Tk_SetCaretPos.tk86(3), Tk_SetCaretPos(3)
- set the display caret location
- Tk_SetGrid.tk85(3), Tk_SetGrid(3), Tk_UnsetGrid(3)
- control the grid for interactive resizing
- Tk_SetGrid.tk86(3), Tk_SetGrid(3), Tk_UnsetGrid(3)
- control the grid for interactive resizing
- TopLevelShell(3)
- The TopLevelShell widget class "TopLevelShell" "widget class" "TopLevelShell"
- Traits(5)
- Lists the traits used by the Motif Toolkit. "Traits"
- TransientShell(3)
- The TransientShell widget class "TransientShell" "widget class" "TransientShell"
- Tspi_ChangeAuth(3)
- change the authorization data of an entity
- Tspi_ChangeAuthAsym(3)
- change the authorization data of an entity using asymmetric change protocol
- Tspi_Context_GetCapability(3)
- provide the capabilites of a TSS Core Service, TSS Service Provider, or TPM
- Tspi_Context_GetDefaultPolicy(3)
- Get a handle to the default policy object of a given context
- Tspi_Context_GetKeyByPublicInfo(3)
- search the persistent storage for a registered key using the provided public key information
- Tspi_Context_GetRegisteredKeysByUUID(3)
- get an array of TSS_KM_KEYINFO structures based on the state of persistent storage
- Tspi_Context_GetRegisteredKeysByUUID2(3)
- get an array of TSS_KM_KEYINFO2 structures based on the state of persistent storage
- Tspi_Context_GetTpmObject(3), Context_GetTpmObject(3)
- get the handle of the TPM object associated with a context
- Tspi_Context_LoadKeyByBlob(3)
- load a key into the TPM using the key's blob
- Tspi_Context_RegisterKey(3)
- register a key in the TSS Persistent Storage database
- Tspi_Context_UnregisterKey(3)
- unregister a key from the persistent storage device
- Tspi_Data_Seal(3)
- encrypt a data blob in a mannar that is only decryptable by Tspi_Data_Unseal on the same system
- Tspi_Data_Unseal(3)
- dencrypt data encrypted by Tspi_Data_Seal() only if it was encrypted on the same platform and under the current configuration
- Tspi_GetAttribData(3)
- get a non 32bit attribute of the object
- Tspi_GetAttribUint32(3)
- get the value of particular attribute associated with a given class or object
- Tspi_Hash_GetHashValue(3)
- get the current hash value of a hash object
- Tspi_Hash_SetHashValue(3)
- Sets the hash value of a hash object for non-SHA1 hash objects
- Tspi_Hash_Sign(3)
- sign the hash data of an object with a signing key
- Tspi_Hash_UpdateHashValue(3)
- update the hash value of a hash object
- Tspi_Hash_VerifySignature(3)
- verify the hash value with a given signature
- Tspi_Key_CreateKey(3)
- create a key pair within the TPM, wrapping it with the key addressed by hWrappingKey
- Tspi_Key_CreateMigrationBlob(3)
- create a key blob suitable for migrating to another TPM
- Tspi_Key_GetPubKey(3)
- get the public key of an object
- Tspi_Key_LoadKey(3)
- load a key into the TPM
- Tspi_Key_UnloadKey(3)
- unload a key from the TPM
- Tspi_Key_WrapKey(3)
- wrap a key with the key addressed by hWrappingKey
- Tspi_PcrComposite_GetPcrValue(3)
- get the digest value of a given PCR index inside a PCR composite object
- Tspi_PcrComposite_SetPcrValue(3), Tspi_PcrComposite_SetPcrValue-(3)
- set the digest for a given PCR index inside a PCR composite object
- Tspi_Policy_SetSecret(3)
- set the authorization data of a policy object and define the handling of its retrieval
- Tspi_TPM_AuthorizeMigrationTicket(3), Tspi_TPM_AuthorizeMigrationTicket-(3)
- create the migration ticket required for the migration process
- Tspi_TPM_CertifySelfTest(3), Tspi_TPM_CertifySelfTest-(3)
- have the TPM sign its self test data
- Tspi_TPM_CheckMaintenancePubKey(3), Tspi_TPM_CheckMaintenancePubKey-(3)
- check the public maintenance key
- Tspi_TPM_CollateIdentityRequest(3)
- Gets all the informatin necessary to send to a trusted third party (TTP), repartory to asking the TTP to create a certificate for identity
- Tspi_TPM_CreateEndorsementKey(3)
- create the endorsement key
- Tspi_TPM_CreateMaintenanceArchive(3)
- create the TPM manufacturer specific maintenance archive data
- Tspi_TPM_GetAuditDigest(3)
- retrieve the audit digest
- Tspi_TPM_GetCapability(3)
- get information on the capabilities of the TPM
- Tspi_TPM_GetEventLog(3), Tspi_TPM_GetEventLog-(3)
- get the entire PCR event log
- Tspi_TPM_GetPubEndorsementKey(3)
- create a TSS key object from the TPM's public endorsement key
- Tspi_TPM_GetRandom(3)
- generate a random number on the TPM
- Tspi_TPM_GetStatus(3)
- query the TPM's status
- Tspi_TPM_GetTestResult(3), Tspi_TPM_GetTestResult-(3)
- get manufacturer specific information regarding the results of a self test
- Tspi_TPM_KillMaintenanceFeature(3)
- Disables the ability to create a maintenance archive
- Tspi_TPM_LoadMaintenancePubKey(3), Tspi_TPM_LoadMaintenancePubKey-(3)
- load the public maintenance key into the TPM
- Tspi_TPM_OwnerGetSRKPubKey(3)
- get public key of the SRK
- Tspi_TPM_PcrExtend(3)
- extend a PCR register and optionally write the PCR event log
- Tspi_TPM_PcrRead(3)
- read the value in a PCR register
- Tspi_TPM_SetStatus(3)
- modify the TPM's status
- Tspi_TPM_StirRandom(3)
- add entropy to the TPM random number generator
- Tss2_TctiLdr_Finalize(3)
- Function to finalize a TCTI context instantiated by the Tss2_TctiLdr_Initialize function
- Tss2_TctiLdr_GetInfo(3)
- Query TctiLdr library for the TSS2_TCTI_INFO structure associated with a TCTI library
- Tss2_Tcti_Device_Init(3), Tss2_Tcti_Device_init(3)
- Initialization function for the device TCTI library
- Tss2_Tcti_Mssim_Init(3)
- Initialization function for the Microsoft TPM simulator TCTI library
- Tss2_Tcti_Tabrmd_Init(3)
- Initialization function for the tpm2-abrmd TCTI library
- Ttk_AddPadding.tk85(3), Ttk_MakeBox(3), Ttk_PadBox(3), Ttk_ExpandBox(3), Ttk_PackBox(3), Ttk_StickBox(3), Ttk_PlaceBox(3), Ttk_BoxContains(3), Ttk_MakePadding(3), Ttk_UniformPadding(3), Ttk_AddPadding(3), Ttk_RelievePadding(3), Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(3), Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(3), Ttk_GetStickyFromObj(3)
- Tk themed geometry utilities
- Ttk_AddPadding.tk86(3), Ttk_MakeBox(3), Ttk_PadBox(3), Ttk_ExpandBox(3), Ttk_PackBox(3), Ttk_StickBox(3), Ttk_PlaceBox(3), Ttk_BoxContains(3), Ttk_MakePadding(3), Ttk_UniformPadding(3), Ttk_AddPadding(3), Ttk_RelievePadding(3), Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(3), Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(3), Ttk_GetStickyFromObj(3)
- Tk themed geometry utilities
- Ttk_CreateTheme.tk85(3), Ttk_CreateTheme(3), Ttk_GetTheme(3), Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(3), Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(3)
- create and use Tk themes
- Ttk_CreateTheme.tk86(3), Ttk_CreateTheme(3), Ttk_GetTheme(3), Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(3), Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(3)
- create and use Tk themes
- UIL(5)
- The user interface language file format "user interface language" "UIL"
- Uil(3)
- Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application "Uil" "uil functions" "Uil" "uil compiler"
- UilDumpSymbolTable(3)
- Dumps the contents of a named UIL symbol table to standard output "UilDumpSymbolTable" "uil functions" "UilDumpSymbolTable"
- Unix(3o)
- Interface to the Unix system
- VIRTUAL_W(3), VIRTUAL_H(3)
- Global define to obtain the virtual size of the screen. Allegro game programming library
- VendorShell(3)
- The VendorShell widget class "VendorShell" "widget class" "VendorShell"
- WML(5)
- The widget meta-language file format for creating uil compilers "widget meta-language" "WML"
- WMShell(3)
- The WMShell widget class "WMShell" "widget class" "WMShell"
- WMShell(3)
- window-manager shell widget from the X toolkit
- Wand-config(1)
- get information about the installed version of the Magick Wand
- Weak.Make(3o)
- Functor building an implementation of the weak hash set structure
- Weak.S(3o)
- The output signature of the functor Weak.Make
- Wharf(1)
- the AfterStep application "dock" module
- WildMidi_GetError(3)
- Return the last error message
- WildMidi_GetVersion(3)
- Get the library version
- WildMidi_Init(3)
- Initialize the library
- WildMidi_MasterVolume(3)
- sets the overall audio level of the library
- WildMidi_Shutdown(3)
- Shutdown the library
- WordKeyInfo(3)
- information on the key structure of the inverted index
- WordRecordInfo(3)
- information on the record structure of the inverted index
- X509_check_issued(3)
- checks if certificate is apparently issued by another certificate
- X509_check_private_key(3), X509_REQ_check_private_key(3)
- check the consistency of a private key with the public key in an X509 certificate or certificate request
- X509_check_purpose(3)
- Check the purpose of a certificate
- X509_get0_distinguishing_id(3), X509_set0_distinguishing_id(3), X509_REQ_get0_distinguishing_id(3), X509_REQ_set0_distinguishing_id(3)
- get or set the Distinguishing ID for certificate operations
- XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(3), XGetDeviceDontPropagateList(3)
- query or change the dont-propagate-list for extension devices
- XChangeKeyboardDevice(3)
- change which device is used as the X keyboard
- XChangePointerDevice(3)
- change which device is the X pointer
- XCreateIC(3), XDestroyIC(3), XIMOfIC(3)
- create, destroy, and obtain the input method of an input context
- XDGA(3)
- Client library for the XFree86-DGA extension
- XDeviceBell(3)
- ring a bell on a device supported through the input extension
- XExtentsOfFontSet(3)
- obtain the maximum extents structure for a font set
- XF86VidModeQueryExtension(3), XF86VidModeQueryVersion(3), XF86VidModeSetClientVersion(3), XF86VidModeGetModeLine(3), XF86VidModeGetAllModeLines(3), XF86VidModeAddModeLine(3), XF86VidModeDeleteModeLine(3), XF86VidModeModModeLine(3), XF86VidModeValidateModeLine(3), XF86VidModeSwitchMode(3), XF86VidModeSwitchToMode(3), XF86VidModeLockModeSwitch(3), XF86VidModeGetMonitor(3), XF86VidModeGetViewPort(3), XF86VidModeSetViewPort(3), XF86VidModeGetDotClocks(3), XF86VidModeGetGamma(3), XF86VidModeSetGamma(3), XF86VidModeGetGammaRamp(3), XF86VidModeSetGammaRamp(3), XF86VidModeGetGammaRampSize(3), XF86VidModeGetPermissions(3)
- Extension library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension
- XGetExtensionVersion(3)
- query the version of the input extension
- XGetXCBConnection(3)
- get the XCB connection for an Xlib Display
- XGrabDevice(3), XUngrabDevice(3)
- grab/release the specified extension device
- XGrabKeyboard(3), XUngrabKeyboard(3)
- grab the keyboard
- XGrabPointer(3), XUngrabPointer(3), XChangeActivePointerGrab(3)
- grab the pointer
- XGrabServer(3), XUngrabServer(3)
- grab the server
- XIChangeHierarchy(3)
- change the device hierarchy
- XIGrabDevice(3), XIUngrabDevice(3)
- grab or ungrab the device
- XIQueryVersion(3)
- announce and query the support XI2 version
- XISelectEvents(3), XIGetSelectedEvents(3)
- select for or get selected XI2 events on the window
- XISetClientPointer(3), XIGetClientPointer(3)
- set or get the ClientPointer device
- XISetFocus(3), XIGetFocus(3)
- set or get the devices focus
- XIfEvent(3), XCheckIfEvent(3), XPeekIfEvent(3)
- check the event queue with a predicate procedure
- XPutBackEvent(3)
- put events back on the queue
- XQueryDeviceState(3)
- query the state of an extension input device
- XSelectExtensionEvent(3), XGetSelectedExtensionEvents(3)
- select extension events, get the list of currently selected extension events
- XSetDeviceMode(3)
- change the mode of a device
- XSetDeviceValuators(3)
- initialize the valuators on an extension input device
- XSetFontPath(3), XGetFontPath(3), XFreeFontPath(3)
- set, get, or free the font search path
- XSetScreenSaver(3), XForceScreenSaver(3), XActivateScreenSaver(3), XResetScreenSaver(3), XGetScreenSaver(3)
- manipulate the screen saver
- Xaw(3)
- X Athena Widgets
- XbaeCaption(3)
- The Bellcore Application Environment (BAE) XbaeCaption widget class
- XbaeInput(3)
- The Input widget class
- XbaeMatrix(3)
- The Bellcore Application Environment (BAE) XbaeMatrix widget class
- XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC(3), XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL(3), XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC(3), XcmsCIELabQueryMinL(3)
- obtain the CIE L*a*b* coordinates
- XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC(3), XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL(3), XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC(3), XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL(3)
- obtain the CIE L*u*v* coordinates
- XcmsDefaultCCC(3)
- obtain the default CCC for a screen
- XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC(3), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV(3), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC(3), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples(3), XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV(3)
- obtain the TekHVC coordinates
- XcupGetReservedColormapEntries(3)
- list colormap entries reserved by the system
- XcupQueryVersion(3)
- Returns TOG-CUP protocol version supported by the X server
- XdbeBeginIdiom(3)
- marks the beginning of a DBE idiom sequence
- XdbeEndIdiom(3)
- marks the end of a DBE idiom sequence
- XdbeQueryExtension(3)
- returns the version of DBE supported by the server
- XkbActionCtrls(3)
- Returns the ctrls fields of act converted to an unsigned int
- XkbAddGeomDoodad(3)
- Add one doodad to a section of a keyboard geometry or to the top-level geometry
- XkbAddGeomKey(3)
- Add one key at the end of an existing row of keys
- XkbAddSymInterpret(3)
- Add a symbol interpretation to the list of symbol interpretations in an XkbCompatRec
- XkbAllocControls(3)
- Allocates an XkbControlsRec structure in the XkbDescRec
- XkbAllocIndicatorMaps(3)
- Allocates, directly, the indicators member of the keyboard description record
- XkbApplyCompatMapToKey(3)
- Apply the new compatibility mapping to an individual key to get its semantics updated
- XkbBell(3)
- Rings the bell on the default keyboard
- XkbBellEvent(3)
- Provides a function that initiates a bell event for the keyboard without ringing the bell
- XkbChangeControls(3)
- Provides a flexible method for updating the controls in a server to match those in the changed keyboard description
- XkbChangeDeviceInfo(3)
- Update the server's description of a device with the changes noted in an XkbDeviceChangesRec
- XkbChangeEnabledControls(3)
- Manipulates the EnabledControls control
- XkbChangeIndicators(3)
- Changes indicator maps or state without passing the entire keyboard description
- XkbChangeMap(3)
- Update only partial components of a keyboard description, modify the appropriate fields in the server and map components of a local copy of the keyboard description
- XkbChangeTypesOfKey(3)
- Change the number of groups and the types bound to a key
- XkbComputeRowBounds(3)
- Update the bounding box of a row
- XkbComputeSectionBounds(3)
- Update the bounding box of a section
- XkbComputeShapeBounds(3)
- Updates the bounding box of a shape
- XkbComputeShapeTop(3)
- Determines the bounding box of the top surface of a shape
- XkbDeviceBell(3)
- Rings the bell on an X input extension device or the default keyboard
- XkbDeviceBellEvent(3)
- Creates a bell event for an X input extension device or for the keyboard, without ringing the corresponding bell
- XkbFindOverlayForKey(3)
- Find the alternate name by using the primary name for a key that is part of an overlay
- XkbForceBell(3)
- Overrides user preference settings for audible bells to ring the bell on the default keyboard
- XkbForceDeviceBell(3)
- Rings the bell on any keyboard, overriding user preference settings for audible bells
- XkbFreeClientMap(3)
- Free memory used by the client map member of an XkbDescRec structure
- XkbFreeComponentList(3)
- Free the structure returned by XkbListComponents
- XkbFreeControls(3)
- Frees memory used by the ctrls member of an XkbDescRec structure
- XkbFreeIndicatorMaps(3)
- Frees memory used by the indicators member of an XkbDescRec structure
- XkbFreeKeyboard(3)
- Destroys either an entire XkbDescRec or just some of its members
- XkbFreeServerMap(3)
- Free memory used by the server member of an XkbDescRec structure
- XkbGetAccessXTimeout(3)
- Queries the current AccessXTimeout options for a keyboard device
- XkbGetAutoRepeatRate(3)
- Gets the current attributes of the RepeatKeys control for a keyboard device
- XkbGetAutoResetControls(3)
- Gets the current values of the auto-reset controls
- XkbGetBounceKeysDelay(3)
- Queries the current BounceKeys delay for a keyboard device
- XkbGetCompatMap(3)
- Fetch any combination of the current compatibility map components from the server
- XkbGetControls(3)
- Finds the current state of Xkb server controls
- XkbGetControlsChanges(3)
- Updates a local copy of a keyboard description with the changes previously noted by one or more calls to XkbNoteControlsChanges
- XkbGetDetectableAutoRepeat(3)
- Determines whether or not the server supports DetectableAutoRepeat
- XkbGetDeviceButtonActions(3)
- Query the button actions associated with an X Input Extension device
- XkbGetDeviceInfo(3)
- Determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than the core X keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass extension device
- XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges(3)
- Query the changes that have occurred in the button actions or indicator names and indicator maps associated with an input extension device
- XkbGetDeviceLedInfo(3)
- Query the indicator names, maps, and state associated with an LED feedback of an input extension device
- XkbGetGeometry(3)
- Loads a keyboard geometry if you already have the keyboard description
- XkbGetIndicatorChanges(3)
- Updates a local copy of the keyboard description with the actual values of one or more calls to XkbNoteIndicatorChanges
- XkbGetIndicatorMap(3)
- Gets the map for one or more indicators, using a mask to specify the indicators
- XkbGetIndicatorState(3)
- Obtains the current state of the keyboard indicators
- XkbGetKeyActions(3)
- Update the actions (the key_acts array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
- XkbGetKeyBehaviors(3)
- Obtain the behaviors (the behaviors array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description from the server
- XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents(3)
- Obtain the explicit components (the explicit array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
- XkbGetKeyModifierMap(3)
- Update the modifier map for one or more of the keys in a keyboard description
- XkbGetKeySyms(3)
- Obtain the symbols for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
- XkbGetKeyTypes(3)
- Obtain the list of available key types in the server's keyboard mapping
- XkbGetKeyVirtualModMap(3)
- Obtain the virtual modifier map (the vmodmap array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
- XkbGetKeyboardByName(3)
- Build a new keyboard description from a set of named components, and to optionally have the server use the resulting description to replace an active one
- XkbGetMap(3)
- Allocate an XkbDescRec structure and populate it with the server's keyboard client map and server map
- XkbGetNameChanges(3)
- Update the local copy of the keyboard description with the actual values of the results of one or more calls to XkbNoteNameChanges
- XkbGetNamedIndicator(3)
- Look up the indicator map and other information for an indicator by name
- XkbGetNames(3)
- Obtain symbolic names from the server
- XkbGetSlowKeysDelay(3)
- Gets the SlowKeys acceptance delay for a keyboard device
- XkbGetState(3)
- Obtains the keyboard state
- XkbGetStickyKeysOptions(3)
- Queries the current StickyKeys attributes for a keyboard device
- XkbGetUpdatedMap(3)
- Update the client or server map information in an existing keyboard description
- XkbGetVirtualMods(3)
- Obtain a subset of the virtual modifier bindings (the vmods array) in a keyboard description
- XkbGetXlibControls(3)
- Determines the current state of the Library Controls
- XkbIgnoreExtension(3)
- Prevents core X library keyboard functions from using the X Keyboard Extension
- XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes(3)
- Set the definitions of the canonical key types in a client map to their default values
- XkbKeyAction(3)
- Returns the key action
- XkbKeyActionEntry(3)
- Returns a pointer to the key action corresponding to group grp and shift level lvl from the two-dimensional table of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyActionsPtr(3)
- Returns a pointer to the two-dimensional array of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyGroupInfo(3)
- Returns the number of groups of symbols bound to the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyGroupWidth(3)
- Computes the width of the type associated with the group grp for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyGroupsWidth(3)
- Computes the maximum width associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyHasActions(3)
- Determines if the key corresponding to keycode has any actions associated with it
- XkbKeyNumActions(3)
- Computes the number of actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyNumGroups(3)
- Returns the number of groups of symbols bound to the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyNumSyms(3)
- Returns the total number of keysyms for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeySymEntry(3)
- Returns the keysym corresponding to shift level shift and group grp from the two-dimensional array of keysyms for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeySymsOffset(3)
- Returns the offset of the two-dimensional array of keysyms for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeySymsPtr(3)
- Returns the pointer to the two-dimensional array of keysyms for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyType(3)
- Obtain the index of a key type or the pointer to a key type
- XkbKeyTypeIndex(3)
- Obtain the index of a key type or the pointer to a key type
- XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols(3)
- Determine the Xkb key types appropriate for the symbols bound to a key in a core keyboard mapping
- XkbKeycodeToKeysym(3)
- Finds the keysym bound to a particular key at a specified group and shift level
- XkbKeysymToModifiers(3)
- Finds the set of modifiers bound to a particular keysym on the core keyboard
- XkbLatchGroup(3)
- Latches the keysym group
- XkbLatchModifiers(3)
- Latches and unlatches any of the eight real keyboard modifiers
- XkbLibraryVersion(3)
- Determines the compatibility of a library at runtime
- XkbLockGroup(3)
- Locks the keysym group
- XkbLockModifiers(3)
- Locks and unlocks any of the eight real keyboard modifiers
- XkbLookupKeyBinding(3)
- Find the string bound to a key by XRebindKeySym
- XkbLookupKeySym(3)
- Find the symbol associated with a key for a particular state
- XkbModActionVMods(3)
- Returns the vmods1 and vmods2 fields of act converted to the vmods format of an Xkb modifier description
- XkbNoteControlsChanges(3)
- Notes the changes in a changes structure when a client receives an XkbControlsNotify event
- XkbNoteIndicatorChanges(3)
- Notes the changes in a changes structure
- XkbNoteNameChanges(3)
- Note the changed names in a changes structure
- XkbOpenDisplay(3)
- Checks for a compatible version of the Xkb extension in both the library and the server, and initializes the extension for use
- XkbOutOfRangeGroupInfo(3)
- Returns only the out-of-range processing information from the group_info field of an XkbSymMapRec structure
- XkbOutOfRangeGroupNumber(3)
- Returns the out-of-range group number, represented as a group index, from the group_info field of an XkbSymMapRec structure
- XkbPtrActionX(3)
- Returns the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act converted to a signed int
- XkbPtrActionY(3)
- Returns the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act converted to a signed int
- XkbQueryExtension(3)
- Determines the compatibility of a library at runtime
- XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping(3)
- Update the keyboard description that is internal to the X library
- XkbResizeKeyActions(3)
- Change the number of actions bound to a key
- XkbResizeKeySyms(3)
- Change the number of symbols bound to a key
- XkbResizeKeyType(3)
- Change the number of levels in a key type
- XkbSAActionSetCtrls(3)
- Sets the ctrls0 through ctrls3 fields of act from ctrls
- XkbSAGroup(3)
- Returns the group_XXX field of act converted to a signed int
- XkbSAPtrDfltValue(3)
- Returns the valueXXX field of act converted to a signed int
- XkbSARedirectSetVMods(3)
- Sets the vmods0 and vmods1 of act from v
- XkbSARedirectSetVModsMask(3)
- Sets the vmods_mask0 and vmods_mask1 fields of act from vm
- XkbSARedirectVMods(3)
- Returns the vmods0 and vmods1 fields of act converted to an unsigned int
- XkbSARedirectVModsMask(3)
- Returns the vmods_mask0 and vmods_mask1 fields of act converted to an unsigned int
- XkbSAScreen(3)
- Returns the screenXXX field of act converted to a signed int
- XkbSASetGroup(3)
- Sets the group_XXX field of act from the group index grp
- XkbSASetPtrDfltValue(3)
- Sets the valueXXX field of act from val
- XkbSASetScreen(3)
- Sets the screenXXX field of act from s
- XkbSelectEvents(3)
- Selects and / or deselects for delivery of one or more Xkb events and has them delivered under all conditions
- XkbSetAccessXTimeout(3)
- Configures the AccessXTimeout options for a keyboard device
- XkbSetAutoRepeatRate(3)
- Sets the attributes of the RepeatKeys control for a keyboard device
- XkbSetAutoResetControls(3)
- Changes the current values of the AutoReset control attributes
- XkbSetBounceKeysDelay(3)
- Sets the BounceKeys delay for a keyboard device
- XkbSetCompatMap(3)
- Modify the server's compatibility map
- XkbSetControls(3)
- Copies changes to the X server based on a modified ctrls structure in a local copy of the keyboard description
- XkbSetDebuggingFlags(3)
- Change the values of any of the debug controls
- XkbSetDeviceButtonActions(3)
- Change only the button actions for an input extension device
- XkbSetDeviceInfo(3)
- Modify some or all of the characteristics of an X Input Extension device
- XkbSetIgnoreLockMods(3)
- Sets the modifiers that, if locked, are not to be reported in matching events to passive grabs
- XkbSetIndicatorMap(3)
- Downloads the changes to the server based on modifications to a local copy of the keyboard description which will update the maps for one or more indicators
- XkbSetMap(3)
- Send a complete new set of values for entire components to the server
- XkbSetModActionVMods(3)
- Sets the vmods1 and vmods2 fields of act using the vmods format of an Xkb modifier description
- XkbSetNamedIndicator(3)
- Names an indicator if it is not already named; toggles the state of the indicator; sets the indicator to a specified state and sets the indicator map for the indicator
- XkbSetNames(3)
- Change the symbolic names in the server
- XkbSetPtrActionX(3)
- Sets the high_XXX and low_XXX fields of act from the signed integer value x
- XkbSetPtrActionY(3)
- Sets the high_YYY and low_YYY fields of act from the signed integer value y
- XkbSetServerInternalMods(3)
- Sets the modifiers that are consumed by the server before events are delivered to the client
- XkbSetXlibControls(3)
- Changes the state of the Library Controls
- XkbTranslateKeySym(3)
- Find the string and symbol associated with a keysym for a given keyboard state
- XkbUpdateMapFromCore(3)
- Update a local Xkb keyboard map to reflect the mapping expressed by a core format mapping
- XkbVirtualModsToReal(3)
- Determines the mapping of virtual modifiers to core X protocol modifiers
- XmAddProtocols(3)
- A VendorShell function that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables "XmAddProtocols" "VendorShell functions" "XmAddProtocols" "protocols"
- XmAddTabGroup(3)
- A function that adds a manager or a primitive widget to the list of tab groups "XmAddTabGroup" "VendorShell functions" "XmAddTabGroup" "protocols"
- XmAddWMProtocols(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables "XmAddWMProtocol\%s" "VendorShell functions" "XmAddWMProtocol\%s" "protocols"
- XmArrowButton(3)
- The ArrowButton widget class "XmArrowButton" "widget class" "ArrowButton"
- XmArrowButtonGadget(3)
- The ArrowButtonGadget widget class "XmArrowButtonGadget" "widget class" "ArrowButtonGadget"
- XmBulletinBoard(3)
- The BulletinBoard widget class "XmBulletinBoard" "widget class" "BulletinBoard"
- XmButtonBox(3)
- The Button Box class
- XmCascadeButton(3)
- The CascadeButton widget class "XmCascadeButton" "widget class" "CascadeButton"
- XmCascadeButtonGadget(3)
- The CascadeButtonGadget widget class "XmCascadeButtonGadget" "widget class" "CascadeButtonGadget"
- XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight(3)
- A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state "XmCascadeButtonGadget\%Highlight" "CascadeButtonGadget functions" "XmCascadeButtonGadget\%Highlight"
- XmCascadeButtonHighlight(3)
- A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state "XmCascadeButtonHighlight" "CascadeButton functions" "XmCascadeButtonHighlight"
- XmClipboardCancelCopy(3)
- A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard "XmClipboardCancelCopy" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardCancelCopy"
- XmClipboardEndCopy(3)
- A clipboard function that completes the copying of data to the clipboard "XmClipboardEndCopy" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardEndCopy"
- XmClipboardEndRetrieve(3)
- A clipboard function that completes retrieval of data from the clipboard "XmClipboardEndRetrieve" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardEndRetrieve"
- XmClipboardInquireCount(3)
- A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats "XmClipboardInquireCount" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardInquireCount"
- XmClipboardInquireLength(3)
- A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data "XmClipboardInquireLength" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardInquireLength"
- XmClipboardLock(3)
- A clipboard function that locks the clipboard "XmClipboardLock" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardLock"
- XmClipboardRetrieve(3)
- A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard "XmClipboardRetrieve" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardRetrieve"
- XmClipboardStartRetrieve(3)
- A clipboard function that prepares to retrieve data from the clipboard "XmClipboardStartRetrieve" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardStartRetrieve"
- XmClipboardUndoCopy(3)
- A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard "XmClipboardUndoCopy" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardUndoCopy"
- XmClipboardUnlock(3)
- A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard "XmClipboardUnlock" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardUnlock"
- XmClipboardWithdrawFormat(3)
- A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item "XmClipboardWithdrawFormat" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardWithdrawFormat"
- XmColorSelector(3), The(3)
- Color Selector widget
- XmColumn(3)
- The XmColumn widget class "XmColumn" "widget class" "Column"
- XmComboBox(3)
- The ComboBox widget class "XmComboBox" "widget class" "ComboBox"
- XmComboBoxAddItem(3)
- add an item to the ComboBox widget
- XmComboBoxSetItem(3)
- set an item in the XmComboBox list
- XmCommand(3)
- The Command widget class "XmCommand" "widget class" "Command"
- XmCommandAppendValue(3)
- A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget "XmCommandAppendValue" "Command functions" "XmCommandAppendValue"
- XmContainer(3)
- The Container widget class "XmContainer" "container" "Container"
- XmContainerCopy(3)
- Container widget function to copy primary selection to the clipboard "XmContainerCopy" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerCopyLink(3)
- Container widget function to copy links to the clipboard "XmContainerCopyLink" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerCut(3)
- Container widget function to move items to the clipboard "XmContainerCut" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerPaste(3)
- Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard "XmContainerPaste" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerPasteLink(3)
- Container widget function to insert links from the clipboard "XmContainerPasteLink" "XmContainer"
- XmConvertUnits(3)
- A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type "XmConvertUnits"
- XmCreateArrowButton(3)
- The ArrowButton widget creation function "XmCreateArrowButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateArrowButton"
- XmCreateArrowButtonGadget(3)
- The ArrowButtonGadget creation function "XmCreateArrowButton\%Gadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateArrowButton\%Gadget"
- XmCreateBulletinBoard(3)
- The BulletinBoard widget creation function "XmCreateBulletinBoard" "creation functions" "XmCreateBulletinBoard"
- XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog(3)
- The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateBulletinBoard\%Dialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateBulletinBoard\%Dialog"
- XmCreateButtonBox(3)
- The ButtonBox widget creation function "XmCreateButtonBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateButtonBox"
- XmCreateCascadeButton(3)
- The CascadeButton widget creation function "XmCreateCascadeButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateCascadeButton"
- XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget(3)
- The CascadeButtonGadget creation function "XmCreateCascadeButton\%Gadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateCascadeButton\%Gadget"
- XmCreateCombinationBox2(3)
- The CombinationBox2 widget creation function "XmCreateCombinationBox2" "creation functions" "XmCreateCombinationBox2"
- XmCreateComboBox(3)
- The default ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateCommand(3)
- The Command widget creation function "XmCreateCommand" "creation functions" "XmCreateCommand"
- XmCreateCommandDialog(3)
- The Command CommandDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateCommandDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateCommandDialog"
- XmCreateContainer(3)
- The Container widget creation function "XmCreateContainer" "creation functions" "XmCreateContainer"
- XmCreateDialogShell(3)
- The DialogShell widget creation function "XmCreateDialogShell" "creation functions" "XmCreateDialogShell"
- XmCreateDrawingArea(3)
- The DrawingArea widget creation function "XmCreateDrawingArea" "creation functions" "XmCreateDrawingArea"
- XmCreateDrawnButton(3)
- The DrawnButton widget creation function "XmCreateDrawnButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateDrawnButton"
- XmCreateDropDown(3)
- The default DropDown widget creation function
- XmCreateDropDownComboBox(3)
- The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateDropDownList(3)
- The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateErrorDialog(3)
- The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateErrorDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateErrorDialog"
- XmCreateFileSelectionBox(3)
- The FileSelectionBox widget creation function "XmCreateFileSelection\%Box" "creation functions" "XmCreateFileSelection\%Box"
- XmCreateFileSelectionDialog(3)
- The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateFileSelection\%Dialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateFileSelection\%Dialog"
- XmCreateForm(3)
- The Form widget creation function "XmCreateForm" "creation functions" "XmCreateForm"
- XmCreateFrame(3)
- The Frame widget creation function "XmCreateFrame" "creation functions" "XmCreateFrame"
- XmCreateHierarchy(3)
- The Hierarchy widget creation function "XmCreateHierarchy" "creation functions" "XmCreateHierarchy"
- XmCreateIconGadget(3)
- The IconGadget widget creation function "XmCreateIconGadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateIconGadget"
- XmCreateInformationDialog(3)
- The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateInformationDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateInformationDialog"
- XmCreateLabel(3)
- The Label widget creation function "XmCreateLabel" "creation functions" "XmCreateLabel"
- XmCreateLabelGadget(3)
- The LabelGadget creation function "XmCreateLabelGadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateLabelGadget"
- XmCreateList(3)
- The List widget creation function "XmCreateList" "creation functions" "XmCreateList"
- XmCreateMainWindow(3)
- The MainWindow widget creation function "XmCreateMainWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreateMainWindow"
- XmCreateMenuShell(3)
- The MenuShell widget creation function "XmCreateMenuShell" "creation functions" "XmCreateMenuShell"
- XmCreateMessageBox(3)
- The MessageBox widget creation function "XmCreateMessageBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateMessageBox"
- XmCreateMessageDialog(3)
- The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateMessageDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateMessageDialog"
- XmCreateNotebook(3)
- The Notebook widget creation function "XmCreateNotebook" "Notebook functions" "XmCreateNotebook"
- XmCreateOutline(3)
- The Outline widget creation function "XmCreateOutline" "creation functions" "XmCreateOutline"
- XmCreatePanedWindow(3)
- The PanedWindow widget creation function "XmCreatePanedWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreatePanedWindow"
- XmCreatePromptDialog(3)
- The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function "XmCreatePromptDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreatePromptDialog"
- XmCreatePushButton(3)
- The PushButton widget creation function "XmCreatePushButton" "creation functions" "XmCreatePushButton"
- XmCreatePushButtonGadget(3)
- The PushButtonGadget creation function "XmCreatePushButtonGadget" "creation functions" "XmCreatePushButtonGadget"
- XmCreateQuestionDialog(3)
- The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateQuestionDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateQuestionDialog"
- XmCreateRowColumn(3)
- The RowColumn widget creation function "XmCreateRowColumn" "creation functions" "XmCreateRowColumn"
- XmCreateScale(3)
- The Scale widget creation function "XmCreateScale" "creation functions" "XmCreateScale"
- XmCreateScrollBar(3)
- The ScrollBar widget creation function "XmCreateScrollBar" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrollBar"
- XmCreateScrolledList(3)
- The List ScrolledList convenience creation function "XmCreateScrolledList" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrolledList"
- XmCreateScrolledText(3)
- The Text ScrolledText convenience creation function "XmCreateScrolledText" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrolledText"
- XmCreateScrolledWindow(3)
- The ScrolledWindow widget creation function "XmCreateScrolledWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrolledWindow"
- XmCreateSelectionBox(3)
- The SelectionBox widget creation function "XmCreateSelectionBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateSelectionBox"
- XmCreateSelectionDialog(3)
- The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateSelectionDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateSelectionDialog"
- XmCreateSeparator(3)
- The Separator widget creation function "XmCreateSeparator" "creation functions" "XmCreateSeparator"
- XmCreateSeparatorGadget(3)
- The SeparatorGadget creation function "XmCreateSeparatorGadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateSeparatorGadget"
- XmCreateSimpleSpinBox(3)
- the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
- XmCreateSpinBox(3)
- The SpinBox creation function "XmCreateSpinBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateSpinBox"
- XmCreateText(3)
- The Text widget creation function "XmCreateText" "creation functions" "XmCreateText"
- XmCreateTextField(3)
- The TextField widget creation function "XmCreateTextField" "creation functions" "XmCreateTextField"
- XmCreateToggleButton(3)
- The ToggleButton widget creation function "XmCreateToggleButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateToggleButton"
- XmCreateToggleButtonGadget(3)
- The ToggleButtonGadget creation function "XmCreateToggleButton\%Gadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateToggleButton\%Gadget"
- XmCreateWarningDialog(3)
- The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateWarningDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateWarningDialog"
- XmCreateWorkingDialog(3)
- The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function "XmCreateWorkingDialog" "creation functions" "XmCreateWorkingDialog"
- XmDataField(3)
- The DataField widget class
- XmDataFieldCopy(3)
- A DataField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard "XmDataFieldCopy" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldCopy"
- XmDataFieldCut(3)
- A DataField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text "XmDataFieldCut" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldCut"
- XmDataFieldGetSelection(3)
- A DataField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection "XmDataFieldGetSelection" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldGetSelection"
- XmDataFieldGetSelectionPosition(3)
- A DataField function that accesses the position of the primary selection "XmDataFieldGetSelection\%Position" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldGetSelection\%Position"
- XmDataFieldGetString(3)
- A DataField function that accesses the string value "XmDataFieldGetString" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldGetString"
- XmDataFieldGetStringWcs(3)
- A DataField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a DataField widget "XmDataFieldGetStringWcs" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldGetStringWcs"
- XmDataFieldPaste(3)
- A DataField function that inserts the clipboard selection "XmDataFieldPaste" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldPaste"
- XmDataFieldSetAddMode(3)
- A DataField function that sets the state of Add mode "XmDataFieldSetAddMode" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldSetAddMode"
- XmDataFieldSetEditable(3)
- A DataField function that sets the edit permission "XmDataFieldSetEditable" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldSetEditable"
- XmDataFieldSetInsertionPosition(3)
- A DataField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor "XmDataFieldSetInsertion\%Position" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldSetInsertion\%Position"
- XmDataFieldSetSelection(3)
- A DataField function that sets the primary selection of the text "XmDataFieldSetSelection" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldSetSelection"
- XmDataFieldSetString(3)
- A DataField function that sets the string value "XmDataFieldSetString" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldSetString"
- XmDataFieldXYToPos(3)
- A DataField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position "XmDataFieldXYToPos" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldXYToPos"
- XmDestroyPixmap(3)
- A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache "XmDestroyPixmap" "pixmaps"
- XmDialogShell(3)
- The DialogShell widget class "XmDialogShell" "widget class" "DialogShell"
- XmDirection(3)
- Data type for the direction of widget components "XmDirection" "data types" "XmDirection"
- XmDisplay(3)
- The Display widget class "XmDisplay" "widget class" "XmDisplay"
- XmDragContext(3)
- The DragContext widget class "XmDragContext" "widget class" "DragContext"
- XmDragIcon(3)
- The DragIcon widget class "XmDragIcon" "widget class" "DragIcon"
- XmDrawingArea(3)
- The DrawingArea widget class "XmDrawingArea" "widget class" "DrawingArea"
- XmDrawnButton(3)
- The DrawnButton widget class "XmDrawnButton" "widget class" "DrawnButton"
- XmDropDown(3)
- The DropDown widget class
- XmDropSite(3)
- The DropSite Registry "XmDropSite"
- XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget "XmDropSiteQueryStacking\%Order" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmDropSiteQueryStacking\%Order"
- XmDropTransfer(3)
- The DropTransfer widget class "XmDropSite" "widget class" "DropTransfer"
- XmExt18List(3), The(3)
- Internationalized Extended List widget
- XmFileSelectionBox(3)
- The FileSelectionBox widget class "XmFileSelectionBox" "widget class" "FileSelectionBox"
- XmFontListEntryGetTag(3)
- A font list function that retrieves the tag of a font list entry "XmFontListEntryGetTag" "font list functions" "XmFontListEntryGetTag"
- XmFontListFreeFontContext(3)
- A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed "XmFontListFreeFontContext" "font list functions" "XmFontListFreeFontContext"
- XmFontListGetNextFont(3)
- A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list "XmFontListGetNextFont" "font list functions" "XmFontListGetNextFont"
- XmFontListInitFontContext(3)
- A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list "XmFontListInitFontContext" "font list functions" "XmFontListInitFontContext"
- XmFontListNextEntry(3)
- A font list function that returns the next entry in a font list "XmFontListNextEntry" "font list functions" "XmFontListNextEntry"
- XmFontSelector(3), The(3)
- Font Selector widget
- XmForm(3)
- The Form widget class "XmForm" "widget class" "Form"
- XmFrame(3)
- The Frame widget class "XmFrame" "widget class" "Frame"
- XmGadget(3)
- The Gadget widget class "XmGadget" "widget class" "Gadget"
- XmGetAtomName(3)
- A function that returns the string representation for an atom "XmGetAtomName" "atoms"
- XmGetColorCalculation(3)
- A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation "XmGetColorCalculation" "Color functions" "XmGetColorCalculation"
- XmGetDestination(3)
- A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations "XmGetDestination"
- XmGetDragContext(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp "XmGetDragContext" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmGetDragContext"
- XmGetFocusWidget(3)
- Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus "XmGetFocusWidget" "traversal functions" "XmGetFocusWidget"
- XmGetMenuCursor(3)
- A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor "XmGetMenuCursor"
- XmGetPixmap(3)
- A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap "XmGetPixmap" "pixmaps"
- XmGetPixmapByDepth(3)
- A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap "XmGetPixmapByDepth" "pixmaps"
- XmGetPostedFromWidget(3)
- A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted "XmGetPostedFromWidget" "RowColumn functions" "XmGetPostedFromWidget"
- XmGetTabGroup(3)
- Returns the widget ID of a tab group "XmGetTabGroup" "traversal functions" "XmGetTabGroup"
- XmGetTearOffControl(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu "XmGetTearOffControl" "RowColumn functions" "XmGetTearOffControl"
- XmGetXmDisplay(3)
- A Display function that returns the XmDisplay object ID for a specified display "XmGetXmDisplay" "Display functions" "XmGetXmDisplay"
- XmGetXmScreen(3)
- A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object ID for a specified screen "XmGetXmScreen"
- XmGrabShell(3)
- Motif-compatible popup shell widget which grabs the keyboard and pointer
- XmHierarchy(3)
- The Hierarchy widget class "XmHierarchy" "Hierarchy" "hierarchy"
- XmHierarchyGetChildNodes(3)
- A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list "XmListGetMatchPos" "List functions" "XmListGetMatchPos"
- XmHierarchyOpenAllAncestors(3)
- A Hierarchy function that opens all ancestors of the Hierarchy "XmListAddItem" "List functions" "XmListAddItem"
- XmIconBox(3)
- The IconBox widget class
- XmIconBoxIsCellEmpty(3)
- A function that determines whether a cell in the IconBox is empty "XmIconBoxIsCellEmpty" "IconBox functions" "XmIconBoxIsCellEmpty"
- XmIconButton(3), The(3)
- Icon Button widget
- XmIconGadget(3)
- The IconGadget widget class "XmIconGadget" "iconGadget" "IconGadget"
- XmImCloseXIM(3)
- An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget "XmImCloseXIM" "input manager functions" "XmImCloseXIM"
- XmImGetXIM(3)
- An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget "XmImGetXIM" "input manager functions" "XmImGetXIM"
- XmImMbResetIC(3)
- An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
- XmImSetFocusValues(3)
- An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes "XmImSetFocusValues" "input manager functions" "XmImSetFocusValues"
- XmImVaSetFocusValues(3)
- An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes "XmImVaSetFocusValues" "input manager functions" "XmImVaSetFocusValues"
- XmInstallImage(3)
- A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the image cache "XmInstallImage" "pixmaps"
- XmIsMotifWMRunning(3)
- A function that determines whether the window manager is running "XmIsMotifWMRunning"
- XmIsTraversable(3)
- A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed "XmIsTraversable"
- XmLabel(3)
- The Label widget class "XmLabel" "widget class" "Label"
- XmLabelGadget(3)
- The LabelGadget widget class "XmLabelGadget" "widget class" "LabelGadget"
- XmList(3)
- The List widget class "XmList" "widget class" "List"
- XmListAddItem(3)
- A List function that adds an item to the list "XmListAddItem" "List functions" "XmListAddItem"
- XmListAddItemUnselected(3)
- A List function that adds an item to the list "XmListAddItemUnselected" "List functions" "XmListAddItemUnselected"
- XmListAddItems(3)
- A List function that adds items to the list "XmListAddItems" "List functions" "XmListAddItems"
- XmListDeleteAllItems(3)
- A List function that deletes all items from the list "XmListDeleteAllItems" "List functions" "XmListDeleteAllItems"
- XmListDeleteItem(3)
- A List function that deletes an item from the list "XmListDeleteItem" "List functions" "XmListDeleteItem"
- XmListDeleteItems(3)
- A List function that deletes items from the list "XmListDeleteItems" "List functions" "XmListDeleteItems"
- XmListDeleteItemsPos(3)
- A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position "XmListDeleteItemsPos" "List functions" "XmListDeleteItemsPos"
- XmListDeselectAllItems(3)
- A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list "XmListDeselectAllItems" "List functions" "XmListDeselectAllItems"
- XmListDeselectItem(3)
- A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list "XmListDeselectItem" "List functions" "XmListDeselectItem"
- XmListDeselectPos(3)
- A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list "XmListDeselectPos" "List functions" "XmListDeselectPos"
- XmListGetKbdItemPos(3)
- A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor "XmListGetKbdItemPos" "List functions" "XmListGetKbdItemPos"
- XmListGetMatchPos(3)
- A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list "XmListGetMatchPos" "List functions" "XmListGetMatchPos"
- XmListGetSelectedPos(3)
- A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list "XmListGetSelectedPos" "List functions" "XmListGetSelectedPos"
- XmListItemExists(3)
- A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list "XmListItemExists" "List functions" "XmListItemExists"
- XmListItemPos(3)
- A List function that returns the position of an item in the list "XmListItemPos" "List functions" "XmListItemPos"
- XmListPosSelected(3)
- A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected "XmListPosSelected" "List functions" "XmListPosSelected"
- XmListPosToBounds(3)
- A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list "XmListPosToBounds" "List functions" "XmListPosToBounds"
- XmListReplaceItems(3)
- A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list "XmListReplaceItems" "List functions" "XmListReplaceItems"
- XmListReplaceItemsPos(3)
- A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list "XmListReplaceItemsPos" "List functions" "XmListReplaceItemsPos"
- XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected(3)
- A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items "XmListReplaceItemsPosUn\%selected" "List functions" "XmListReplaceItemsPosUn\%selected"
- XmListSelectItem(3)
- A List function that selects an item in the list "XmListSelectItem" "List functions" "XmListSelectItem"
- XmListSelectPos(3)
- A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list "XmListSelectPos" "List functions" "XmListSelectPos"
- XmListSetAddMode(3)
- A List function that sets add mode in the list "XmListSetAddMode" "List functions" "XmListSetAddMode"
- XmListSetBottomItem(3)
- A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list "XmListSetBottomItem" "List functions" "XmListSetBottomItem"
- XmListSetBottomPos(3)
- A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list "XmListSetBottomPos" "List functions" "XmListSetBottomPos"
- XmListSetHorizPos(3)
- A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list "XmListSetHorizPos" "List functions" "XmListSetHorizPos"
- XmListSetItem(3)
- A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list "XmListSetItem" "List functions" "XmListSetItem"
- XmListSetKbdItemPos(3)
- A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position "XmListSetKbdItemPos" "List functions" "XmListSetKbdItemPos"
- XmListSetPos(3)
- A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list "XmListSetPos" "List functions" "XmListSetPos"
- XmListUpdateSelectedList(3)
- A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource "XmListUpdateSelectedList" "List functions" "XmListUpdateSelectedList"
- XmListYToPos(3)
- A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate "XmListYToPos" "List functions" "XmListYToPos"
- XmMainWindow(3)
- The MainWindow widget class "XmMainWindow" "widget class" "MainWindow"
- XmMainWindowSep1(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator "XmMainWindowSep1" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep1"
- XmMainWindowSep2(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget "XmMainWindowSep2" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep2"
- XmMainWindowSep3(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget "XmMainWindowSep3" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep3"
- XmManager(3)
- The Manager widget class "XmManager" "widget class" "Manager"
- XmMapSegmentEncoding(3)
- A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag "XmMapSegmentEncoding" "compound string functions" "XmMapSegmentEncoding"
- XmMenuShell(3)
- The MenuShell widget class "XmMenuShell" "widget class" "MenuShell"
- XmMessageBox(3)
- The MessageBox widget class "XmMessageBox" "widget class" "MessageBox"
- XmMultiList(3)
- The Multi-column List widget
- XmMultiListDeselectItems(3)
- A MultiList function that deselects items in the list by matching column entries "XmMultiListDeselectItems" "List functions" "XmMultiListDeselectItems"
- XmMultiListDeselectRow(3)
- A MultiList function that deselects a row in the list "XmMultiListSelectRow" "MultiList functions" "XmMultiListSelectRow"
- XmMultiListGetSelectedRows(3)
- an MultiList function that returns the rows that currently are selected. "XmMultiListGetSelectedRows" "List functions" "XmMultiListGetSelectedRows"
- XmMultiListMakeRowVisible(3)
- A MultiList function that shifts the visible list rows as desired "XmMultiListSelectRow" "MultiList functions" "XmMultiListSelectRow"
- XmMultiListSelectAllItems(3)
- an MultiList function that selects all rows of the list "XmMultiListSelectAllItems" "MultiList functions" "XmMultiListSelectAllItems"
- XmMultiListSelectItems(3)
- A MultiList function that selects items in the list by matching column entries "XmMultiListSelectItems" "List functions" "XmMultiListSelectItems"
- XmMultiListSelectRow(3)
- A MultiList function that selects a row in the list "XmMultiListSelectRow" "MultiList functions" "XmMultiListSelectRow"
- XmMultiListToggleRow(3)
- An MultiList function that toggles the selection state of a specified row "XmMultiListToggleRow" "Extended List functions" "XmMultiListToggleRow"
- XmMultiListUnselectAllItems(3)
- an MultiList function that deselects all rows of the list "XmMultiListUnselectAllItems" "MultiList functions" "XmMultiListUnselectAllItems"
- XmMultiListUnselectItem(3)
- An MultiList function that deselects the specified item of the list "XmMultiListUnselectItem" "Extended List functions" "XmMultiListUnselectItem"
- XmNotebook(3)
- The Notebook widget class "XmNotebook" "widget class" "Notebook"
- XmOptionButtonGadget(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu "XmOptionButtonGadget" "RowColumn functions" "XmOptionButtonGadget"
- XmOptionLabelGadget(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu "XmOptionLabelGadget" "RowColumn functions" "XmOptionLabelGadget"
- XmOutline(3)
- The Outline widget class "XmOutline" "widget class" "Outline"
- XmPaned(3)
- The Paned widget class "XmPaned" "widget class" "Paned Window"
- XmPanedGetPanes(3)
- A Paned function that returns the number of panes in the paned widget "XmPanedGetPanes" "Paned functions" "XmPanedGetPanes"
- XmPanedWindow(3)
- The PanedWindow widget class "XmPanedWindow" "widget class" "PanedWindow"
- XmPrimitive(3)
- The Primitive widget class "XmPrimitive" "widget class" "Primitive"
- XmPrintPopupPDM(3)
- Send a notification for the PDM to be popped up
- XmPrintToFile(3)
- Retrieves and saves data that would normally be printed by the X Print Server
- XmProcessTraversal(3)
- A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus "XmProcessTraversal"
- XmPushButton(3)
- The PushButton widget class "XmPushButton" "widget class" "PushButton"
- XmPushButtonGadget(3)
- The PushButtonGadget widget class "XmPushButtonGadget" "widget class" "PushButtonGadget"
- XmRedisplayWidget(3)
- Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
- XmRemoveProtocolCallback(3)
- A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list "XmRemoveProtocol\%Callback" "VendorShell functions" "XmRemoveProtocol\%Callback" "protocols"
- XmRemoveProtocols(3)
- A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables "XmRemoveProtocols" "VendorShell functions" "XmRemoveProtocols" "protocols"
- XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list "XmRemoveWMProtocol\%Callback" "VendorShell functions" "XmRemoveWMProtocol\%Callback" "protocols"
- XmRemoveWMProtocols(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables "XmRemoveWMProtocols" "VendorShell functions" "XmRemoveWMProtocols" "protocols"
- XmRendition(3)
- The Rendition registry "XmRendition"
- XmRepTypeAddReverse(3)
- A representation type manager function that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type "XmRepTypeAddReverse" "representation type manager functions" "XmRepTypeAddReverse"
- XmRepTypeGetId(3)
- A representation type manager function that retrieves the identification number of a representation type "XmRepTypeGetId" "representation type manager functions" "XmRepTypeGetId"
- XmRepTypeGetRegistered(3)
- A representation type manager function that returns a copy of the registration list "XmRepTypeGetRegistered" "representation type manager functions" "XmRepTypeGetRegistered"
- XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter(3)
- A representation type manager function that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel. "XmRepTypeInstallTearOff\%ModelConverter" "representation type manager functions" "XmRepTypeInstallTearOff\%ModelConverter"
- XmRepTypeValidValue(3)
- A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource "XmRepTypeValidValue" "representation type manager functions" "XmRepTypeValidValue"
- XmRowColumn(3)
- The RowColumn widget class "XmRowColumn" "widget class" "RowColumn"
- XmScale(3)
- The Scale widget class "XmScale" "widget class" "Scale"
- XmScaleGetValue(3)
- A Scale function that returns the current slider position "XmScaleGetValue" "Scale functions" "XmScaleGetValue"
- XmScreen(3)
- The Screen widget class "XmScreen" "widget class" "XmScreen"
- XmScrollBar(3)
- The ScrollBar widget class "XmScrollBar" "widget class" "ScrollBar"
- XmScrollBarGetValues(3)
- A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values "XmScrollBarGetValues" "ScrollBar functions" "XmScrollBarGetValues"
- XmScrollBarSetValues(3)
- A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position "XmScrollBarSetValues" "ScrollBar functions" "XmScrollBarSetValues"
- XmScrolledWindow(3)
- The ScrolledWindow widget class "XmScrolledWindow" "widget class" "ScrolledWindow"
- XmScrolledWindowSetAreas(3)
- A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget "XmScrolledWindowSetAreas" "ScrolledWindow functions" "XmScrolledWindowSetAreas"
- XmSelectionBox(3)
- The SelectionBox widget class "XmSelectionBox" "widget class" "SelectionBox"
- XmSeparator(3)
- The Separator widget class "XmSeparator" "widget class" "Separator"
- XmSeparatorGadget(3)
- The SeparatorGadget widget class "XmSeparatorGadget" "widget class" "SeparatorGadget"
- XmSetColorCalculation(3)
- A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation "XmSetColorCalculation" "Color functions" "XmSetColorCalculation"
- XmSetFontUnit(3)
- A function that sets the font unit value for a display "XmSetFontUnit"
- XmSetFontUnits(3)
- A function that sets the font unit value for a display "XmSetFontUnits"
- XmSetMenuCursor(3)
- A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client "XmSetMenuCursor"
- XmSetWMProtocolHooks(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager "XmSetWMProtocolHooks" "VendorShell functions" "XmSetWMProtocolHooks" "protocols"
- XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem(3)
- add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
- XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem(3)
- set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
- XmSlideContext(3)
- The SlideContext widget class
- XmSpinBox(3)
- The SpinBox widget class "XmSpinBox" "widget class" "SpinBox"
- XmSpinBoxValidatePosition(3)
- translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child into a valid position
- XmStringBaseline(3)
- A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text "XmStringBaseline" "compound string functions" "XmStringBaseline"
- XmStringByteCompare(3)
- A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison "XmStringByteCompare" "compound string functions" "XmStringByteCompare"
- XmStringByteStreamLength(3)
- A function that returns the size of a string "XmStringByteStreamLength"
- XmStringConcat(3)
- A compound string function that appends one string to another "XmStringConcat" "compound string functions" "XmStringConcat"
- XmStringConcatAndFree(3)
- A compound string function that appends one string to another and frees the original strings "XmStringConcatAndFree" "compound string functions" "XmStringConcatAndFree"
- XmStringCreateLocalized(3)
- A compound string function that creates a compound string in the current locale "XmStringCreateLocalized" "compound string functions" "XmStringCreateLocalized"
- XmStringCreateSimple(3)
- A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget "XmStringCreateSimple" "compound string functions" "XmStringCreateSimple"
- XmStringDirection(3)
- Data type for the direction of display in a string "XmStringDirection" "data types" "XmStringDirection"
- XmStringEmpty(3)
- A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components "XmStringEmpty" "compound string functions" "XmStringEmpty"
- XmStringExtent(3)
- A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string "XmStringExtent" "compound string functions" "XmStringExtent"
- XmStringFreeContext(3)
- A compound string function that releases the string scanning context data structure "XmStringFreeContext" "compound string functions" "XmStringFreeContext"
- XmStringGetLtoR(3)
- A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string "XmStringGetLtoR" "compound string functions" "XmStringGetLtoR"
- XmStringGetNextComponent(3)
- A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string "XmStringGetNextComponent" "compound string functions" "XmStringGetNextComponent"
- XmStringGetNextSegment(3)
- A compound string function that fetches the bytes in the next segment of a compound string "XmStringGetNextSegment" "compound string functions" "XmStringGetNextSegment"
- XmStringGetNextTriple(3)
- An XmString function that returns the type, length, and value of the next component in the compound string "XmStringGetNextTriple"
- XmStringHasSubstring(3)
- A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another "XmStringHasSubstring" "compound string functions" "XmStringHasSubstring"
- XmStringHeight(3)
- A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string "XmStringHeight" "compound string functions" "XmStringHeight"
- XmStringIsVoid(3)
- A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components, tab components, or separator components "XmStringIsVoid" "compound string functions" "XmStringIsVoid"
- XmStringLength(3)
- A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string "XmStringLength" "compound string functions" "XmStringLength"
- XmStringLineCount(3)
- A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string "XmStringLineCount" "compound string functions" "XmStringLineCount"
- XmStringPeekNextComponent(3)
- A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component to be fetched "XmStringPeekNextComponent" "compound string functions" "XmStringPeekNextComponent"
- XmStringPeekNextTriple(3)
- A function that returns the component type of the next component "XmStringPeekNextTriple"
- XmStringWidth(3)
- A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string "XmStringWidth" "compound string functions" "XmStringWidth"
- XmTabListFree(3)
- A convenience function that frees the memory of a new tab list "XmTabListFree"
- XmTabListTabCount(3)
- A convenience function that counts the number of tabs "XmTabListTabCount"
- XmTabStack(3)
- The TabStack widget class
- XmTabStackGetSelectedTab(3)
- A TabStack function that returns the widget ID of the currently selectedtab "XmTabStackGetSelectedTab" "TabStack functions" "XmTabStackGetSelectedTab"
- XmTabStackSelectTab(3)
- A TabStack function that sets the currently displayed child "XmTabStackSelecttab" "TabStack functions" "XmTabStackSelectTab"
- XmTabStackXYToWidget(3)
- A TabStack function that converts a pixel coordinate to the widget ID of the tab occupying that space "XmTabStackXYToWidget" "TabStack functions" "XmTabStackXYToWidget"
- XmTargetsAreCompatible(3)
- A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object "XmTargetsAreCompatible" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmTargetsAreCompatible"
- XmText(3)
- The Text widget class "XmText" "widget class" "Text"
- XmTextClearSelection(3)
- A Text function that clears the primary selection "XmTextClearSelection" "Text functions" "XmTextClearSelection"
- XmTextCopy(3)
- A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard "XmTextCopy" "Text functions" "XmTextCopy"
- XmTextCopyLink(3)
- A Text function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard "XmTextCopyLink" "Text functions" "XmTextCopyLink"
- XmTextCut(3)
- A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text "XmTextCut" "Text functions" "XmTextCut"
- XmTextDisableRedisplay(3)
- A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget "XmTextDisableRedisplay" "Text functions" "XmTextDisableRedisplay"
- XmTextEnableRedisplay(3)
- A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget "XmTextEnableRedisplay" "Text functions" "XmTextEnableRedisplay"
- XmTextField(3)
- The TextField class
- XmTextFieldClearSelection(3)
- A TextField function that clears the primary selection "XmTextFieldClearSelection" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldClearSelection"
- XmTextFieldCopy(3)
- A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard "XmTextFieldCopy" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldCopy"
- XmTextFieldCopyLink(3)
- A TextField function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard "XmTextFieldCopyLink" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldCopyLink"
- XmTextFieldCut(3)
- A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text "XmTextFieldCut" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldCut"
- XmTextFieldGetBaseline(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline "XmTextFieldGetBaseline" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetBaseline"
- XmTextFieldGetEditable(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state "XmTextFieldGetEditable" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetEditable"
- XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor "XmTextFieldGetInsertion\%Position" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetInsertion\%Position"
- XmTextFieldGetLastPosition(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character "XmTextFieldGetLastPosition" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetLastPosition"
- XmTextFieldGetMaxLength(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard "XmTextFieldGetMaxLength" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetMaxLength"
- XmTextFieldGetSelection(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection "XmTextFieldGetSelection" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSelection"
- XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection "XmTextFieldGetSelection\%Position" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSelection\%Position"
- XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection "XmTextFieldGetSelection\%Wcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSelection\%Wcs"
- XmTextFieldGetString(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the string value "XmTextFieldGetString" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetString"
- XmTextFieldGetStringWcs(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget "XmTextFieldGetStringWcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetStringWcs"
- XmTextFieldGetSubstring(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer "XmTextFieldGetSubstring" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSubstring"
- XmTextFieldPaste(3)
- A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection "XmTextFieldPaste" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldPaste"
- XmTextFieldPasteLink(3)
- A TextField function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection "XmTextFieldPasteLink" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldPasteLink"
- XmTextFieldPosToXY(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position "XmTextFieldPosToXY" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldPosToXY"
- XmTextFieldRemove(3)
- A TextField function that deletes the primary selection "XmTextFieldRemove" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldRemove"
- XmTextFieldSetAddMode(3)
- A TextField function that sets the state of Add mode "XmTextFieldSetAddMode" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetAddMode"
- XmTextFieldSetEditable(3)
- A TextField function that sets the edit permission "XmTextFieldSetEditable" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetEditable"
- XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition(3)
- A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor "XmTextFieldSetInsertion\%Position" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetInsertion\%Position"
- XmTextFieldSetMaxLength(3)
- A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard "XmTextFieldSetMaxLength" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetMaxLength"
- XmTextFieldSetSelection(3)
- A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text "XmTextFieldSetSelection" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetSelection"
- XmTextFieldSetString(3)
- A TextField function that sets the string value "XmTextFieldSetString" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetString"
- XmTextFieldXYToPos(3)
- A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position "XmTextFieldXYToPos" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldXYToPos"
- XmTextFindString(3)
- A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string "XmTextFindString" "Text functions" "XmTextFindString"
- XmTextFindStringWcs(3)
- A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string "XmTextFindStringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextFindStringWcs"
- XmTextGetBaseline(3)
- A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline "XmTextGetBaseline" "Text functions" "XmTextGetBaseline"
- XmTextGetCenterline(3)
- Return the height (length) of a character string when the writing direction is vertical
- XmTextGetEditable(3)
- A Text function that accesses the edit permission state "XmTextGetEditable" "Text functions" "XmTextGetEditable"
- XmTextGetInsertionPosition(3)
- A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor "XmTextGetInsertionPosition" "Text functions" "XmTextGetInsertionPosition"
- XmTextGetLastPosition(3)
- A Text function that accesses the last position in the text "XmTextGetLastPosition" "Text functions" "XmTextGetLastPosition"
- XmTextGetMaxLength(3)
- A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard "XmTextGetMaxLength" "Text functions" "XmTextGetMaxLength"
- XmTextGetSelection(3)
- A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection "XmTextGetSelection" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSelection"
- XmTextGetSelectionPosition(3)
- A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection "XmTextGetSelectionPosition" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSelectionPosition"
- XmTextGetSelectionWcs(3)
- A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection "XmTextGetSelectionWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSelectionWcs"
- XmTextGetSource(3)
- A Text function that accesses the source of the widget "XmTextGetSource" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSource"
- XmTextGetString(3)
- A Text function that accesses the string value "XmTextGetString" "Text functions" "XmTextGetString"
- XmTextGetStringWcs(3)
- A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget "XmTextGetStringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextGetStringWcs"
- XmTextGetSubstring(3)
- A Text function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer "XmTextGetSubstring" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSubstring"
- XmTextGetTopCharacter(3)
- A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed "XmTextGetTopCharacter" "Text functions" "XmTextGetTopCharacter"
- XmTextPaste(3)
- A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection "XmTextPaste" "Text functions" "XmTextPaste"
- XmTextPasteLink(3)
- A Text function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection "XmTextPasteLink" "Text functions" "XmTextPasteLink"
- XmTextPosToXY(3)
- A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position "XmTextPosToXY" "Text functions" "XmTextPosToXY"
- XmTextRemove(3)
- A Text function that deletes the primary selection "XmTextRemove" "Text functions" "XmTextRemove"
- XmTextSetAddMode(3)
- A Text function that sets the state of Add mode "XmTextSetAddMode" "Text functions" "XmTextSetAddMode"
- XmTextSetEditable(3)
- A Text function that sets the edit permission "XmTextSetEditable" "Text functions" "XmTextSetEditable"
- XmTextSetInsertionPosition(3)
- A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor "XmTextSetInsertionPosition" "Text functions" "XmTextSetInsertionPosition"
- XmTextSetMaxLength(3)
- A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard "XmTextSetMaxLength" "Text functions" "XmTextSetMaxLength"
- XmTextSetSelection(3)
- A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text "XmTextSetSelection" "Text functions" "XmTextSetSelection"
- XmTextSetSource(3)
- A Text function that sets the source of the widget "XmTextSetSource" "Text functions" "XmTextSetSource"
- XmTextSetString(3)
- A Text function that sets the string value "XmTextSetString" "Text functions" "XmTextSetString"
- XmTextSetTopCharacter(3)
- A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed "XmTextSetTopCharacter" "Text functions" "XmTextSetTopCharacter"
- XmTextXYToPos(3)
- A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position "XmTextXYToPos" "Text functions" "XmTextXYToPos"
- XmToggleButton(3)
- The ToggleButton widget class "XmToggleButton" "widget class" "ToggleButton"
- XmToggleButtonGadget(3)
- The ToggleButtonGadget widget class "XmToggleButtonGadget" "widget class" "ToggleButtonGadget"
- XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState(3)
- A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget "XmToggleButtonGadgetGet\%State" "ToggleButtonGadget functions" "XmToggleButtonGadgetGet\%State"
- XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState(3)
- A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state "XmToggleButtonGadgetSet\%State" "ToggleButtonGadget functions" "XmToggleButtonGadgetSet\%State"
- XmToggleButtonGetState(3)
- A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton "XmToggleButtonGetState" "ToggleButton functions" "XmToggleButtonGetState"
- XmToggleButtonSetState(3)
- A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state "XmToggleButtonSetState" "ToggleButton functions" "XmToggleButtonSetState"
- XmToggleButtonSetValue(3)
- A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state "XmToggleButtonSetValue" "ToggleButton functions" "XmToggleButtonSetValue"
- XmTransferSetParameters(3)
- A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue "XmTransferSetParameters" "toolkit functions" "XmTransferSetParameters"
- XmTranslateKey(3)
- The default keycode-to-keysym translator "XmTranslateKey"
- XmTree(3)
- The Tree widget class
- XmUninstallImage(3)
- A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache "XmUninstallImage" "pixmaps"
- XmbResetIC(3), XwcResetIC(3), Xutf8ResetIC(3)
- reset the state of an input context
- XmbTextEscapement(3), XwcTextEscapement(3), Xutf8TextEscapement(3)
- obtain the escapement of text
- XmtAskForBoolean(3), XmtAskForBoolean()(3)
- ask a yes-or-no question with a dialog box and return the user's response
- XmtAskForDouble(3), XmtAskForDouble()(3), XmtAskForInteger()(3)
- use a dialog box to prompt for a number and return the user's response
- XmtAskForFile(3), XmtAskForFile()(3), XmtAskForFilename()(3)
- use a file selection dialog box to prompt the user to select a file and return the user's response
- XmtAskForItem(3), XmtAskForItem()(3), XmtAskForItemNumber()(3)
- use a dialog box to prompt the user to select an item from a list and return the selected item
- XmtAskForString(3), XmtAskForString()(3)
- use a dialog box to prompt the user for a string and return the user's response
- XmtAssertWidgetClass(3), XmtAssertWidgetClass()(3)
- verify the type of a widget
- XmtCheckPrintfFormat(3), XmtCheckPrintfFormat()(3)
- verify that two strings have the same printf() substitutions
- XmtChooser(3)
- a widget that presents a choice to the user
- XmtChooserSetState(3), XmtChooserSetState()(3), XmtChooserSetSensitive()(3), XmtChooserSetItemValue()(3)
- set the current selection in an XmtChooser widget, or the sensitivity or value associated with its items
- XmtCreateChildren(3), XmtCreateChildren()(3), XmtCreateQueryChildren() XmtCreateQueryListChildren(3)
- create the descendants of a widget described in the resource file
- XmtDialogGetDefaultValues(3), XmtDialogGetDefaultValues()(3)
- read default data values for a dialog from the resource database
- XmtDialogGetDialogValues(3), XmtDialogGetDialogValues()(3), XmtDialogSetDialogValues()(3)
- transfer values between the fields of a data structure and the widgets of a dialog box
- XmtDisplayErrorAndAsk(3), XmtDisplayErrorAndAsk()(3), XmtDisplayWarningAndAsk()(3)
- display an error or warning message, ask a yes-or-no question and return the user's response
- XmtDisplayErrorMsgAndWait(3), XmtDisplayErrorMsgAndWait()(3), XmtDisplayWarningMsgAndWait()(3)
- display an error or warning message and block until the user pops it down
- XmtGetBitmap(3), XmtGetBitmap()(3), XmtGetPixmap()(3)
- find and return the named bitmap or pixmap
- XmtGetHomeDir(3), XmtGetHomeDir()(3)
- return the user's home directory
- XmtHSLToRGB(3), XmtHSLToRGB()(3), XmtRGBToHSL()(3)
- convert between the HSL and RGB color spaces
- XmtHelpBox(3)
- a widget to display scrolled, multi-font help text
- XmtHelpDoContextHelp(3), XmtHelpDoContextHelp()(3), XmtHelpDisplayContextHelp()(3), XmtHelpGetContextHelp()(3)
- context help functions
- XmtHelpInstallContextHelp(3), XmtHelpInstallContextHelp()(3), XmtHelpContextHelpCallback()(3)
- keyboard bindings for context help
- XmtInputFieldGetString(3), XmtInputFieldGetString()(3), XmtInputFieldSetString()(3)
- query or set the value of an XmtInputField widget
- XmtIntroduction(3), Introduction(3)
- introduction to the reference pages for Xmt functions and widgets
- XmtLayoutBox(3)
- the row or column gadget used within the XmtLayout widget
- XmtLayoutSpace(3)
- an XmtLayout gadget that places space between other items in the layout
- XmtLoadResourceFile(3), XmtLoadResourceFile()(3), XmtLoadResourceFileList()(3)
- find named resource files and read them into the resource database
- XmtLocalize2(3), XmtLocalize2()(3), XmtLocalize()(3), XmtLocalizeWidget()(3)
- look up a translated version of a string in the resource database
- XmtLookupColorName(3), XmtLookupColorName()(3)
- lookup the actual color name associated with a symbolic color name in an XmtColor Table
- XmtLookupPixmap(3), XmtLookupPixmap()(3), XmtLookupSimplePixmap()(3), XmtLookupWidgetPixmap()(3), XmtLookupBitmap()(3), XmtLookupBitmask()(3)
- get a named pixmap or bitmap from the Xmt image cache
- XmtMenuActivateProcedure(3), XmtMenuActivateProcedure()(3), XmtMenuInactivateProcedure()(3)
- sensitize and desensitize menu items depending on the procedures they call
- XmtMenuGetMenuItem(3), XmtMenuGetMenuItem()(3), XmtMenuItemGetSubmenu()(3), XmtMenuItemGetWidget()(3), XmtMenuItemSetSensitivity()(3), XmtMenuItemGetState()(3), XmtMenuItemSetState()(3)
- look up items in an XmtMenu widget by name, and manipulate them
- XmtMenuPopupHandler(3), XmtMenuPopupHandler()(3)
- remove the default event handler registered for an XmtMenu popup menu pane
- XmtMsgLineGetString(3), XmtMsgLineGetString()(3), XmtMsgLineGetDouble()(3), XmtMsgLineGetInt()(3), XmtMsgLineGetUnsigned()(3), XmtMsgLineGetChar()(3)
- use an XmtMsgLine widget to synchronously get input from the user
- XmtMsgLineSetInput(3), XmtMsgLineSetInput()(3), XmtMsgLineGetInput()(3)
- set or query the editable text in an XmtMsgLine widget
- XmtParseCommandLine(3), XmtParseCommandLine()(3)
- parse the application command line for Xmt-specific arguments
- XmtParseXpmData(3), XmtParseXpmData()(3), XmtParseXpmFile()(3), XmtFreeXmtImage()(3)
- parse an XPM pixmap into the intermediate XmtImage format
- XmtPatchVisualInheritance(3), XmtPatchVisualInheritance()(3)
- apply a runtime patch to the Shell widget class so that it handles non-default visuals better
- XmtProgressClear(3), XmtProgressClear()(3), XmtProgressGet()(3), XmtProgressSet()(3)
- set and get the progress value in an XmtProgress widget
- XmtRegisterImage(3), XmtRegisterImage()(3), XmtRegisterXbmData()(3)
- register pixmap and bitmap data in the Xmt pixmap cache
- XmtRegisterImprovedIcons(3), XmtRegisterImprovedIcons()(3)
- replace the standard error, warning and information icons with larger ``improved'' icons
- XmtRegisterLayoutParser(3), XmtRegisterLayoutParser()(3), XmtRegisterLayoutCreateMethod()(3)
- register the parser for the XmtLayout widget layout grammar and allow typed widget creation by the parser
- XmtRegisterMotifWidgets(3), XmtRegisterMotifWidgets()(3), XmtRegisterXmtWidgets()(3)
- register the standard Motif and Xmt widget constructors for use with the automatic widget creation facilities
- XmtRegisterProcedures(3), XmtRegisterProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterCallbackProcedure()(3), XmtVaRegisterCallbackProcedures()(3)
- register procedures for use with the Xmt callback converter
- XmtRegisterUnixProcedures(3), XmtRegisterXtProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterXmtProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterUnixProcedures()(3)
- register commonly used procedures with the Xmt callback converter
- XmtReleasePixmap(3), XmtReleasePixmap()(3)
- release a pixmap or bitmap from the Xmt image cache
- XmtSetInitialFocus(3), XmtSetInitialFocus()(3)
- set the widget to receive the initial keyboard focus in a dialog
- XmtSymbolSetValue(3), XmtSymbolSetValue()(3), XmtSymbolGetValue()(3)
- set or query the value of a symbol
- XmtWorkingBoxHandleEvents(3), XmtWorkingBoxHandleEvents()(3), XmtWorkingBoxSetScaleValue()(3)
- check the push button and update the slider value in an XmtWorkingBox widget
- XrmInitialize(3), XrmParseCommand(3), XrmValue(3), XrmOptionKind(3), XrmOptionDescRec(3)
- initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line
- XtFindFile(3)
- search for a file using substitutions in the path list
- XtGetSelectionRequest(3)
- retrieve the event that triggered the XtConvertSelectionProc
- XtOffset(3), XtOffsetOf(3), XtNumber(3)
- determine the byte offset or number of array elements
- XtQueryGeometry(3)
- query the preferred geometry of a child widget
- XtRegisterDrawable(3)
- register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatcher
- XtSetLanguageProc(3)
- set the language procedure
- XtSetWMColormapWindows(3)
- Set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
- XtToolkitThreadInitialize(3)
- initialize the toolkit for multiple threads
- XvQueryBestSize(3)
- determine the optimum drawable region size
- a2x(1)
- A toolchain manager for AsciiDoc (converts Asciidoc text files to other file formats)
- aa_attrs(3)
- returns pointer to the text output buffer used by AA-lib
- aa_close(3)
- close the AA-lib context
- aa_currentfont(3)
- returns specification of the fonts used by AA-lib rendering routines
- aa_dithernames(3)
- Names of dithering methods supported by AA-lib
- aa_editkey(3)
- Notify the line editor about keypress
- aa_gotoxy(3)
- move the hardware cursor (if any) to specified position
- aa_help(3)
- AA-lib help string for the default command line parser
- aa_hidecursor(3)
- hide the hardware cursor
- aa_hidemouse(3)
- hide the mouse cursor
- aa_image(3)
- returns pointer to the framebuffer emulated by AA-lib
- aa_imgheight(3)
- returns height of the emulated image in pixels
- aa_imgwidth(3)
- returns width of the emulated image in pixels
- aa_init(3)
- open the output display for AA-lib
- aa_initkbd(3)
- initialize the AA-lib keyboard driver
- aa_initmouse(3)
- initialize the AA-lib mouse driver
- aa_mmheight(3)
- returns height of the output screen in millimeters
- aa_mmwidth(3)
- returns width of the output screen in millimeters
- aa_parseoptions(3)
- parse the standard command line options used by AA-lib
- aa_recommendhi(3)
- insert the given driver on beggining of the list of recommended drivers
- aa_recommendhidisplay(3)
- insert the given driver on beggining of the list of recommended display drivers
- aa_recommendhikbd(3)
- insert the given driver on beggining of the list of recommended keyboard drivers
- aa_recommendhimouse(3)
- insert the given driver on beggining of the list of recommended mouse drivers
- aa_recommendlow(3)
- Add the given driver to the end of list of recommended drivers
- aa_recommendlowdisplay(3)
- Add the given driver to the end of list of display recommended drivers
- aa_recommendlowkbd(3)
- Add the given driver to the end of list of keyboard recommended drivers
- aa_recommendlowmouse(3)
- Add the given driver to the end of list of mouse recommended drivers
- aa_scrheight(3)
- returns height of the output screen in characters
- aa_scrwidth(3)
- returns width of the output screen in characters
- aa_setsupported(3)
- alter the "supported" field of hardware_params structure used by AA-lib
- aa_showcursor(3)
- show the hardware cursor
- aa_showmouse(3)
- show the mouse cursor
- aa_text(3)
- returns pointer to the text output buffer used by AA-lib
- aa_uninitkbd(3)
- uninitialize the keyboard driver
- aa_uninitmouse(3)
- uninitialize the mouse driver
- aamath(1)
- renders mathematical expressions as ASCII art
- aarch64-none-elf-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- aarch64-unknown-freebsd12.1-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- abraca(1)
- XMMS2 client for the GNOME desktop
- abuse(6)
- The Abuse game, by Crack dot Com and the Abuse community
- abuse-tool(6)
- Minimal data editor for the Abuse game files
- accel(6)
- tests the new style svgalib accelerator interface
- accept_check(1)
- Check whether a grammar accept / reject given word sequences
- account-server.conf(5)
- configuration file for the openstack-swift account server
- acct_gather.conf(5)
- Slurm configuration file for the acct_gather plugins
- acquire_bitmap(3)
- Locks the bitmap before drawing onto it. Allegro game programming library
- active(5)
- List of newsgroups carried by the server
- active_dialog(3)
- Global pointer to the most recent activated dialog. Allegro game programming library
- active_menu(3)
- Global pointer to the most recent activated menu. Allegro game programming library
- acttimes(8c)
- Maintain the newsgroup-creation-date file
- add_clip_rect(3)
- Intersects a bitmap's clipping rectangle with the given area. Allegro game programming library
- add_wch(3x), wadd_wch(3x), mvadd_wch(3x), mvwadd_wch(3x), echo_wchar(3x), wecho_wchar(3x)
- add a complex character and rendition to a curses window, then advance the cursor
- addbddnode(3)
- adds a new bdd node in the bdd system. man1/alc_origin.1
- addbddvar(3)
- adds a new variable in the bdd system. man1/alc_origin.1
- addbddvarfirst(3)
- adds a new variable, before all others. man1/alc_origin.1
- addbddvarlast(3)
- adds a new variable, after all others. man1/alc_origin.1
- addch(3x), waddch(3x), mvaddch(3x), mvwaddch(3x), echochar(3x), wechochar(3x)
- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
- addrdsrecwindow(3)
- adds a rectangle in the windowing of rds structure. man1/alc_origin.1
- addrwatch(8)
- ethernet/ip address monitoring tool
- adie-17(1), Adie(1)
- The ADvanced Interactive Editor
- adjust_sample(3)
- Alters the parameters of a sample while it is playing. Allegro game programming library
- admsXml(1)
- An automatic device model synthesizer
- adonthell(6), Adonthell(6)
- a Free Role Playing Game engine
- adonthell-wastesedge(6)
- Waste's Edge game for the Adonthell engine
- advdev(1), device drivers(1)
- AdvanceMAME Device Drivers This file describes the video, sound, joystick, mouse and keyboard drivers used by the Advance programs
- ae_diff2htm(1)
- wraps the diff2html command
- aeca(1), aegis change attributes(1)
- modify the attributes of a change
- aed(1), aegis difference(1)
- find differences between a change and the baseline
- aedbu(1), aegis develop begin undo(1)
- undo the effects of aedb
- aedeu(1), aegis develop end undo(1)
- recall a change for further development
- aee(1)
- another (easy) editor
- aefa(1), aegis file attributes(1)
- modify the attributes of a file
- aeibu(1), aegis integrate begin undo(1)
- reverse the aeib command
- aelock(5), aegis locks(5)
- how locking works, and which commands use them
- aemvu(1), aegis move file undo(1)
- undo the rename a file as part of a change
- aepa(1), aegis project attributes(1)
- modify the attributes of a project
- aescrypt(1)
- encrypt data using Rijndael, the Advanced Encryption Standard winner
- aesget(1)
- decrypt data using Rijndael, the Advanced Encryption Standard winner
- afGetFrameCount(3), afGetTrackBytes(3), afGetDataOffset(3)
- get the total sample frame count, length of audio track in bytes, offset of the audio track for a track in an audio file
- afGetFrameSize(3)
- calculate the frame size in bytes for an audio track
- afOpenFile(3)
- open an audio file and create a file handle structure used for subsequent calls to the Audio File Library
- afQuery(3), afQueryLong(3), afQueryDouble(3), afQueryPointer(3)
- query the capabilities of the Audio File Library
- afSeekFrame(3), afTellFrame(3)
- update or access the current sample frame position for a track in an audio file
- afSetVirtualByteOrder(3), afSetVirtualChannels(3), afSetVirtualPCMMapping(3), afSetVirtualSampleFormat(3)
- set the virtual data format for a track in an audio file
-
- affcompare(1)
- compare the contents of an ISO file to an AFF file
- affverify(1)
- verify the digital signature on a signed file
- afpcmd(1)
- Transfer files over the networking using the Apple Filing Protocol (AFP)
- ag(1)
- The Silver Searcher. Like ack, but faster
- aggregate-ios(1)
- optimise a concatenated set of cisco/IOS prefix filters to help make them nice and short
- aide.conf(5)
- The configuration file for Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment
- airbase-ng(8)
- multi-purpose tool aimed at attacking clients as opposed to the Access Point (AP) itself
- al_assert(3)
- Asserts at the specified file and line number. Allegro game programming library
- al_findnext(3)
- Finds the next file in a search started by al_findfirst(). Allegro game programming library
- alc(1), aLinkCreator(1)
- the aMule eD2k link creator
- algae(1)
- another matrix programming language
- align(1)
- compute the global alignment of two protein or DNA sequences align0 - compute the global alignment of two protein or DNA sequences without penalizing for end-gaps
- allcm(1)
- force the most important Computer-Modern-fonts to be calculated
- allec(1)
- force the most important ec-fonts to be calculated
- allegro_error(3)
- Stores the last Allegro error message
- allegro_exit(3)
- Closes down the Allegro system
- allegro_icon(3)
- Pointer to the Allegro X11 icon
- allegro_init(3)
- Macro to initialise the Allegro library
- alliancebanner(3)
- display the standardized Alliance banner man1/alc_origin.1
- allneeded(1)
- force the calculation of all fonts now needed
- alltray(1), AllTray(1)
- Dock any program into the system tray
- alsa-info.sh(1)
- command-line utility to gather information about the ALSA subsystem
- alsaconf(8)
- configuration tool for the Advanced Linux Sound Architecture
- alt-ergo(1), Alt-Ergo(1)
- An automatic theorem prover dedicated to program verification
- alttab(1)
- the task switcher
- amanda(8)
- The Open Source Backup Platform
- amanda-auth(7)
- Communication/Authentication methods between Amanda server and client
- amanda-client.conf(5)
- Client configuration file for Amanda, the Advanced Maryland Automatic Network Disk Archiver
- amanda-scripts(7)
- Configuring and using the Script API
- amanda.conf(5)
- Main configuration file for Amanda, the Advanced Maryland Automatic Network Disk Archiver
- amcheckdump(8)
- check the results of an Amanda dump
- amcleanup(8)
- run the Amanda cleanup process after a failure
- amrmtape(8)
- remove a tape from the Amanda database
- amstatus(8)
- display the state of an Amanda run
- amsynth(1)
- a two oscillator subtractive software synthesizer
- amtapetype(8)
- generate a tapetype definition by testing the device directly
- amule(1)
- the all-platform eMule p2p client
- amuled(1)
- the all-platform eMule p2p client - daemonized version
- amvault(8)
- Copy Amanda dumps from one volume to another
- analysis.cfg(5)
- Configuration file for the xymond_client module
- analyze-pv-structure(1)
- Analyzes the location of metadata in a variety of RAW, jpeg and video files
- and.conf(5), /etc/and.conf(5)
- general configuration parameters for the auto nice daemon
- and.priorities(5), /etc/and.priorities(5)
- priority database for the auto nice daemon
- anjuta-launcher(1)
- GNOME Integrated Development Environment anjuta-launcher normally is not called directly by the user but invoked by anjuta
- ansible-playbook(1)
- Runs Ansible playbooks, executing the defined tasks on the targeted hosts. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- ansible-pull(1)
- pulls playbooks from a VCS repo and executes them for the local host rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- ansiweather(1)
- weather in terminal, with ANSI colors and Unicode symbols
- antiword(1)
- show the text and images of MS Word documents
- antlr(1)
- ANother Tool for Language Recognition
- anytoucd(1gv)
- filter to convert a geomview data file into a data file in the so-called 'ucd' (Unstructured Cell Data) format
- aphelia(1)
- the minimalist window manager
- apollonian(6)
- Descartes Circle Theorem
- append(3)
- append a chain_list to an other chain_list man1/alc_origin.1
- applybddnodeite(3)
- computes the IF-THEN-ELSE logical operation. man1/alc_origin.1
- applydeltaiso(8)
- reconstruct an iso from the old iso and the deltaiso
- applymap(1)
- Apply the color map in an RLE file to the pixel data
- arbtt-stats(1)
- generate statistics from the arbtt data samples
- ares_gethostbyname_file(3)
- Lookup a name in the system's hosts file
- ares_library_initialized(3)
- get the initialization state
- ares_strerror(3)
- Get the description of an ares library error code
- ares_version(3)
- Get the version number of the library
- aria2c(1)
- The ultra fast download utility rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- arj-register(1)
- Register the ARJ archiver
- arm-elf-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- arm-gnueabi-freebsd12.1-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- arm-none-eabi-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- arp-scan(1)
- The ARP scanner
- arpaname(1)
- translate IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- arpsnmp(8)
- keep track of ethernet/ip address pairings
- arpwatch(8)
- keep track of ethernet/ip address pairings
- artha(1), Artha(1)
- An cross-platform thesaurus based on WordNet
- arxunpak(1)
- Extract the Arx Fatalis .pak files containing the game assets
- as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- ascii-xfr(1)
- upload/download files using the ASCII protocol
- asclock(1)
- the AfterStep clock
- ascpu(1)
- the AfterStep CPU load monitor
- asdlgen(1)
- compiler for the Abstract Syntax Description Language (ASDL)
- aseqdump(1)
- show the events received at an ALSA sequencer port
- asfsm(1)
- the AfterStep file system monitor
- asip-status.pl(1)
- Queries AFP servers for their capabilities
- asmail(1)
- the AfterStep e-mail monitor
- asmailrc(5)
- the asmail resource file
- asmem(1)
- the AfterStep memory utilization monitor
- asmix(1)
- the AfterStep volume control knob
- asmixer(1)
- the AfterStep Mixer
- astconvertt(1), ConvertType(1)
- convert known data types to each other
- astgenkey(8)
- generates keys for for Asterisk IAX2 RSA authentication
- astime(1)
- the AfterStep analogue clock
- astrometry-engine(1)
- Identify where a list of stars is on the sky
- astzclock(1)
- the AfterStep clock
- atari800(1)
- emulator of Atari 8-bit computers and the 5200 console
- aterm(1), aterm (Afterstep XVT)(1)
- a VT102 emulator for the X window system
- atf(7), ATF(7)
- introduction to the Automated Testing Framework
- atril(1), Atril(1)
- The MATE Document Viewer
- atslogd(8)
- ATSlog gives the convenient interface for viewing and analysing calls of various models PBX
- atslogmaster(8)
- ATSlog gives the convenient interface for viewing and analysing bells of various models PBX
- attrd_updater(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- au_class(3), getauclassent(3), getauclassent_r(3), getauclassnam(3), getauclassnam_r(3), setauclass(3), endauclass(3)
- look up information from the audit_class database
- au_control(3), setac(3), endac(3), getacdir(3), getacmin(3), getacexpire(3), getacfilesz(3), getacflg(3), getacna(3), getacpol(3), au_poltostr(3), au_strtopol(3)
- look up information from the audit_control database
- au_event(3), free_au_event_ent(3), setauevent(3), endauevent(3), getauevent(3), getauevent_r(3), getauevnam(3), getauevnam_r(3), getauevnum(3), getauevnum_r(3), getauevnonam(3), getauevnonam_r(3)
- look up information from the audit_event database
- au_free_token(3)
- deallocate a token_t created by any of the au_to_*() BSM API functions
- au_user(3), setauuser(3), endauuser(3), getauuserent(3), getauuserent_r(3), getauusernam(3), getauusernam_r(3), au_user_mask(3), getfauditflags(3)
- look up information from the audit_user database
- audtool(1)
- a small tool to control Audacious from the command line
- autfreeheap(3)
- releases a memory block, and put it on the heap. man1/alc_origin.1
- auth.conf(5)
- Configuration of authentication mechanisms for web interface of Sympa
- auth_generic_meta(3), auth_generic(3)
- Generic authentication request
- auth_meta(3)
- Authentication metadata
- authelem(3)
- element in an hash table
- authlib(3)
- Courier Authentication Library
- authtest(1)
- Test the Courier Authentication Library
- autobench(1)
- Automates the benchmarking of web servers using httperf
- autocutsel(1)
- keep the X clipboard and the cutbuffer in sync
- autogen(1), *[B-Font]autogen(1)
- The Automated Program Generator
- auwave(1)
- demonstrates the use of waveforms auwave#(1) "" "auwave(1)"
- avahi-bookmarks(1)
- Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services using the Avahi daemon
- avahi-browse(1)
- Browse for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon
- avahi-daemon(8)
- The Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD daemon
- avahi-discover(1)
- Browse for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon
- avahi-publish-service(1)
- Register an mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon
- avahi-resolve(1)
- Resolve one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon
- aviindex(1)
- Write and read text files describing the index of an AVI file
- avr-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- awale(6)
- the free implementation of the African game
- awesomerc(5)
- Configuration file for the awesome window manager
- axfr-get(8)
- a DNS zone-transfer client. It sends a zone-transfer request in DNS-over-TCP format to descriptor 7, reads the results from descriptor 6, and saves the results in a file
- backgammon(6)
- the game of backgammon
- bacula(8), Bacula(8)
- The Network Backup Solution
- balsa(1), Balsa(1)
- the GNOME email client
- barcode(1)
- a stand alone program to run the barcode library
- barcode(6)
- draws a random sequence of barcodes for the products you enjoy
- barman-cloud-backup(1)
- Backup a PostgreSQL instance and stores it in the Cloud
- barman-cloud-backup-list(1)
- Restore PostgreSQL WAL files from the Cloud using restore_command
- barman-cloud-restore(1)
- Restore a PostgreSQL backup from the Cloud
- barman-cloud-wal-archive(1)
- Archive PostgreSQL WAL files in the Cloud using archive_command
- barman-cloud-wal-restore(1)
- Restore PostgreSQL WAL files from the Cloud using restore_command
- basic_ncsa_auth(8)
- NCSA httpd-style password file authentication helper for Squid
- basic_pam_auth(8)
- PAM Basic authentication helper for Squid
- basic_pop3_auth(8), basic_pop3_auth(8)
- POP3 authenticator for Squid
- basic_radius_auth(8)
- Squid RADIUS authentication helper
- bb(1)
- The aalib demo
- bbox(1)
- prints out the bounding box of a rawppm or rawpbm image
- bcmxcp(8)
- Driver for UPSes supporting the serial BCM/XCP protocol
- bcmxcp_usb(8)
- Experimental driver for UPSes supporting the BCM/XCP protocol over USB
- bdes(1)
- encrypt/decrypt using the Data Encryption Standard (DES)
- bearoffdump(6)
- dump a position from the GNU Backgammon bearoff database
- beep(n)
- ring the bell
-
- bestfit(1)
- Optimally choose files to be put on a CD (or other media)
- bestfit_color(3)
- Finds a palette color fitting the requested RGB values. Allegro game programming library
- bg_test(6)
- test the background mode of svgalib
- bgexec(n)
- Run programs in the background while handling Tk events. kill - Terminate program or send signal
- bgpctl(8)
- control the Border Gateway Protocol daemon
- bib2ris(1), bib2ris-utf8(1)
- converts bibtex bibliographic data to the RIS format
- bible(1)
- Lookup words and verses in the Bible (King James version)
- bin2obj(1)
- The Free Pascal binary to pascal include file converter
- bincimap-up(1)
- Authentication stub for Binc IMAP
- birthday(1)
- warn about upcoming birthdays and other events
- bitmap(1), bmtoa(1), atobm(1)
- bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System
- bitmap_color_depth(3)
- Returns the color depth of the specified bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- bitmap_mask_color(3)
- Returns the mask color of the specified bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- bittwist(1)
- -- pcap based ethernet packet generator
- bittwistb(1)
- -- pcap based ethernet bridge
- blind-invert-luma(1)
- Invert the luminosity of a video
- blind-next-frame(1)
- Extracts the next frame from a video
- blind-read-head(1)
- Reads the head from a video
- blind-rewrite-head(1)
- Rewrite the head of a video
- blind-set-alpha(1)
- Multiply the alpha channel of a video
- blind-set-luma(1)
- Multiply the luminosity of a video
- blind-set-saturation(1)
- Multiply the saturation of a video
- blind-write-head(1)
- Writes the head of a video
- blit(3)
- Copies a rectangular area from one bitmap to another. Allegro game programming library
- blkcat(1)
- Display the contents of file system data unit in a disk image
- bnetd.conf(5)
- configuration for the Unix Battle.net daemon
- bntext(5), bnmotd.txt(5), bnnews.txt bnissue.txt(5)
- messages for the Unix Battle.net daemon
- bochs-dlx(1)
- Runs DLX-Linux under the Bochs x86 Emulator
- body(i4), itcl::body(i4)
- change the body for a class method/proc
- body(itcl)
- change the body for a class method/proc
- boing(6)
- draws a bouncing ball like the ancient Amiga demo
- bon_csv2html(1)
- program to convert CSV format Bonnie++ data to a HTML form using tables suitable for display on a web page. NB Lynx can't display this properly, and due to the size it probably requires 1024x768 monitor to display properly. bon_csv2txt program to convert CSV format Bonnie++ data to plain-text format suitable for pasting into an email or reading on a Braille display
- bosco_cluster(1)
- Manage and configure the clusters to be accessed
- bosco_start(1)
- start up the Personal HTCondor installation specific to Bosco
- bpython(1)
- a fancy {curtsies, curses, urwid} interface to the Python interactive interpreter rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- brasero(1)
- Simple and easy to use CD/DVD burning application for the Gnome Desktop
- bristol(1)
- a synthesiser emulation package
- broadcast_dialog_message(3)
- Broadcasts a message to all the objects in the active dialog. Allegro game programming library
- bsdisks(8)
- daemon implementing the UDisks2 service
- bsdisks.conf(5)
- configuration file for the bsdisks utility
- bsetbg(1)
- utility to manipulate the appearance of the X11 desktop's root window
- bshell(1), bssh/bvnc/bshell(1)
- Browse for SSH/VNC servers on the local network
- bsnmp-regex(8)
- an SNMP module which produces counters from logs or other text
- bsnmp-regex.conf(5)
- the configuration file for the bsnmp-regex(8) module
- bst-show(1)
- Show elements in the pipeline
- bt_language(3)
- the BibTeX data language, as recognized by btparse
- bt_macros(3)
- accessing and manipulating the btparse macro table
- bu_check_files(1)
- Verify the file integrity of backupuser(1) backups
- buffindexed.conf(5)
- Configuration for the buffindexed overview method
- bulk_extractor(1)
- Scans a disk image for regular expressions and other content
- bundle_wait(3)
- wait while coroutines in the bundle finish
- burgerspace-server(6)
- UDP server for the networked version of BurgerSpace
- busybox(1), BusyBox(1)
- The Swiss Army Knife of Embedded Linux
- bw_file_rd(8)
- time the reading and summing of a file
- bw_mmap_rd(8)
- time the reading and summing of a file
- byobu(1)
- wrapper script for seeding a user's byobu configuration and launching a text based window manager (either screen or tmux)
- byobu-quiet(1)
- Silence all of Byobu's status indicators and eliminate the hardstatus line
- byobu-reconnect-sockets(1)
- Sourcable script that updates GPG_AGENT_INFO and DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS in the environment
- byobu-screen(1)
- Launch byobu with screen as the backend
- byobu-shell(1)
- Print the message of the day and launch a shell
- byobu-silent(1), byobu-silent-(1)
- Silence all of Byobu's status indicators, eliminate the hardstatus line, and the window list
- byobu-status(1)
- displays status suitable for printing by the BYOBU_BACKEND
- byobu-tmux(1)
- Launch byobu with tmux as the backend
- cabin(3), Cabin(3)
- the utility API of QDBM
- caca-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of libcaca
- cadabra-server(1)
- the server backend for running Cadabra2 notebooks
- cadabra2(1)
- field-theory motivated computer algebra system, 2.x series
- caja(1), Caja(1)
- The MATE File Manager
- calcappclient(1)
- RSerPool Client (PU) for the CalcApp service
- calibrate_joystick(3)
- Calibrates the specified joystick. Allegro game programming library
- calibrate_joystick_name(3)
- Returns the next calibration text string. Allegro game programming library
- calife(1)
- becomes root (or another user) legally
- calife.auth(5)
- format of the calife authorization file
- callgrind_annotate(1)
- post-processing tool for the Callgrind
- callpass(1)
- generate Pass-code associated with your callsign for authentication via xastir to APRS(tm) network
- canfield(6), cfscores(6)
- the solitaire card game canfield
- cannakill(1)
- Terminate operation of the Kana-Kanji conversion server cannaserver
- cannastat(1)
- Display information about the Kana-Kanji conversion server
- captype(1)
- Prints the types of capture files
- cardos-tool(1)
- displays information about Card OS-based security tokens or format them
- cardpeek(1)
- A gui tool to explore the contents of ISO 7816 smart cards
- cb_console_runner(1)
- The Code::Blocks IDE console programs launcher
- cdda2ogg(1)
- cdda2mp3 extract audio CD audio tracks and encode them
- cdialog(3)
- widgets and utilities for the program
- cdpd(8)
- Send CDP/LLDP packets over ethernet
- cdscan(1)
- scan through sequence records on the Entrez discs
- cdsplit(1)
- Copy the output of any shell command onto one or more CD-R(W)s
- celvis(1), cex(1), cvi(1), cview(1), cinput(1)
- The Chinese editor
- centerim(1)
- a text mode based IM client for Linux, *BSD, Sun Solaris, MacOS X and possibly, other Unices. ICQ2000, Yahoo!, AIM TOC, IRC, MSN, Gadu-Gadu and Jabber protocols are now supported. Internal LiveJournal client and RSS reader are also provided
- ceph-detect-init(8)
- display the init system Ceph should use rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- ceph-syn(8)
- ceph synthetic workload generator rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- ceylon(1)
- The top level Ceylon tool is used to execute other Ceylon tools
- ceylon-ant-task-doc(1), ceylon ant-task-doc(1)
- A tool generates documentation about the Ceylon ant tasks
- ceylon-bash-completion(1), ceylon bash-completion(1)
- A tool which provides completion suggestions for the Bash shell
- ceylon-bootstrap(1), ceylon bootstrap(1)
- Generates a Ceylon bootstrap script in the current directory
- ceylon-browse(1), ceylon browse(1)
- Open module documentation in the browser
- ceylon-copy(1), ceylon copy(1)
- Copies modules from one Ceylon module repository to another
- ceylon-help(1), ceylon help(1)
- Displays help information about other Ceylon tools
- ceylon-run(1), ceylon run(1)
- Executes a Ceylon program on the JVM
- ceylon-src(1), ceylon src(1)
- Fetches source archives from a repository and extracts their contents into a source directory
- ceylon-test(1), ceylon test(1)
- Executes tests on the JVM
- cgiDebug(3)
- Set the debug level for CGI programming
- cgiGetValue(3)
- Return the value of a CGI variable
- cgiHeader(3)
- Print the HTTP header
- cgiRedirect(3)
- Redirect the browser somewhere else
- cgiSetHeader(3)
- Specify an additional HTTP header
- cgiSetType(3)
- Specify the result type
- cgi_cookie_authority(3), cgi_cookie_authority (3)
- determine the cookie authority for a domain
- cgi_cs_init(3), cgi_cs_init (3)
- initialize CS parser with the CGI defaults
- cgi_destroy(3), cgi_destroy (3)
- deallocate the data associated with a CGI
- cgi_display(3), cgi_display (3)
- render and display the CGI output to the user
- cgi_error(3), cgi_error (3)
- display an error string to the user
- cgi_output(3), cgi_output (3)
- display the CGI output to the user
- cgioptions.cfg(5)
- Command-line parameters for the Xymon CGI tools
- cgiwrap_getenv(3), cgiwrap_getenv (3)
- the wrapper for getenv
- cgiwrap_putenv(3), cgiwrap_putenv (3)
- wrap the putenv call
- cgiwrap_write(3), cgiwrap_write (3)
- wrapper for the fwrite(stdout)
- cgroup.conf(5)
- Slurm configuration file for the cgroup support
- check-regexp(1)
- test regular expressions from the command line
- check_cpu(3)
- Detects the CPU type. Allegro game programming library
- check_hp_bladechassis(8)
- Nagios plugin for checking the status of HP blade enclosures via SNMP
- check_ssl_cert(1)
- checks the validity of X.509 certificates
- checkbrack(1)
- check parenthesis and bracket count
- checkloconorder(3)
- checks the consistency of a list of logical connectors man1/alc_origin.1
- checkmail(1)
- plays a sound file when the user receives mail
- checkmk(1)
- Awk script for generating C unit tests for use with the Check unit testing framework
- checkpassword-pam(8)
- PAM-based checkpassword compatible authentication
- checkpc(8)
- check out the printcap database
- chef-apply(8)
- The man page for the chef-apply command line tool. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- chef-client(8)
- The man page for the chef-client command line tool. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- chef-shell(1)
- The man page for the chef-shell command line tool. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- chef-solo(8)
- The man page for the chef-solo command line tool. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- chicken-do5(1), chicken-do(1)
- run a shell command unless the target exists and any dependency is not newer than the target
- chilli_query(1)
- Interface into the chilli server
- chironfs(8), ChironFS(8)
- The Chiron Replication Filesystem version 1.1
- chkascii(1)
- a small C program that checks whether a file is purely ASCII plain-text or else contains any non-ASCII characters
- chktrust(1)
- Check the trust of a PE executable
- chkweb(1)
- runs the LaTeX parts of a CWEB file through chktex
- chm(8)
- console display motherboard pm chipset data information
- chmcmd(1)
- The FPC Pascal htmlhelp (CHM) compiler
- chmls(1)
- The FPC Pascal CHM utility
- chrpath(1)
- change the rpath or runpath in binaries
- cibadmin(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- cidalias(1)
- view alias definitions in the NCID alias, blacklist and whitelist files
- cidcall(1)
- view calls, hangups, messages and end of calls in the NCID call file
- cidupdate(1)
- update aliases in the NCID call file
- cinnamon-menu-editor(1)
- Editor for the panel menu
- cinnamon-session(1)
- Start the GNOME desktop environment
- cinnamon-session-quit(1)
- End the current GNOME session
- ck_array_initialized(3)
- indicates whether an array was recently initialized or deinitialized
- ck_array_length(3)
- returns the number of pointers committed to an array
- ck_bitmap_base(3)
- determine the size of a bit array in bytes
- ck_bitmap_bts(3)
- set the bit at the specified index and fetch its original value
- ck_bitmap_next(3)
- iterate to the next set bit in bitmap
- ck_bitmap_reset(3)
- resets the bit at the specified index
- ck_bitmap_set(3)
- set the bit at the specified index
- ck_bitmap_test(3)
- determine if the bit at the specified index is set
- ck_hs_move(3)
- move one from hash set to another
- ck_ht_entry_empty(3)
- determine whether entry contains a key-value pair
- ck_ht_entry_key_length(3)
- returns the length of the key specified in the argument
- ck_rhs_move(3)
- move one from hash set to another
- ckpasswd(8)
- nnrpd password authenticator
- cl_status(1)
- Check Status of the High-Availability Linux (Linux-HA) Subsystem
- clamdtop(1)
- monitor the Clam AntiVirus Daemon
- clamsmtpd.conf(5)
- the configuration file for clamsmtpd(8)
- clang-cheri(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang-devel(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang10(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang11(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang60(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang70(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang80(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- clang90(1), clang(1)
- the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- cleanup_digikamdb(1)
- Cleanup the digiKam databases to reduce their sizes and increase access speed
- clear(1)
- clear the terminal screen
- clear_bitmap(3)
- Clears the bitmap to color 0. Allegro game programming library
- clear_keybuf(3)
- Clears the keyboard buffer. Allegro game programming library
- clear_to_color(3)
- Clears the bitmap to the specified color. Allegro game programming library
- clear_zbuffer(3)
- Writes a depth value into the given Z-buffer. Allegro game programming library
- clearbddsystemref(3)
- clears the references for all bdd nodes. man1/alc_origin.1
- clearbddsystemrefext(3)
- clears the external references for all bdd nodes. man1/alc_origin.1
- clearbddsystemrefint(3)
- clears the internal references for all bdd nodes. man1/alc_origin.1
- clientlaunch.cfg(5)
- Task definitions for the xymonlaunch utility
- clig_Name(n), ::clig::Name(n)
- set the program name to be used in the manual page
- climmrc(5), ~/.climm/climmrc(5)
- The configuration file for climm
- clip(1gv)
- Clip an OOGL object against planes or other surfaces
- clip3d(3)
- Clips the polygon given in vtx using fixed point math. Allegro game programming library
- clip3d_f(3)
- Clips the polygon given in vtx using floating point math, Allegro game programming library
- clj(1), clojure(1)
- runners to invoke the Clojure compiler
- clockadd(1)
- adjust the local UNIX clock, once
- clockspeed(1)
- speed up or slow down the local clock, continuously
- clockview(1)
- view an adjustment to the local clock
- cluster(1)
- find clusters in a graph and augment the graph with this information
-
-
-
-
- cmap_context_get(3)
- Gets the context variable for a CMAP instance
- cmap_context_set(3)
- Sets the context variable for a CMAP instance
- cmap_delete(3)
- Delete key/value pair from the CMAP service
- cmap_dispatch(3)
- Dispatches callbacks from the CMAP service
- cmap_fd_get(3)
- Dispatches callbacks from the CMAP service
- cmap_keys(8)
- Overview of keys stored in the Configuration Map
- cmap_overview(3)
- Overview of the Configuration Map
- cmap_overview(8)
- Overview of the Configuration Map
- cmp_set_offset(3), cmp_struct(3), cmp_char(3), cmp_short(3), cmp_int(3), cmp_long(3), cmp_float(3), cmp_double(3), cmp_long_double(3), cmp_schar(3), cmp_uchar(3), cmp_ushort(3), cmp_uint(3), cmp_ulong(3), cmp_charptr(3), cmp_chararr(3)
- comparison functions for qsort, bsearch, and others
- cntlm(1)
- authenticating HTTP(S) proxy with TCP/IP tunneling and acceleration
- coap(7)
- Overview of the libcoap library
- coap_io(3), coap_run_once(3), coap_context_get_coap_fd(3)
- Work with CoAP I/O to do the packet send and receives
- coax(1)
- determine impedance of a coaxial structure, where the inner may be offset from the centre if necessary
- coccigrep(1)
- semantic grep for the C programming language
- code(i4), itcl::code(i4)
- capture the namespace context for a code fragment
- code(itcl)
- capture the namespace context for a code fragment
- codeblocks(1), Code::Blocks(1)
- The open-source, cross-platform IDE
- codechanges(1)
- computes the amount of code changes between two code trees or single files
- codelite_fix_files(1)
- convert a CodeLite project and workspace from the DOS environment to the *nix environment
- codesnippets(1)
- Stand-alone app for the codesnippets Code::Blocks plugin
- cofactorbddnode(3)
- computes the generalized cofactor. man1/alc_origin.1
- col1(1), col1 .. col9(1), NF(1)
- awk and print a column (based on the name of the program, 1-9)
- collectd.conf(5)
- Configuration for the system statistics collection daemon collectd
- color_map(3)
- Global pointer to the color mapping table. Allegro game programming library
- compare(1)
- mathematically and visually annotate the difference between an image and its reconstruction
- composeBdd(3)
- substitutes an index by a BDD in another BDD
- composebddnode(3)
- substitutes a variable by a bdd in another bdd. man1/alc_origin.1
- composite(1)
- overlaps one image over another
- concat.tcl85(n), concat(n)
- Join lists together
- concat.tcl86(n), concat(n)
- Join lists together
- concat.tcl87(n), concat(n)
- Join lists together
- condor_advertise(1)
- Send a ClassAd to the condor_collector daemon
- condor_continue(1)
- continue suspended jobs from the HTCondor queue
- condor_dagman(1)
- meta scheduler of the jobs submitted as the nodes of a DAG or DAGs
- condor_fetchlog(1)
- Retrieve a daemon's log file that is located on another computer
- condor_findhost(1)
- find machine(s) in the pool that can be used with minimal impact on currently running HTCondor jobs and best meet any specified constraints
- condor_gather_info(1)
- Gather information about an HTCondor installation and a queued job
- condor_hold(1)
- put jobs in the queue into the hold state
- condor_master(1)
- The master HTCondor Daemon
- condor_pool_job_report(1)
- generate report about all jobs that have run in the last 24 hours on all execute hosts
- condor_prio(1)
- change priority of jobs in the HTCondor queue
- condor_release(1)
- release held jobs in the HTCondor queue
- condor_reschedule(1)
- Update scheduling information to the central manager
- condor_rm(1)
- remove jobs from the HTCondor queue
- condor_router_history(1)
- Display the history for routed jobs
- condor_router_q(1)
- Display information about routed jobs in the queue
- condor_router_rm(1)
- Remove jobs being managed by the HTCondor Job Router
- condor_stats(1)
- Display historical information about the HTCondor pool
- condor_status(1)
- Display status of the HTCondor pool
- condor_suspend(1)
- suspend jobs from the HTCondor queue
- condor_tail(1)
- Display the last contents of a running job's standard output or file
- condor_vacate(1)
- Vacate jobs that are running on the specified hosts
- condor_vacate_job(1)
- vacate jobs in the HTCondor queue from the hosts where they are running
- conficker-c(3)
- SiLK plug-in to detect traffic matching the Conficker C worm
- config.guess-2.69(1)
- guess the build system triplet
- configbody(i4), itcl::configbody(i4)
- change the "config" code for a public variable
- configbody(itcl)
- change the "config" code for a public variable
- configure.nx(3), nx::configure(3)
- Get and set configuration options on the object system
- conjure(1)
- interprets and executes scripts written in the Magick Scripting Language (MSL)
- conky(1)
- A system monitor for X originally based on the torsmo code, but more kickass. It just keeps on given'er. Yeah
- console.tk85(n), console(n)
- Control the console on systems without a real console
- console.tk86(n), console(n)
- Control the console on systems without a real console
- constraintBdd(3)
- restricts a BDD to another BDD
- container-server.conf(5)
- configuration file for the openstack-swift container server
- continue.tcl85(n), continue(n)
- Skip to the next iteration of a loop
- continue.tcl86(n), continue(n)
- Skip to the next iteration of a loop
- continue.tcl87(n), continue(n)
- Skip to the next iteration of a loop
- convert(1)
- convert between image formats as well as resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample, and much more
- convertior(1)
- Utility for creating a new IOR from existing. changing the hostname of an existing stringified IOR
- convmv(1)
- converts filenames from one encoding to another
- cookiejar.tcl87(n), cookiejar(n)
- Implementation of the Tcl http package cookie jar protocol
- cooledit(1), cooledit-3.17.20(1)
- Full featured text editor for the X Window System, Version 11
- coolman(1), coolman-3.17.20(1)
- Man page reader for the X Window System based on the Coolwidget library
- coq_makefile(1)
- The Coq Proof Assistant makefile generator
- coqc(1)
- The Coq Proof Assistant compiler
- coqchk(1)
- The Coq Proof Checker compiled libraries verifier
- coqdoc(1)
- A documentation tool for the Coq proof assistant
- coqide(1)
- The Coq Proof Assistant graphical interface
- coqmktop(1)
- The Coq Proof Assistant user-tactics linker
- coqtop(1)
- The Coq Proof Assistant toplevel system
- coqtop.byte(1)
- The bytecode Coq toplevel
- coqtop.opt(1)
- The native-code Coq toplevel
- coqwc(1)
- print the number of specification, proof and comment lines in Coq files
- corebird(1)
- Native Gtk+ Twitter client for the Linux desktop
- corosync(8)
- The Corosync Cluster Engine
- corosync-blackbox(8)
- Dump live "flight data" from the corosync "blackbox"
- corosync-cmapctl(8), corosync-cmapctl:(8)
- A tool for accessing the object database
- corosync-keygen(8)
- Generate an authentication key for Corosync
- courierpassd(8)
- change passwords from across the network using the Courier authentication library
- courierpasswd(8), couirerpasswd(8)
- Authenticate users and change passwords using the Courier authentication library
- couriertcpd(1)
- the Courier mail server TCP server daemon
- courieruserinfo(8)
- use the Courier authentication library to collect information about a user
- cpg_context_get(3)
- Gets the context variable for a CPG instance
- cpg_context_set(3)
- Sets the context variable for a CPG instance
- cpg_dispatch(3)
- Dispatches callbacks from the CPG service
- cpg_fd_get(3)
- Dispatches callbacks from the CPG service
- cpg_finalize(3)
- Terminate a connection to the CPG service
- cpg_initialize(3)
- Create a new connection to the CPG service
- cpg_join(3)
- Joins one or more groups in the CPG library
- cpg_leave(3)
- Leave a group in the CPG library
- cpg_local_get(3)
- Returns the local node id
- cpg_model_initialize(3)
- Create a new connection to the CPG service
- cpp(1)
- The C Preprocessor
- cppi(1)
- indent the C preprocessor directives in FILE to reflect their nesting
- cptcont(1)
- create a continuous GMT colour palette table (cpt) file based on the colours of a non-continuous cpt file
- cpu_capabilities(3)
- Contains the capability flags of the CPU. Allegro game programming library
- cpu_family(3)
- Contains the CPU type. Allegro game programming library
- cpu_model(3)
- Contains the Intel CPU submodel. Allegro game programming library
- cpu_vendor(3)
- Contains the CPU vendor name. Allegro game programming library
- cpulimit(1)
- -- limits the CPU usage of a process
- create_cvsignore(1)
- Create preliminary .cvsignore in the current directory
- create_sample(3)
- Constructs a new sample structure of the specified type. Allegro game programming library
- createabloper(3)
- creates the head of an operator expression. man1/alc_origin.1
- cribbage(6)
- the card game cribbage
- critbit0_contains(3)
- check whether a string is in the critbit tree
- critcl_devguide(n)
- Critcl - The Developer's Guide
- critcl_installer(n), critcl_install_guide(n)
- Critcl - The Installer's Guide
- critcl_sources(n)
- Critcl - How To Get The Sources
- critical.cfg(5)
- Configuration of the showgraph CGI
- crm_attribute(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_diff(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_error(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_failcount(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_master(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_mon(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_node(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_report(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_resource(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_rule(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_shadow(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_simulate(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_standby(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_ticket(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crm_verify(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crmadmin(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- crop(1)
- Change the size of an RLE image
- cross_product(3), cross_product_f(3)
- Calculates the cross product. Allegro game programming library
- crystal(1)
- Compiler for the Crystal language
- cs_dump(3), cs_dump (3)
- dump the cs parse tree
- csc5(1), csc(1)
- driver program for the CHICKEN Scheme compiler
- csg_boltzmann(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_call(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_density(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_dlptopol(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_dump(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_fmatch(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_gmxtopol(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_imc_solve(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_inverse(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_map(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_property(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_resample(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_reupdate(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csg_stat(1)
- Part of the VOTCA package
- csi5(1), csi(1)
- The CHICKEN Scheme interpreter
- csort(1)
- sort lines of text files in the C locale
- csv1(5)
- Format of the csv1 zone file that MaraDNS uses
- csv2(5)
- Description of the csv2 zone file that MaraDNS uses
- csv2_txt(5)
- Description of txt and raw resource records in the csv2 zone file
- ctl(5)
- interface for examination and modification of the library's internal state
- ctlinnd(8)
- Control the main InterNetNews daemon
- cu(1)
- Call up another system
- cual(6), Cual(6)
- Cuyo Animation Language Cual is the main language used to describe the animations in cuyo. Strictly speaking it's the stuff between the << >> brackets in the level description files (xxx.ld). On the other hand this man page aims at being a complete description of how to write levels for cuyo. But it's still under construction. See the file "example.ld" to get an idea of how the rest of the level description works. There's also a bit of example Cual code in "example.ld". And of course, all the existing levels are examples. Note that Cual is probably still very buggy. So if strange things happen and you're sure it's not your fault, tell me (cuyo@karimmi.de)
- cube21(6)
- animates the Cube 21 puzzle
- cups-browsed(8)
- A daemon for browsing the Bonjour broadcasts of shared, remote CUPS printers
- cupsfilter(8)
- convert a file to another format using cups filters (deprecated)
- curia(3), Curia(3)
- the extended API of QDBM
- curl_easy_escape(3)
- URL encodes the given string
- curl_easy_unescape(3)
- URL decodes the given string
- curl_escape(3)
- URL encodes the given string
- curl_unescape(3)
- URL decodes the given string
- curl_version(3)
- returns the libcurl version string
- current.nx(3), nx::current(3)
- Return information about the method callstack
- cutelyst2(1)
- Developer Helper Application for the Cutelyst Web Framework
- cutsel(1)
- show information about the X clipboard and the cutbuffer in sync
- cvc4(1), pcvc4(1)
- an automated theorem prover
- cvc4(5)
- the native input language for CVC4
- cvechecker(1)
- Attempt to identify possible vulnerable software on the system
- cvereport(1)
- Generate an HTML report for the cvechecker output
- cvpasswd(1)
- scramble passwords for CVSup authentication
- cvsdelta(1)
- Manage and summarize the differences between a CVS project and local files
- cvslastchange(1)
- Display the last change committed to CVS for a file
- cvslastlog(1)
- Prints the log entry for the last commit for a file
- cvsup2cvsync(1)
- convert a scanfile from the CVSup style to the cvsync style
- cvsync2cvsup(1)
- convert a scanfile from the cvsync style to the CVSup style
- cw(1)
- sound characters as Morse code on the soundcard or console speaker
- cw(7), CW(7)
- the international Morse code
- cwdaemon(8)
- morse daemon for the serial or parallel port
- cxApplyFsNodeInfo(3)
- Applies the information from an FsNode to a physical file or directory
- cxCleanup(3)
- Cleans up the entire library
- cxClearErr(3)
- Clears the error flag and end-of-file indicator
- cxDirAddFile(3)
- Adds a file to the directory
- cxDirRemoveFile(3)
- Removes a file from the directory
- cxDirRemoveSubDir(3)
- Removes a subdirectory from the directory
- cxEof(3)
- Tests the end-of-file indicator
- cxError(3)
- Tests the error indicator of the file
- cxExtractArchive(3)
- Extracts the specified archive's files to directories off of the current directory
- cxExtractFile(3)
- Extracts the specified file
- cxFixPath(3)
- Fixes up the specified path by processing all ".." and "." that may be in the path
- cxGetArchiveAccessMode(3)
- Returns the archive's file access mode
- cxGetArchiveFileCount(3)
- Returns the total number of files in the archive
- cxGetArchiveFileName(3)
- Returns the archive's physical filename
- cxGetArchiveFileSize(3)
- Returns the archive's physical file size
- cxGetArchiveModule(3)
- Returns the archive's associated module
- cxGetArchivePath(3)
- Returns the full path to the specified archive
- cxGetArchivePhysicalPath(3)
- Returns the full physical path to the file
- cxGetArchiveRoot(3)
- Returns the root directory in the archive
- cxGetArchiveSize(3)
- Returns the total size of the archive's contents
- cxGetArchiveType(3)
- Returns the archive type
- cxGetBaseName(3)
- Returns the base filename for the specified path
- cxGetBasePath(3)
- Returns the base path for the specified path
- cxGetDirArchive(3)
- Returns the archive that owns the specified directory
- cxGetDirDate(3)
- Returns the timestamp of the specified directory
- cxGetDirGid(3)
- Returns the group ID of the specified directory
- cxGetDirMode(3)
- Return the mode of the specified directory
- cxGetDirName(3)
- Returns the base directory name of the specified directory
- cxGetDirParent(3)
- Returns the specified directory's parent directory
- cxGetDirPath(3)
- Returns the full path name of the specified directory
- cxGetDirPhysicalPath(3)
- Returns the full physical path to the directory
- cxGetDirUid(3)
- Returns the user ID of the specified directory
- cxGetDirectory(3)
- Returns the subdirectory specified in the path
- cxGetFile(3)
- Returns the file specified in the path
- cxGetFileArchive(3)
- Returns the archive that owns the specified file
- cxGetFileCompressedSize(3)
- Returns the compressed size of the specified file
- cxGetFileCount(3)
- Returns the number of files in the specified directory
- cxGetFileDate(3)
- Returns the timestamp of the specified file
- cxGetFileGid(3)
- Returns the group ID of the specified file
- cxGetFileMode(3)
- Returns the mode of the specified file
- cxGetFileName(3)
- Returns the name of the specified file
- cxGetFileParent(3)
- Returns the specified file's parent directory
- cxGetFilePath(3)
- Returns the full path to the specified file
- cxGetFilePhysicalPath(3)
- Returns the full physical path to the file
- cxGetFileSize(3)
- Returns the uncompressed size of the specified file
- cxGetFileUid(3)
- Returns the user ID of the specified file
- cxGetFirstFile(3)
- Returns the first file in the directory
- cxGetFirstModule(3)
- Returns the first module in the list
- cxGetFirstSubDir(3)
- Returns the first subdirectory in the directory
- cxGetFpAccessMode(3)
- Returns the access mode of the specified file pointer
- cxGetFsIterFirst(3)
- Returns the first item
- cxGetFsIterNext(3)
- Returns the next item
- cxGetFsIterPrev(3)
- Returns the previous item
- cxGetFsNodeArchive(3)
- Returns the archive that owns the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeDate(3)
- Returns the timestamp of the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeGid(3)
- Returns the group ID of the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeMode(3)
- Returns the mode of the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeName(3)
- Returns the name of the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeParent(3)
- Returns the specified node's parent directory
- cxGetFsNodePath(3)
- Returns the full path to the specified node
- cxGetFsNodeType(3)
- Gets the type of node
- cxGetFsNodeUid(3)
- Returns the user ID of the specified node
- cxGetFullFilePath(3)
- Returns the full, absolute path for the specified filename
- cxGetModule(3)
- Returns the specified module
- cxGetNextDir(3)
- Returns the next directory in a list of directories
- cxGetNextFile(3)
- Returns the next file in a list of files
- cxGetNextFsNode(3)
- Returns the next node in a list of nodes
- cxGetPreviousDir(3)
- Returns the previous directory in a list of directories
- cxGetPreviousFile(3)
- Returns the previous file in a list of files
- cxGetPreviousFsNode(3)
- Returns the previous node in a list of nodes
- cxGetSubDirCount(3)
- Returns the number of subdirectories in the specified directory
- cxIsArchiveLocal(3)
- Returns whether or not the archive is stored locally
- cxIsDirLocal(3)
- Returns whether or not the directory is stored locally
- cxIsFileLocal(3)
- Returns whether or not the file is stored locally
- cxIsFsNodeLocal(3)
- Returns whether or not the node is stored locally
- cxLinkModule(3)
- Notifies libcomprex that the module is being used
- cxLoadModule(3)
- Loads the module of the specified name and type
- cxMakePhysDirs(3)
- Makes a directory and all its parent directories, if missing, on the filesystem
- cxRewind(3)
- Rewinds to the beginning of the stream
- cxSeek(3)
- Seeks to a position in the file
- cxSetArchiveAccessMode(3)
- Sets the archive's file access mode
- cxSetArchiveExtractCallback(3)
- Sets the archive specific extraction callback
- cxSetArchiveFileName(3)
- Sets the archive's physical filename
- cxSetArchiveFileSize(3)
- Sets the archive's physical file size
- cxSetArchiveLocal(3)
- Sets whether or not the archive is stored locally
- cxSetArchiveModule(3)
- Sets the archive's asssociated module
- cxSetArchivePath(3)
- Sets the full path to the archive
- cxSetArchivePhysicalPath(3)
- Sets the full physical path to the archive
- cxSetArchiveSize(3)
- Sets the total size of the archive's contents
- cxSetArchiveType(3)
- Sets the archive type
- cxSetCloseFunc(3)
- Sets the close function for this file pointer
- cxSetDirArchive(3)
- Sets the archive that owns the directory
- cxSetDirDate(3)
- Set the timestamp of the specified directory
- cxSetDirGid(3)
- Sets the group ID of the specified directory
- cxSetDirLocal(3)
- Sets whether or not the file is stored locally
- cxSetDirMode(3)
- Sets the mode of the specified directory
- cxSetDirName(3)
- Sets the base directory name of this directory
- cxSetDirParent(3)
- Sets the specified directory's parent directory
- cxSetDirPhysicalPath(3)
- Sets the full physical path to the directory
- cxSetDirUid(3)
- Sets the user ID of the specified directory
- cxSetError(3)
- Sets the current error number and string
- cxSetFileArchive(3)
- Sets the archive that owns the file
- cxSetFileCompressedSize(3)
- Sets the compressed size of the specified file
- cxSetFileDate(3)
- Sets the timestamp of the specified file
- cxSetFileGid(3)
- Sets the group ID of the specified file
- cxSetFileLocal(3)
- Sets whether or not the file is stored locally
- cxSetFileMode(3)
- Sets the mode of the specified file
- cxSetFileName(3)
- Sets the base name of the specified file
- cxSetFileParent(3)
- Sets the specified file's parent directory
- cxSetFilePhysicalPath(3)
- Sets the full physical path to the file
- cxSetFileSize(3)
- Sets the uncompressed size of the specified file
- cxSetFileUid(3)
- Sets the user ID of the specified file
- cxSetFpAccessMode(3)
- Sets the access mode of the specified file pointer
- cxSetFsNodeArchive(3)
- Sets the archive that owns the node
- cxSetFsNodeDate(3)
- Sets the timestamp of the specified node
- cxSetFsNodeGid(3)
- Sets the group ID of the specified node
- cxSetFsNodeLocal(3)
- Sets whether or not the node is stored locally
- cxSetFsNodeMode(3)
- Sets the mode of the specified node
- cxSetFsNodeName(3)
- Sets the base name of the specified node
- cxSetFsNodeParent(3)
- Sets the specified node's parent directory
- cxSetFsNodeType(3)
- Sets the type of node
- cxSetFsNodeUid(3)
- Sets the user ID of the specified node
- cxSetReadFunc(3)
- Sets the read function for this file pointer
- cxSetSeekFunc(3)
- Sets the seek function for this file pointer
- cxSetWriteFunc(3)
- Sets the write function for this file pointer
- cxSplitPath(3)
- Splits the specified path into a directory part and a filename part
- cxStrError(3)
- Returns a string representation of the error
- cxTell(3)
- Returns the current position in the file
- cxUnlinkModule(3)
- Notifies libcomprex that the module is no longer being used
- cxUnloadModule(3)
- Unloads the specified module
- cxref-query(1)
- A program to query the cross reference database from cxref
- czmq(7)
- Overview of The high-level C binding for 0MQ
- d2i_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(3), d2i_ADMISSIONS(3), d2i_ADMISSION_SYNTAX(3), d2i_ASIdOrRange(3), d2i_ASIdentifierChoice(3), d2i_ASIdentifiers(3), d2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING(3), d2i_ASN1_BMPSTRING(3), d2i_ASN1_ENUMERATED(3), d2i_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME(3), d2i_ASN1_GENERALSTRING(3), d2i_ASN1_IA5STRING(3), d2i_ASN1_INTEGER(3), d2i_ASN1_NULL(3), d2i_ASN1_OBJECT(3), d2i_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(3), d2i_ASN1_PRINTABLE(3), d2i_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING(3), d2i_ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY(3), d2i_ASN1_SET_ANY(3), d2i_ASN1_T61STRING(3), d2i_ASN1_TIME(3), d2i_ASN1_TYPE(3), d2i_ASN1_UINTEGER(3), d2i_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING(3), d2i_ASN1_UTCTIME(3), d2i_ASN1_UTF8STRING(3), d2i_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING(3), d2i_ASRange(3), d2i_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS(3), d2i_AUTHORITY_KEYID(3), d2i_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS(3), d2i_CERTIFICATEPOLICIES(3), d2i_CMS_ContentInfo(3), d2i_CMS_ReceiptRequest(3), d2i_CMS_bio(3), d2i_CRL_DIST_POINTS(3), d2i_DHxparams(3), d2i_DIRECTORYSTRING(3), d2i_DISPLAYTEXT(3), d2i_DIST_POINT(3), d2i_DIST_POINT_NAME(3), d2i_DSAPrivateKey(3), d2i_DSAPrivateKey_bio(3), d2i_DSAPrivateKey_fp(3), d2i_DSAPublicKey(3), d2i_DSA_PUBKEY(3), d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(3), d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(3), d2i_DSA_SIG(3), d2i_DSAparams(3), d2i_ECDSA_SIG(3), d2i_ECPKParameters(3), d2i_ECParameters(3), d2i_ECPrivateKey(3), d2i_ECPrivateKey_bio(3), d2i_ECPrivateKey_fp(3), d2i_EC_PUBKEY(3), d2i_EC_PUBKEY_bio(3), d2i_EC_PUBKEY_fp(3), d2i_EDIPARTYNAME(3), d2i_ESS_CERT_ID(3), d2i_ESS_CERT_ID_V2(3), d2i_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(3), d2i_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(3), d2i_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2(3), d2i_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE(3), d2i_GENERAL_NAME(3), d2i_GENERAL_NAMES(3), d2i_IPAddressChoice(3), d2i_IPAddressFamily(3), d2i_IPAddressOrRange(3), d2i_IPAddressRange(3), d2i_ISSUER_SIGN_TOOL(3), d2i_ISSUING_DIST_POINT(3), d2i_NAMING_AUTHORITY(3), d2i_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE(3), d2i_NETSCAPE_SPKAC(3), d2i_NETSCAPE_SPKI(3), d2i_NOTICEREF(3), d2i_OCSP_BASICRESP(3), d2i_OCSP_CERTID(3), d2i_OCSP_CERTSTATUS(3), d2i_OCSP_CRLID(3), d2i_OCSP_ONEREQ(3), d2i_OCSP_REQINFO(3), d2i_OCSP_REQUEST(3), d2i_OCSP_RESPBYTES(3), d2i_OCSP_RESPDATA(3), d2i_OCSP_RESPID(3), d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE(3), d2i_OCSP_REVOKEDINFO(3), d2i_OCSP_SERVICELOC(3), d2i_OCSP_SIGNATURE(3), d2i_OCSP_SINGLERESP(3), d2i_OSSL_CMP_MSG(3), d2i_OSSL_CMP_PKIHEADER(3), d2i_OSSL_CMP_PKISI(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_CERTID(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_CERTTEMPLATE(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_ENCRYPTEDVALUE(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_MSG(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_MSGS(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_PBMPARAMETER(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_PKIPUBLICATIONINFO(3), d2i_OSSL_CRMF_SINGLEPUBINFO(3), d2i_OTHERNAME(3), d2i_PBE2PARAM(3), d2i_PBEPARAM(3), d2i_PBKDF2PARAM(3), d2i_PKCS12(3), d2i_PKCS12_BAGS(3), d2i_PKCS12_MAC_DATA(3), d2i_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(3), d2i_PKCS12_bio(3), d2i_PKCS12_fp(3), d2i_PKCS7(3), d2i_PKCS7_DIGEST(3), d2i_PKCS7_ENCRYPT(3), d2i_PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT(3), d2i_PKCS7_ENVELOPE(3), d2i_PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL(3), d2i_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(3), d2i_PKCS7_SIGNED(3), d2i_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(3), d2i_PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE(3), d2i_PKCS7_bio(3), d2i_PKCS7_fp(3), d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO(3), d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(3), d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(3), d2i_PKCS8_bio(3), d2i_PKCS8_fp(3), d2i_PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD(3), d2i_POLICYINFO(3), d2i_POLICYQUALINFO(3), d2i_PROFESSION_INFO(3), d2i_PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION(3), d2i_PROXY_POLICY(3), d2i_RSAPrivateKey(3), d2i_RSAPrivateKey_bio(3), d2i_RSAPrivateKey_fp(3), d2i_RSAPublicKey(3), d2i_RSAPublicKey_bio(3), d2i_RSAPublicKey_fp(3), d2i_RSA_OAEP_PARAMS(3), d2i_RSA_PSS_PARAMS(3), d2i_RSA_PUBKEY(3), d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(3), d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(3), d2i_SCRYPT_PARAMS(3), d2i_SCT_LIST(3), d2i_SXNET(3), d2i_SXNETID(3), d2i_TS_ACCURACY(3), d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(3), d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(3), d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(3), d2i_TS_REQ(3), d2i_TS_REQ_bio(3), d2i_TS_REQ_fp(3), d2i_TS_RESP(3), d2i_TS_RESP_bio(3), d2i_TS_RESP_fp(3), d2i_TS_STATUS_INFO(3), d2i_TS_TST_INFO(3), d2i_TS_TST_INFO_bio(3), d2i_TS_TST_INFO_fp(3), d2i_USERNOTICE(3), d2i_X509(3), d2i_X509_ALGOR(3), d2i_X509_ALGORS(3), d2i_X509_ATTRIBUTE(3), d2i_X509_CERT_AUX(3), d2i_X509_CINF(3), d2i_X509_CRL(3), d2i_X509_CRL_INFO(3), d2i_X509_CRL_bio(3), d2i_X509_CRL_fp(3), d2i_X509_EXTENSION(3), d2i_X509_EXTENSIONS(3), d2i_X509_NAME(3), d2i_X509_NAME_ENTRY(3), d2i_X509_PUBKEY(3), d2i_X509_PUBKEY_bio(3), d2i_X509_PUBKEY_fp(3), d2i_X509_REQ(3), d2i_X509_REQ_INFO(3), d2i_X509_REQ_bio(3), d2i_X509_REQ_fp(3), d2i_X509_REVOKED(3), d2i_X509_SIG(3), d2i_X509_VAL(3), i2d_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(3), i2d_ADMISSIONS(3), i2d_ADMISSION_SYNTAX(3), i2d_ASIdOrRange(3), i2d_ASIdentifierChoice(3), i2d_ASIdentifiers(3), i2d_ASN1_BIT_STRING(3), i2d_ASN1_BMPSTRING(3), i2d_ASN1_ENUMERATED(3), i2d_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME(3), i2d_ASN1_GENERALSTRING(3), i2d_ASN1_IA5STRING(3), i2d_ASN1_INTEGER(3), i2d_ASN1_NULL(3), i2d_ASN1_OBJECT(3), i2d_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(3), i2d_ASN1_PRINTABLE(3), i2d_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING(3), i2d_ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY(3), i2d_ASN1_SET_ANY(3), i2d_ASN1_T61STRING(3), i2d_ASN1_TIME(3), i2d_ASN1_TYPE(3), i2d_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING(3), i2d_ASN1_UTCTIME(3), i2d_ASN1_UTF8STRING(3), i2d_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING(3), i2d_ASN1_bio_stream(3), i2d_ASRange(3), i2d_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS(3), i2d_AUTHORITY_KEYID(3), i2d_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS(3), i2d_CERTIFICATEPOLICIES(3), i2d_CMS_ContentInfo(3), i2d_CMS_ReceiptRequest(3), i2d_CMS_bio(3), i2d_CRL_DIST_POINTS(3), i2d_DHxparams(3), i2d_DIRECTORYSTRING(3), i2d_DISPLAYTEXT(3), i2d_DIST_POINT(3), i2d_DIST_POINT_NAME(3), i2d_DSAPrivateKey(3), i2d_DSAPrivateKey_bio(3), i2d_DSAPrivateKey_fp(3), i2d_DSAPublicKey(3), i2d_DSA_PUBKEY(3), i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(3), i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(3), i2d_DSA_SIG(3), i2d_DSAparams(3), i2d_ECDSA_SIG(3), i2d_ECPKParameters(3), i2d_ECParameters(3), i2d_ECPrivateKey(3), i2d_ECPrivateKey_bio(3), i2d_ECPrivateKey_fp(3), i2d_EC_PUBKEY(3), i2d_EC_PUBKEY_bio(3), i2d_EC_PUBKEY_fp(3), i2d_EDIPARTYNAME(3), i2d_ESS_CERT_ID(3), i2d_ESS_CERT_ID_V2(3), i2d_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(3), i2d_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(3), i2d_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2(3), i2d_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE(3), i2d_GENERAL_NAME(3), i2d_GENERAL_NAMES(3), i2d_IPAddressChoice(3), i2d_IPAddressFamily(3), i2d_IPAddressOrRange(3), i2d_IPAddressRange(3), i2d_ISSUER_SIGN_TOOL(3), i2d_ISSUING_DIST_POINT(3), i2d_NAMING_AUTHORITY(3), i2d_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE(3), i2d_NETSCAPE_SPKAC(3), i2d_NETSCAPE_SPKI(3), i2d_NOTICEREF(3), i2d_OCSP_BASICRESP(3), i2d_OCSP_CERTID(3), i2d_OCSP_CERTSTATUS(3), i2d_OCSP_CRLID(3), i2d_OCSP_ONEREQ(3), i2d_OCSP_REQINFO(3), i2d_OCSP_REQUEST(3), i2d_OCSP_RESPBYTES(3), i2d_OCSP_RESPDATA(3), i2d_OCSP_RESPID(3), i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE(3), i2d_OCSP_REVOKEDINFO(3), i2d_OCSP_SERVICELOC(3), i2d_OCSP_SIGNATURE(3), i2d_OCSP_SINGLERESP(3), i2d_OSSL_CMP_MSG(3), i2d_OSSL_CMP_PKIHEADER(3), i2d_OSSL_CMP_PKISI(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_CERTID(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_CERTTEMPLATE(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_ENCRYPTEDVALUE(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_MSG(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_MSGS(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_PBMPARAMETER(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_PKIPUBLICATIONINFO(3), i2d_OSSL_CRMF_SINGLEPUBINFO(3), i2d_OTHERNAME(3), i2d_PBE2PARAM(3), i2d_PBEPARAM(3), i2d_PBKDF2PARAM(3), i2d_PKCS12(3), i2d_PKCS12_BAGS(3), i2d_PKCS12_MAC_DATA(3), i2d_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(3), i2d_PKCS12_bio(3), i2d_PKCS12_fp(3), i2d_PKCS7(3), i2d_PKCS7_DIGEST(3), i2d_PKCS7_ENCRYPT(3), i2d_PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT(3), i2d_PKCS7_ENVELOPE(3), i2d_PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL(3), i2d_PKCS7_NDEF(3), i2d_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(3), i2d_PKCS7_SIGNED(3), i2d_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(3), i2d_PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE(3), i2d_PKCS7_bio(3), i2d_PKCS7_fp(3), i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_bio(3), i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_fp(3), i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO(3), i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(3), i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(3), i2d_PKCS8_bio(3), i2d_PKCS8_fp(3), i2d_PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD(3), i2d_POLICYINFO(3), i2d_POLICYQUALINFO(3), i2d_PROFESSION_INFO(3), i2d_PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION(3), i2d_PROXY_POLICY(3), i2d_RSAPrivateKey(3), i2d_RSAPrivateKey_bio(3), i2d_RSAPrivateKey_fp(3), i2d_RSAPublicKey(3), i2d_RSAPublicKey_bio(3), i2d_RSAPublicKey_fp(3), i2d_RSA_OAEP_PARAMS(3), i2d_RSA_PSS_PARAMS(3), i2d_RSA_PUBKEY(3), i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(3), i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(3), i2d_SCRYPT_PARAMS(3), i2d_SCT_LIST(3), i2d_SXNET(3), i2d_SXNETID(3), i2d_TS_ACCURACY(3), i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(3), i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(3), i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(3), i2d_TS_REQ(3), i2d_TS_REQ_bio(3), i2d_TS_REQ_fp(3), i2d_TS_RESP(3), i2d_TS_RESP_bio(3), i2d_TS_RESP_fp(3), i2d_TS_STATUS_INFO(3), i2d_TS_TST_INFO(3), i2d_TS_TST_INFO_bio(3), i2d_TS_TST_INFO_fp(3), i2d_USERNOTICE(3), i2d_X509(3), i2d_X509_ALGOR(3), i2d_X509_ALGORS(3), i2d_X509_ATTRIBUTE(3), i2d_X509_CERT_AUX(3), i2d_X509_CINF(3), i2d_X509_CRL(3), i2d_X509_CRL_INFO(3), i2d_X509_CRL_bio(3), i2d_X509_CRL_fp(3), i2d_X509_EXTENSION(3), i2d_X509_EXTENSIONS(3), i2d_X509_NAME(3), i2d_X509_NAME_ENTRY(3), i2d_X509_PUBKEY(3), i2d_X509_PUBKEY_bio(3), i2d_X509_PUBKEY_fp(3), i2d_X509_REQ(3), i2d_X509_REQ_INFO(3), i2d_X509_REQ_bio(3), i2d_X509_REQ_fp(3), i2d_X509_REVOKED(3), i2d_X509_SIG(3), i2d_X509_VAL(3)
- convert objects from/to ASN.1/DER representation
- d_box_proc(3), d_shadow_box_proc(3)
- Dialog procedure drawing boxes onto the screen. Allegro game programming library
- d_clear_proc(3)
- Dialog procedure to clear the screen. Allegro game programming library
- d_text_proc(3), d_ctext_proc(3), d_rtext_proc(3)
- Dialogs procedure drawing text onto the screen. Allegro game programming library
- dahdi_monitor(8)
- checks the rx/tx levels of DAHDI channels
- dahdi_test(8)
- Test if the DAHDI timer provides timely response
- darkbot(1)
- launches the darkbot
- darkstat(8)
- network statistics gatherer
- darktable-cltest(1)
- check if there is a usable OpenCL environment for darktable to use
- darktable-cmstest(1)
- test if the color management subsystem of your computer is correctly configured
- databases(5)
- the known set of GNATS databases
- date@(1)
- prints the date on a remote host
- dateadd(1)
- Add DURATION to DATE/TIME and print the result
- datediff(1)
- Compute duration from DATE/TIME (the reference date/time) to the other
- dateround(1)
- Round DATE/TIME to the next occurrence of RNDSPEC
- db2ris(1)
- converts DocBook bibliographic data to the RIS format
- dbh_find(3)
- Find the top level subtree FILE_POINTER
- dbh_regen_sweep(3), dbh_regen_fanout(3), dbh_settempdir(3)
- make physical structure of the DBHashTable congruent with logical structure
- dbh_set_data(3), dbh_set_key(3)
- set the record data or record key
- dbh_sweep(3), dbh_fanout(3), dbh_foreach_sweep(3), dbh_foreach_fanout(3), dbh_exit_sweep(3), dbh_exit_fanout(3)
- apply a function to all or part of the DBHashtable
- dblink_build_sql_insert(3)
- builds an INSERT statement using a local tuple, replacing the primary key field values with alternative supplied values
- dblink_build_sql_update(3)
- builds an UPDATE statement using a local tuple, replacing the primary key field values with alternative supplied values
- dblink_cancel_query(3)
- cancels any active query on the named connection
- dblink_error_message(3)
- gets last error message on the named connection
- dblink_get_connections(3)
- returns the names of all open named dblink connections
- dblink_get_pkey(3)
- returns the positions and field names of a relations primary key fields
- dbmail(1)
- the Database Mailer, is a suite of mail storage and retrieval programs centered around a database backend
- dbmail-deliver(1)
- inserts messages into the DBMail mailsystem
- dbmail-export(8)
- export a mailbox from the DBMail mailsystem to mbox format
- dbmail-httpd(8)
- speaks the HTTP-1.1 protocol
- dbmail-imapd(8)
- provides access to the DBMail system to clients supporting Internet Message Access Protocol, IMAP4r1, as specified in RFC 3501
- dbmail-lmtpd(8)
- receive messages from an MTA supporting the Lightweight Mail Transport Protocol, as specified in RFC 2033
- dbmail-pop3d(8)
- provides access to the DBMail system to client support- ing Post Office Protocol, POP3, as specified in RFC 1939
- dbmail-sievecmd(8)
- manipulates Sieve scripts in the DBMail database
- dbmail-timsieved(8)
- speaks the Manage Sieve draft protocol, used for managing Sieve scripts for a users email account
- dbmail-users(8)
- manages the DBMail user database
- dbmail-util(8)
- maintains the integrity and cleanliness of the DBMail datatables
- dbmail.conf(5)
- configuration file for DBMail, the Database Mailer
- dbmmanage(1)
- Manage user authentication files in DBM format
- dbus(n)
- Tcl library for interacting with the DBus
- dbwrap_tool(1)
- low level TDB/CTDB manipulation tool using the dbwrap interface
- dc1394_reset_bus(1)
- resets the IEEE1394 bus
- dcd-client(1)
- autocompletion client for the D programming language
- dcd-server(1)
- autocompletion server for the D programming language
- dcmqrti(1)
- The Terminal Initiator Telnet Client Program
- dconf-service(1)
- D-Bus service for writes to the dconf database
- ddgr(1)
- DuckDuckGo from the terminal
- ddpt(8)
- copies data between files and storage devices. Support for devices that understand the SCSI command set
- decbddrefext(3)
- decrements the external reference of a bdd node. man1/alc_origin.1
- decbddrefint(3)
- decrements the internal reference of a bdd node. man1/alc_origin.1
- decode-dimms(1)
- decode the information found in memory module SPD EEPROMs
- decomposemail(1)
- decompose mailboxes into their component email messages
- defab(3)
- defines the abutment box of a phfig man1/alc_origin.1
- default_palette(3)
- The default IBM BIOS palette. Allegro game programming library
- delch(3x), wdelch(3x), mvdelch(3x), mvwdelch(3x)
- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
- delcr(1)
- removes a CR (
) at the end of each line of input, if a CR is present
- delete(i4), itcl::delete(i4)
- delete things in the interpreter
- delete(itcl)
- delete things in the interpreter
- delete_file(3)
- Removes a file from the disk. Allegro game programming library
- delp(1)
- The Free Pascal file deletion tool
- delrdsrecwindow(3)
- deletes a rectangle from the windowing of rds structure. man1/alc_origin.1
- denature(1)
- -- A script to convert an html file to an xsl-fo file, then using FOP, to a pdf
- depot(3), Depot(3)
- the basic API of QDBM
- des_modes(7)
- the variants of DES and other crypto algorithms of OpenSSL
- design_coupler(1)
- for designing directional couplers (part of the atlc package)
- desktop_color_depth(3)
- Finds out the desktop color depth. Allegro game programming library
- desktop_palette(3)
- The palette used by the Atari ST low resolution desktop. Allegro game programming library
- desktopctl(1)
- Control interface for the desktop manager
- destroy(1), Destroy(1)
- Destroy files from the harddisk in a secure manner
- destroyBdd(3)
- removes the BDDs system
- destroy_font(3)
- Frees the memory being used by a font structure. Allegro game programming library
- destroy_gfx_mode_list(3)
- Frees the list created by get_gfx_mode_list(). Allegro game programming library
- destroy_scene(3)
- Deallocates the memory used by a scene. Allegro game programming library
- destroybddassoc(3)
- frees all the variable associations. man1/alc_origin.1
- detect_digi_driver(3)
- Detects whether the specified digital sound device is available. Allegro game programming library
- detect_midi_driver(3)
- Detects whether the specified MIDI sound device is available. Allegro game programming library
- devilspie(1)
- perform actions on windows as they are created
- dfeedinfo(8)
- Display and manipulate the realtime feed statistics
- dga(1)
- test program for the XFree86-DGA extension
- dgrpctl(8)
- add, delete and modify newsgroups in the active file
- dhcdrop(8)
- program for searching and suppress false DHCP servers in Ethernet
- dhcpcd-online(8)
- a utility to work out if dhcpcd(8) is in the connected state
- dhcpclient(1)
- Send a DHCP request with provided RADIUS attributes and get the output response
- dhisexpire(8)
- Diablo program to clean the history file
- dialog_message(3)
- Sends a message to all the objects in an array. Allegro game programming library
- didump(8)
- Diablo program to dump the dhistory database diload - Diablo program to append to the dhistory database
- digest_file_auth(8)
- File based digest authentication helper for Squid. Version 1.1
- digitaglinktree(1)
- Export tag structure of photos in digikam to the filesystem
- dilookup(8)
- Diablo program to run searches on the dhistory file
- direnv-stdlib(1)
- functions for the .envrc
- dirmngr-client(1)
- Tool to access the Dirmngr services
- disable_hardware_cursor(3)
- Disables the OS hardware cursor. Allegro game programming library
- dispersion.conf(5)
- configuration file for the openstack-swift dispersion tools
- distance(3)
- compute the distance between two pieces of data
- distort(6)
- distort the content of the screen in interesting ways
- distrib.pats(5)
- Default values for the Distribution: header
- distributions(5)
- Recommended values for the Distribution: header
- distviper(8)
- wipe outdated files from the FreeBSD ports distdir
- dithermap(3), bwdithermap(3), make_square(3), dithergb(3), ditherbw(3)
- functions for dithering color or black and white images
- django-admin(1)
- Utility script for the Django Web framework rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- djvuserve(1)
- Generate indirect DjVu documents on the fly
- djvutxt(1)
- Extract the hidden text from DjVu documents
- dlys(5)
- format of .dlys files read by the SCALD simulator and timing verifier
- dm-tool(1)
- a tool to control the display manager
- dmitry(1), DMitry(1)
- Deepmagic Information Gathering Tool
- dns-ethers(1)
- generate /etc/ethers entries from DNS tables "dns-ethers(1)" "generate /etc/ethers entries from DNS tables"
- dns-ethers-import(1)
- generate DNS tables from /etc/ethers entries "dns-ethers-import(1)" "generate DNS tables from /etc/ethers entries"
- dnsfilter(1)
- reverse-resolves IP addresses, converting them to host names
- dnshistory(1)
- processes various log file formats doing dns IP Address lookups. Store these pairs in a database for later retrieval
- dnsmx(1)
- prints the MX records of fqdn
- dnsname(1)
- does a reverse lookup for the IP address
- dnsqr(1)
- asks for records of type t under the domain name fqdn
- dnssec-importkey(8)
- import DNSKEY records from external systems so they can be managed rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- dnssec-revoke(8)
- set the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- dnssec-settime(8)
- set the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- dnstable_merge(1)
- merge multiple dnstable data files together
- dnstracer(8)
- trace a chain of DNS servers to the source
- dnstxt(1)
- prints the TXT record of fqdn
- dnsviz-graph(1)
- graph the assessment of diagnostic DNS queries
- dnsviz-print(1)
- print the assessment of diagnostic DNS queries
- do_arc(3)
- Calculates all the points in a circular arc. Allegro game programming library
- do_circle(3)
- Calculates all the points in a circle. Allegro game programming library
- do_ellipse(3)
- Calculates all the points in an ellipse. Allegro game programming library
- do_line(3)
- Calculates all the points along a line. Allegro game programming library
- do_uconvert(3)
- Converts a string to another encoding format. Allegro game programming library
- doas(1)
- execute commands as another user
- doormand(8)
- The doorman daemon
- doormand.cf(5)
- The doormand configuration file
- dot_product(3), dot_product_f(3)
- Calculates the dot product. Allegro game programming library
- dotcache(5), .cache(5)
- description files for the GoFish gopher server
- doveadm-altmove(1)
- Move matching mails to the alternative storage (dbox-only)
- doveadm-auth(1)
- Flush/lookup/test authentication data
- doveadm-dump(1)
- Dump the content of Dovecot(aqs binary mailbox index/log
- doveadm-fs(1)
- Interact with the abstract mail storage filesystem
- doveadm-fts(1)
- Manipulate the Full Text Search (FTS) index
- doveadm-instance(1)
- Manage the list of running Dovecot instances
- doveadm-move(1)
- Move messages matching the given search query into another mailbox doveadm-copy - Copy messages matching the given search query into another mailbox
- doveadm-who(1)
- Show who is logged in to the Dovecot server
- doverctl(8)
- Perform functions on the overview directory and file structure
- dpkg-architecture(1)
- set and determine the architecture for package building
- dpkg-query(1)
- a tool to query the dpkg database
- dqtool(1)
- Display the contents of a disk-buffer file created with
- draw_character_ex(3)
- Draws non transparent pixels of the sprite with a color. Allegro game programming library
- draw_sprite(3)
- Draws a copy of the sprite onto the destination bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- draw_sprite_ex(3)
- Draws a optionally flipped/blended/tinted sprite on the bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- draw_sprite_v_flip(3), draw_sprite_h_flip(3), draw_sprite_vh_flip(3)
- Draws the sprite transformed to the destination bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- draw_trans_sprite(3)
- Draws a sprite blending it with the destination. Allegro game programming library
- drawing_mode(3)
- Sets the graphics drawing mode. Allegro game programming library
- driftnet(1)
- capture images from network traffic and display them in an X window; optionally, capture audio streams and play them
- drmAvailable(3)
- determine whether a DRM kernel driver has been loaded
- dropbearkey(1)
- create private keys for the use with dropbear(8) or dbclient(1)
- drracket(1)
- the Racket programming environment
- drumstick-sysinfo(1)
- A Drumstick command line utility to get information about the ALSA sequencer
- dsc.conf(5)
- Configuration for the DNS Statistics Collector
- dshbak(1)
- format the output of dsh
- dskdump(1)
- Sector-level copy from one floppy or image file to another
- dsktrans(1)
- Copy from one floppy or image file to another
- dspam_crc(1)
- calculate the DSPAM CRC/hash value for a text token
- dsyncgroups(8)
- Obtain active file and group description info from a remote NNTP host and update the local dactive.kp (or specified KP database)
- dtach(1)
- simple program that emulates the detach feature of screen
- dumpdb(1)
- The Freeze database inspector
- dumpreg(1)
- dump the state of the card as the svgalib chipset driver sees it
- dune-build(1), duneN'45'build(1)
- N'45' Build the given targets, or all installable targets if none are givenN'46'
- dune-clean(1), duneN'45'clean(1)
- N'45' Clean the projectN'46'
- dune-config(5), duneN'45'config(5)
- N'45' configuring the dune build system
- dune-external-lib-deps(1), duneN'45'externalN'45'libN'45'deps(1)
- N'45' Print out external libraries needed to build the given targetsN'46'
- dune-installed-libraries(1), duneN'45'installedN'45'libraries(1)
- N'45' Print out libraries installed on the systemN'46'
- dune-printenv(1), duneN'45'printenv(1)
- N'45' Print the environment of a directory
- dune-promote(1), duneN'45'promote(1)
- N'45' Promote files from the last run
- dunecontrol(1)
- Control program for the Dune build system
- dungeon(6)
- Adventures in the Dungeons of Doom
- dungeoncrawl(6), crawl(6)
- play the roguelike game of crawl
- duo(3)
- Duo authentication service
- dvconnect(1)
- receive or transmit raw DV using the video1394 device
- dvisvgm(1)
- converts DVI and EPS files to the XML-based SVG format
- dwfilter(1)
- reformat text with dwdiff for further processing
- dx(l)
- start the Data Explorer visualization system. Optionally directly start the User Interface (dxui), the executive (dxexec), the Data Prompter, the Module Builder or the Tutorial
- dystmgr(1)
- the command line utility of the core API
- dystopia(3)
- the core API
- dysttest(1)
- test cases of the core API
- e16(1)
- The Enlightenment DR16 window manager
- e2label(8)
- Change the label on an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem
- easside-ng(8)
- an auto-magic tool which allows you to communicate via an WEP-encrypted AP without knowing the key
- easystroke(1), The(1)
- X11 gesture recognition application
- eboard-addtheme(1)
- a program to easily install new eboard board and sound themes
- eboard-config(1)
- program to get information about the installed eboard
- ecalength(1)
- prints audio file length and other information
- eclat-clrsattr(1), eclat-reset-snapshot-attribute(1)
- reset permission settings for the specified snapshot
- eclat-cpimg(1), eclat-copy-image(1)
- create a copy of the Amazon image
- eclat-cpsnap(1), eclat-copy-snapshot(1)
- copy snapshot from another region
- eclat-dmesg(1), eclat-get-console-output(1)
- get console output from the instance
- eclat-lsaattr(1), eclat-describe-image-attribute(1)
- lists the attribute of an image
- eclat-lssattr(1), eclat-describe-snapshot-attribute(1)
- lists the attribute of a EBS snapshot
- eclat-lstag(1), eclat-describe-tags(1)
- list the EC2 tags
- eclat-setsattr(1), eclat-modify-snapshot-attribute(1)
- modify permission settings for the specified snapshot
- edit-pr(1)
- edit a problem report in the GNATS database
- editcap(1)
- Edit and/or translate the format of capture files
- efax(1)
- send/receive faxes with Class 1, 2 or 2.0 fax modem (Please read the fax man page first.)
- egk-tool(1)
- displays information on the German electronic health card (elektronische Gesundheitskarte, eGK)
- elfedit(1)
- Update the ELF header of ELF files
- elfls(1)
- display the contents of an ELF file
- elixir(1)
- The Elixir script runner
- elixirc(1)
- The Elixir compiler
- elmo(1)
- The ELectronic Mail Operator
- elpa_allocate(3)
- allocate an instance of the ELPA library
- elpa_autotune_print_state(3)
- prints the current state of an ELPA autotuning object
- elpa_autotune_save_state(3)
- saves the current state of an ELPA autotuning object
- elpa_deallocate(3)
- deallocate an instance of the ELPA library after usage
- elpa_eigenvalues(3)
- computes the eigenvalues of a real symmetric or complex hermitian matrix
- elpa_eigenvectors(3)
- computes the eigenvalues and (part of) the eigenvector spectrum for a real symmetric or complex hermitian matrix
- elpa_generalized_eigenvalues(3)
- computes the eigenvalues of a generalized eigenvalue problem for real symmetric or complex hermitian matrices
- elpa_generalized_eigenvectors(3)
- computes the generalized eigenvalues and (part of) the eigenvector spectrum for a real symmetric or complex hermitian matrix
- elpa_init(3)
- initialize the ELPA library
- elpa_load_settings(3)
- loads the setting of an elpa object
- elpa_print_settings(3)
- prints the setting of an elpa object
- elpa_set(3)
- set parameter or tunables for the ELPA library
- elpa_setup(3)
- setup an instance of the ELPA library
- elpa_solve_tridiagonal(3)
- computes the eigenvalue problem for real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
- elpa_store_settings(3)
- stores the setting of an elpa object
- elpa_uninit(3)
- uninitialize the ELPA library
- em(4)
- Intel® Ethernet Driver for the FreeBSD* operating system
- emerald(1)
- The Emerald Windows Decorator
- emerald-theme-manager(1)
- The Emerald Theme Manager
- empire(6)
- the wargame of the century
- en2ris(1)
- converts EndNote bibliographic data to the RIS format
- enable_hardware_cursor(3)
- Enables the OS hardware cursor. Allegro game programming library
- enber(1)
- Convert the unber XML output back into BER
- encapsulate(1)
- multiplex several channels over a single socket with sampling of remote process exit status, and provide conversation termination without closing the socket. netpipes 4.2
- encode_keychange(1)
- produce the KeyChange string for SNMPv3
- enma(1)
- A milter program for domain authentication technologies
- entangle(1)
- tethered camera control & capture
- entrez2(1)
- a graphical client for the NCBI Entrez retrieval system
- envdir(8)
- runs another program with environment modified according to files in a specified directory
- envuidgid(8)
- runs another program with environment variables indicating a specified account's uid and gid
- eom(1)
- The Eye of MATE Image Viewer
- epix(1), ePiX(1)
- Utilities for creating mathematically accurate figures
- epte(1)
- Electronic Periodic Table of the Elements
- eq(3), ecq(3)
- string equality test. countchar, countchar2, countstr count characters and strings within the string. replace, replace_detach, limittextwidth miscellaneous text functions
- estcall(1)
- command line interface of the node API
- estcmd(1)
- command line interface of the core API
- estnode(3), estnode.h(3)
- the node API of Hyper Estraier
- estraier(3), estraier.h(3)
- the core API of Hyper Estraier
- etherape(1)
- graphical network traffic browser
- etruscanvenus(6)
- Draws a 3d immersion of a Klein bottle that smoothly deforms between the Etruscan Venus surface, the Roman surface, the Boy surface surface, and the Ida surface
- ettercap(8)
- Man page for the Ncurses GUI
- ettercap(8)
- multipurpose sniffer/content filter for man in the middle attacks
- eu-elfclassify(1)
- Determine the type of an ELF file
- eventlog.cgi(1)
- CGI program to report the Xymon eventlog
- eventlogadm(8)
- push records into the Samba event log store
- eventtest(6)
- test the waitevent function of svgalib
- evince(1)
- GNOME document viewer The Evince Document Viewer application for the GNOME desktop environment
- ewfacquire(1)
- acquires data in the EWF format
- ewfacquirestream(1)
- acquires data in the EWF format from stdin
- exconfig(3)
- Using the configuration routines. Allegro game programming library
- exdata(3)
- Accessing the contents of datafiles. Allegro game programming library
- exgui(3)
- Using the GUI routines. Allegro game programming library
- exifcom(1)
- display or set the UserComment tag contained in a JPEG Exif section
- exifgrep(1)
- select and reformat the output of exifprobe
- exiftags(1)
- output the properties contained in a JPEG Exif section
- exiftime(1)
- display or adjust date & time Exif tags; list files ordered by their Exif date & time tags
- exit.tcl85(n), exit(n)
- End the application
- exit.tcl86(n), exit(n)
- End the application
- exit.tcl87(n), exit(n)
- End the application
- exkeys(3)
- How to get input from the keyboard in different ways. Allegro game programming library
- exmem(3)
- Drawing onto memory bitmaps and then blitting them to the screen. Allegro game programming library
- exmh(1)
- An introduction to the exmh mail user interface
- exmouse(3)
- Getting input from the mouse. Allegro game programming library
- expect_multixterm(1), multixterm(1)
- drive multiple xterms separately or together
- expire(8)
- delete old articles from the new spool
- expireover(8)
- Expire entries from the news overview database
- explain_gethostid_or_die(3)
- get the unique identifier of the current host
- explain_program_name(3)
- manipulate the program name require_index { }
- explain_raise_or_die(3)
- send a signal to the caller and report errors require_index { "send a signal to the caller and report errors" }
- explain_realpath_or_die(3)
- return canonical pathname and report errors require_index { "return the canonicalized absolute pathname and report errors" }
- explain_rename_or_die(3)
- change the name of a file and report errors require_index { "change the name of a file and report errors" }
- explain_setgrent_or_die(3)
- rewind group database and report errors require_index { "rewind to the start of the group database and report errors" }
- explain_setreuid_or_die(3)
- set the real and effective user ID and report errors require_index { "set the real and effective user ID and report errors" }
- explain_setsid_or_die(3)
- sets process group ID and report errors require_index { "creates a session and sets the process group ID and report errors" }
- explain_sleep_or_die(3)
- Sleep for a number of seconds and report errors require_index { "Sleep for the specified number of seconds and report errors" }
- explain_strcoll_or_die(3)
- compare strings using current locale and report errors require_index { "compare two strings using the current locale and report errors" }
- explode(8cn)
- expand a relaynews master batch file into all the ordinary batch files implied
- exrstats(1)
- display statistics about the contents of an OpenEXR image
- exscn3d(3)
- Using the 3d scene functions. Allegro game programming library
- exswitch(3)
- Controlling the console switch mode for background running. Allegro game programming library
- ext2(5)
- the second extended file system ext3 - the third extended file system ext4 - the fourth extended file system
- ext_sensors.conf(5)
- Slurm configuration file for the external sensors plugin
- extcap(4)
- The extcap interface
- extconv(1)
- convert a TeX document in either Big 5+ or GBK encoding into `preprocessed' form
- extimer(3)
- Using the timer (delays and interrupts). Allegro game programming library
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- eyeclock(1), EyeClock(1)
- A clock application for X. The eyes follow the mouse pointer
- ezmlm-cgi(1)
- provide WWW access to the list archive
- ezmlm-dispatch(1)
- Dispatch an email to other ezmlm programs
- ezmlm-list(1)
- show the addresses on a mailing list
- ezmlm-rmtab(1)
- remove the subscriber tables for a mailing list
- ezmlm-store(1)
- store messages posted to a moderated lists and send moderation requests to the moderator(s)
- ezmlmglrc(5)
- set up the global ezmlm interface
- ezstream-file.sh(1)
- script to stream files from the command line
- f2c(1)
- Convert Fortran 77 to C or C++ " f^2c changed to f2c in the previous line for the benefit of " people on systems (e.g. Sun systems) whose makewhatis cannot " cope with troff formatting commands
- facter(8)
- Gather system information
- fade_from(3)
- Gradually fades the palette between two others. Allegro game programming library
- fade_from_range(3)
- Gradually fades a part of the palette between two others. Allegro game programming library
- fade_in(3)
- Gradually fades the palette from black. Allegro game programming library
- fade_in_range(3)
- Gradually fades a part of the palette from black. Allegro game programming library
- fade_interpolate(3)
- Calculates a new palette interpolated between two others. Allegro game programming library
- fade_out(3)
- Gradually fades the palette to black. Allegro game programming library
- fade_out_range(3)
- Gradually fades a part of the palette to black. Allegro game programming library
- fail2ban(1)
- a set of server and client programs to limit brute force authentication attempts
- fail2ban-client(1)
- configure and control the server
- fail2ban-jail.conf(5), jail.conf(5)
- configuration for the fail2ban server
- fail2ban-server(1)
- start the server
- faketime(1)
- manipulate the system time for a given command
- falconseye(6), nethack(6)
- Exploring The Mazes of Menace
- fame_get_object(3)
- get an object from the library
- fame_init(3)
- initialize the fame library
- fame_open(3)
- open the fame library
- fame_register(3)
- register an object to the library
- fame_unregister(3)
- unregister a type from the library
- fasta(1)
- scan a protein or DNA sequence library for similar sequences tfasta - compare a protein sequence to a DNA sequence library, translating the DNA sequence library `on-the-fly'. lfasta - compare two protein or DNA sequences for local similarity and show the local sequence alignments plfasta - compare two sequences for local similarity and plot the local sequence alignments
- fasta36(1)
- scan a protein or DNA sequence library for similar sequences fastx36 - compare a DNA sequence to a protein sequence database, comparing the translated DNA sequence in forward and reverse frames. tfastx36 - compare a protein sequence to a DNA sequence database, calculating similarities with frameshifts to the forward and reverse orientations. fasty36 - compare a DNA sequence to a protein sequence database, comparing the translated DNA sequence in forward and reverse frames. tfasty36 - compare a protein sequence to a DNA sequence database, calculating similarities with frameshifts to the forward and reverse orientations. fasts36 - compare unordered peptides to a protein sequence database fastm36 - compare ordered peptides (or short DNA sequences) to a protein (DNA) sequence database tfasts36 - compare unordered peptides to a translated DNA sequence database fastf36 - compare mixed peptides to a protein sequence database tfastf36 - compare mixed peptides to a translated DNA sequence database ssearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database using the Smith-Waterman algorithm. ggsearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database using a global alignment (Needleman-Wunsch) glsearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database with alignments that are global in the query and local in the database sequence (global-local). lalign36 - produce multiple non-overlapping alignments for protein and DNA sequences using the Huang and Miller sim algorithm for the Waterman-Eggert algorithm. prss36, prfx36 - discontinued; all the FASTA programs will estimate statistical significance using 500 shuffled sequence scores if two sequences are compared
- faxadduser(8c)
- add a fax user to the permissions file
- faxanswer(8c)
- tell a server to answer the telephone
- faxdeluser(8c)
- delete a fax user from the permissions file
- faxq-helper(8)
- privileged helper process to access the fax queue
- fblocked.tcl85(n), fblocked(n)
- Test whether the last input operation exhausted all available input
- fblocked.tcl86(n), fblocked(n)
- Test whether the last input operation exhausted all available input
- fblocked.tcl87(n), fblocked(n)
- Test whether the last input operation exhausted all available input
- fbsetroot(1)
- a simple background utility used by the fluxbox(1) window manager, originally written for and by the original blackbox(1) window manager
- fc-conflist(1)
- Show the ruleset files information on the system
- fcat(1)
- Output the contents of a file based on its name
- fceux(6)
- emulator for the Nintendo Entertainment System and Famicom
- fconf2(1), fconf2*(1)
- Converts fidoconfig to another format
- fcopy.tcl85(n), fcopy(n)
- Copy data from one channel to another
- fcopy.tcl86(n), fcopy(n)
- Copy data from one channel to another
- fcopy.tcl87(n), fcopy(n)
- Copy data from one channel to another
- fdnscname(1)
- resolve the canonical name of a host
- fdnsmxalist(1)
- resolve a list of MX records and their corresponding A records for hostname
- fence_legacy(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- fence_pcmk(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- ffind(1)
- Finds the name of the file or directory using a given inode
- ffmpeg2theora(1)
- command-line converter to create Ogg Theora and Ogg Vorbis files
- fgcom(1)
- VoIP client for the FlightGear radio infrastructure
- fgfs(1)
- the FlightGear flight simulator
- fi_atomic(3)
- Remote atomic functions fi_atomic / fi_atomicv / fi_atomicmsg / fi_inject_atomic Initiates an atomic operation to remote memory fi_fetch_atomic / fi_fetch_atomicv / fi_fetch_atomicmsg Initiates an atomic operation to remote memory, retrieving the initial value. fi_compare_atomic / fi_compare_atomicv / fi_compare_atomicmsg Initiates an atomic compare-operation to remote memory, retrieving the initial value. fi_atomicvalid / fi_fetch_atomicvalid / fi_compare_atomicvalid / fi_query_atomic : Indicates if a provider supports a specific atomic operation
- fi_av(3)
- Address vector operations fi_av_open / fi_close Open or close an address vector fi_av_bind Associate an address vector with an event queue. fi_av_insert / fi_av_insertsvc / fi_av_remove Insert/remove an address into/from the address vector. fi_av_lookup Retrieve an address stored in the address vector. fi_av_straddr Convert an address into a printable string
- fi_cntr(3)
- Completion and event counter operations fi_cntr_open / fi_close Allocate/free a counter fi_cntr_read Read the current value of a counter fi_cntr_readerr Reads the number of operations which have completed in error. fi_cntr_add Increment a counter by a specified value fi_cntr_set Set a counter to a specified value fi_cntr_wait Wait for a counter to be greater or equal to a threshold value
- fi_endpoint(3)
- Fabric endpoint operations fi_endpoint / fi_scalable_ep / fi_passive_ep / fi_close Allocate or close an endpoint. fi_ep_bind Associate an endpoint with hardware resources, such as event queues, completion queues, counters, address vectors, or shared transmit/receive contexts. fi_scalable_ep_bind Associate a scalable endpoint with an address vector fi_pep_bind Associate a passive endpoint with an event queue fi_enable Transitions an active endpoint into an enabled state. fi_cancel Cancel a pending asynchronous data transfer fi_ep_alias Create an alias to the endpoint fi_control Control endpoint operation. fi_getopt / fi_setopt Get or set endpoint options. fi_rx_context / fi_tx_context / fi_srx_context / fi_stx_context Open a transmit or receive context. fi_tc_dscp_set / fi_tc_dscp_get Convert between a DSCP value and a network traffic class fi_rx_size_left / fi_tx_size_left (DEPRECATED) Query the lower bound on how many RX/TX operations may be posted without an operation returning -FI_EAGAIN. This functions have been deprecated and will be removed in a future version of the library
- fi_hook(7)
- The Hook Fabric Provider Utility
- fi_join_collective(3)
- Operation where a subset of peers join a new collective group. fi_barrier Collective operation that does not complete until all peers have entered the barrier call. fi_broadcast A single sender transmits data to all peers, including itself. fi_alltoall Each peer distributes a slice of its local data to all peers. fi_allreduce Collective operation where all peers broadcast an atomic operation to all other peers. fi_allgather Each peer sends a complete copy of its local data to all peers. fi_reduce_scatter Collective call where data is collected from all peers and merged (reduced). The results of the reduction is distributed back to the peers, with each peer receiving a slice of the results. fi_reduce Collective call where data is collected from all peers to a root peer and merged (reduced). fi_scatter A single sender distributes (scatters) a slice of its local data to all peers. fi_gather All peers send their data to a root peer. fi_query_collective Returns information about which collective operations are supported by a provider, and limitations on the collective
- fi_mr(3)
- Memory region operations fi_mr_reg / fi_mr_regv / fi_mr_regattr Register local memory buffers for direct fabric access fi_close Deregister registered memory buffers. fi_mr_desc Return a local descriptor associated with a registered memory region fi_mr_key Return the remote key needed to access a registered memory region fi_mr_raw_attr Return raw memory region attributes. fi_mr_map_raw Converts a raw memory region key into a key that is usable for data transfer operations. fi_mr_unmap_key Releases a previously mapped raw memory region key. fi_mr_bind Associate a registered memory region with a completion counter or an endpoint. fi_mr_refresh Updates the memory pages associated with a memory region. fi_mr_enable Enables a memory region for use
- fi_mrail(7)
- The Multi-Rail Utility Provider
- fi_rxm(7)
- The RxM (RDM over MSG) Utility Provider
- fi_sockets(7)
- The Sockets Fabric Provider
- fi_tcp(7)
- The msg sockets Fabric Provider
- fi_udp(7)
- The UDP Fabric Provider
- fi_verbs(7)
- The Verbs Fabric Provider
- fi_version(3)
- Version of the library interfaces
- fido2-token(1)
- find and manage a FIDO 2 authenticator
- fido_assert_allow_cred(3)
- appends a credential ID to the list of credentials allowed in an assertion
- fido_assert_verify(3)
- verifies the signature of a FIDO 2 assertion statement
- fido_bio_dev_get_info(3), fido_bio_dev_enroll_begin(3), fido_bio_dev_enroll_continue(3), fido_bio_dev_enroll_cancel(3), fido_bio_dev_enroll_remove(3), fido_bio_dev_get_template_array(3), fido_bio_dev_set_template_name(3)
- FIDO 2 biometric authenticator API
- fido_cred_verify(3)
- verifies the signature of a FIDO 2 credential
- fido_init(3)
- initialise the FIDO 2 library
- fieldlines(1)
- simulation of the electric field lines between charged particles
- file_select_ex(3)
- Displays the Allegro file selector with a caption
- file_size_ex(3)
- Returns the size of a file in bytes. Allegro game programming library
- file_time(3)
- Returns the modification time of a file. Allegro game programming library
- filedaemon(1)
- Invoke another program on files matching a glob pattern
- filepath(3)
- return the whole search path of a file man1/alc_origin.1
- fillets(6)
- puzzle game about witty fish saving the world sokoban style
- filter_create_fd(3), filter_create_fd (3)
- Create a sub process and return the requested pipes
- filter_wait(3), filter_wait (3)
- wrap waitpid to decode the exitcode and why your filter quit
- find-cursor(1)
- highlight the cursor position
- find_dialog_focus(3)
- Searches the dialog for the object which has the input focus. Allegro game programming library
- finger(1)
- display information about other users
- firedns_getcname(3)
- Create a query to resolve the canonical name of a host
- firedns_resolvecname(3)
- Resolve the canonical name of a host
- firedns_resolvemxalist(3)
- Resolve a list of MX records of a hostname and their corresponding A records
- firestring_chomp(3)
- trim excess whitespace from the end of a string
- firestring_chug(3)
- trim excess whitespace from the beginning of a string
- firestring_estr_aestrcat(3)
- concatentate an estring onto another estring, expanding the destination if necessary
- firestring_estr_aestrcpy(3)
- copy an estring into another estring, expanding the destination if necessary
- firestring_estr_astrcpy(3)
- copy a string into an estring, expanding the destination if necessary
- firestring_estr_base64_decode(3)
- decode an estring encoded via base64 into another estring
- firestring_estr_base64_encode(3)
- encode an estring via base64 into another estring
- firestring_estr_chomp(3)
- remove whitespace from the end of an estring
- firestring_estr_chug(3)
- remove whitespace from the beginning of an estring
- firestring_estr_estrcat(3)
- concatentate an estring onto another estring
- firestring_estr_estrcpy(3)
- copy an estring into another estring
- firestring_estr_ip_chug(3)
- remove whitespace from the beginning of an estring
- firestring_estr_ip_trim(3)
- remove whitespace from the beginning and end of an estring
- firestring_estr_munch(3)
- remove characters from the beginning of an estring
- firestring_estr_replace(3)
- Replace occurences of one string with another
- firestring_estr_replace(3)
- Replace occurences of one string with another, allocating space if needed
- firestring_estr_trim(3)
- remove whitespace from the beginning and end of an estring
- firestring_estr_xml_decode(3)
- decode an estring from XML quoted data into ASCII into another estring
- firestring_estr_xml_encode(3)
- encode an estring into another estring for transmission inside XML data
- firestring_set_error_handler(3)
- set the function to be called on an allocation failure
- firestring_trim(3)
- trim excess whitespace from the start and end of a string
- first(5)
- output data file format The data files created by the Yagi-Uda projects first are in the same format as created by input and are described under input(5)
- fish(1)
- the friendly interactive shell rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- fits-guess-scale(1)
- Try to guess the scale of an image based on FITS headers
- five-or-more(6), Five or More(6)
- GNOME port of the once-popular Colour Lines game
- fix132x43(1)
- fix problems with certain (132 column) graphics modes dump the state of the card as the svgalib chipset driver sees it
- fix_filename_slashes(3)
- Converts all the directory separators to a standard character. Allegro game programming library
- fixatan2(3)
- Fixed point version of the libc atan2() routine. Allegro game programming library
- fixceil(3)
- Returns the smallest integer not less than x. Allegro game programming library
- fixcrio(1)
- inserts missing CRs at the ends of lines
- fixfloor(3)
- Returns the greatest integer not greater than x. Allegro game programming library
- fixincludes(1)
- Reduce the number of #includes in KDE source files
- fixmul(3)
- Multiplies two fixed point values together. Allegro game programming library
- fixproc(1)
- Fixes a process by performing the specified action
- flam3-animate(1), flam3-animate flam3-render flam3-genome flam3-convert(1)
- render and animate FLAM3s and manipulate their genomes
- flam3-convert(1), flam3-animate flam3-render flam3-genome flam3-convert(1)
- render and animate FLAM3s and manipulate their genomes
- flam3-genome(1), flam3-animate flam3-render flam3-genome flam3-convert(1)
- render and animate FLAM3s and manipulate their genomes
- flam3-render(1), flam3-animate flam3-render flam3-genome flam3-convert(1)
- render and animate FLAM3s and manipulate their genomes
- flatablexpr(3)
- merges the operators of an expression man1/alc_origin.1
- flatbeh(1)
- Synthetize a behavioral description from a structural description
- flex(1)
- the fast lexical analyser generator
- fli_bitmap(3)
- Contains the current frame of the animation. Allegro game programming library
- fli_bmp_dirty_from(3), fli_bmp_dirty_to(3)
- Indicate which parts of the image have changed. Allegro game programming library
- fli_frame(3)
- Stores the current frame number of the animation. Allegro game programming library
- fli_pal_dirty_from(3), fli_pal_dirty_to(3)
- Indicate which parts of the palette have changed. Allegro game programming library
- fli_palette(3)
- Contains the current palette of the animation. Allegro game programming library
- flickcurl-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of flickcurl
- flipscreen3d(6)
- rotates an image of the screen through 3 dimensions
- flist(1), flists(1)
- list the number of nmh messages in given sequences
- floppyd(1)
- floppy daemon for remote access to floppy drive floppyd_installtest - tests whether floppyd is installed and running '" t TQ \$1 . (is' (if` (pd"
- floppyd_installtest(1)
- tests whether floppyd is installed and running '" t TQ \$1 . (is' (if` (pd"
- flow-dscan(1)
- Detect scanning and other suspicious network activity
- flow-export(1)
- Export flow-tools files into other NetFlow packages
- flow-import(1)
- Import flows into flow-tools from other NetFlow packages
- flow-log2rrd(1)
- Process the STAT: lines from flow-capture and flow-fanout to RRD files
- flow-receive(1)
- Receive flow data with the NetFlow protocol
- flow-rptfmt(1)
- Format the output of flow-report in ASCII or HTML
- flow-send(1)
- Transmit flow data with the NetFlow protocol
- flow6(1)
- A security assessment tool for the IPv6 Flow Label field
- flowgrind-stop(1)
- helper tool for the advanced TCP traffic generator flowgrind
- fltk(3)
- the fast light tool kit
- fltk-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of fltk
- fluid(1)
- the fast light user-interface designer
- fluidballs(6)
- the physics of bouncing balls
- fluidsynth(1), FluidSynth(1)
- a SoundFont synthesizer
- flush_config_file(3)
- Flushes the current config file to disk. Allegro game programming library
- fluxbox(1)
- A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System
- fluxbox-style(5)
- A comprehensive look at styles/themes for fluxbox(1)
- flwm(1)
- The Fast Light Window Manager
- focus.tk85(n), focus(n)
- Manage the input focus
- focus.tk86(n), focus(n)
- Manage the input focus
- fontglide(6)
- characters float onto the screen to form words
- foomatic-addpjloptions(8)
- Format PJL option information the for foomatic database
- foomatic-compiledb(1)
- Compile the Foomatic printer/driver database
- foomatic-configure(1)
- the main configuration program of the foomatic printing system
- foomatic-kitload(8)
- installs a data kit into the foomatic database
- foomatic-ppd-options(1)
- show the PPD options
- foremost(8)
- Recover files using their headers, footers, and data structures
- forktest(6)
- tests the vga_safety_fork() function
- form_driver(3x), form_driver_w(3x)
- command-processing loop of the form system
- format.tcl85(n), format(n)
- Format a string in the style of sprintf
- format.tcl86(n), format(n)
- Format a string in the style of sprintf
- format.tcl87(n), format(n)
- Format a string in the style of sprintf
- fpclasschart(1)
- The Free Pascal class tree generator
- fpcmake(1)
- The Free Pascal makefile constructor program
- fpcmkcfg(1)
- The Free Pascal configuration program
- fpcres(1)
- The Free Pascal resource compiler program
- fpcsubst(1)
- The Free Pascal macro processing program
- fpdoc(1)
- The FPC Pascal unit documentation generator
- fpp(1)
- the Fortran language preprocessor for FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90
- fppkg(1)
- The Free Pascal Packages Download program
- fractalpooluser(1)
- RSerPool Client (PU) for the Fractal Generator service
- fragiso(8)
- split rpm packages from an iso and reassemble the iso later on
- frama-c(1), frama-c[.byte](1)
- a static analyzer for C programs frama-c-gui[.byte] - the graphical interface of frama-c
- frama-c-gui(1), frama-c[.byte](1)
- a static analyzer for C programs frama-c-gui[.byte] - the graphical interface of frama-c
- free_audio_stream_buffer(3)
- Tells the audio stream player new data can be played. Allegro game programming library
- freecell-solver-range-parallel-solve(6)
- The Freecell Solver utility for solving a range of Microsoft Freecell/Freecell Pro Boards
- freeciv-server(6)
- The server for the Freeciv game
- freehdl-config(1), FreeHDL-CONFIG(1)
- The FreeHDL configuration script
- freehdl-gennodes(1), FreeHDL-GENNODES(1)
- Abstract syntax tree generator used by the VHDL compiler/simulator FreeHDL
- freeze_mouse_flag(3)
- Flag to avoid redrawing the mouse pointer. Allegro game programming library
- fribidi_debug_status(3)
- FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS should be used at the beginning of your declarations,
- frotz(6)
- interpreter for Infocom and other Z-Machine games
- frr-watchfrr(8)
- a program to monitor the status of FRRouting daemons rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- fsc(1)
- Fast offline compiler for the Scala 2 language
- fstrcoll(3)
- fuzzy comparison of two strings using the current locale require_index { }
- fstrcolli(3)
- fuzzy comparison of two strings using the current locale require_index { }
- fswatch(7)
- Ask for notification when the contents of the specified files or directory hierarchies are modified. This man page is kept for reference but it is not to be considered an authoritative or complete source of information. Please, consult the official Info documentation shipped with
- ftimes-bimvl(1)
- Take a snapshot, compare it to a baseline, and log the changes
- ftimes-cat(1), FTimesCat(1)
- Write the contents of a file or stdin to stdout
- ftimes-crv2raw(1), ftimes-crv2raw.pl(1)
- Carve blocks of data and assemble them into raw files
- ftimes-dbm-bash(1)
- Bash one Berkeley database against another
- ftimes-grabber(1)
- Parse FTimes output, grab files, and zip them up
- ftimes-sizimus(1)
- Tally bytes based on the size attribute
- ftok(1)
- calculate System V IPC keys using the ftok(3) library function
- ftp-cp(1)
- copy files from from one place to another using passive mode ftp
- ftp-proxy(8)
- application level proxy for the FTP protocol
- ftpcp(1)
- copy files from a FTP server to the local machine
- ftpscrub(8)
- scrub the proftpd scoreboard file of stale entries
- fvwm-crystal(1)
- an easy to use, eye-candy but also powerful desktop environment for GNU/Linux or other Unix-like operating systems
- fvwm-perllib(1)
- shows the documentation of the Fvwm Perl library
- fvwm-root(1)
- Sets the root window of the current X display to image
- fvwm-themes-com(1)
- fvwm-themes communication center
- fvwm-themes-config(1)
- fvwm-themes manager and configurator
- fvwm-themes-images(1)
- fvwm-themes images and colors utility
- fvwm-themes-menuapp(1)
- fvwm-themes menus utility
- fvwm-themes-root(1)
- fvwm-themes utility for setting root image/color
- fvwm-themes-start(1)
- FVWM Themes starter
- fzy(1)
- A fuzzy text selector menu for the terminal
- g-wrap-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of G-Wrap
-
-
-
- gate(1)
- gather text input for PicoSpan or Yapp with word-wrapping
- gather(1)
- -- collect and display system statistics
- gauche-cesconv(1)
- convert text from one character encoding scheme to another
- gcat(1), cat(1)
- concatenate files and print on the standard output
- gchempaint(1)
- 2D chemical structures editor for the GNOME2 desktop
- gchemtable(1)
- periodic table of the elements
- gcksum(1), cksum(1)
- checksum and count the bytes in a file
- gdate(1), date(1)
- print or set the system date and time
- gdb(1)
- The GNU Debugger
- gdbm(3), GDBM(3)
- The GNU database manager. Includes dbm and ndbm compatibility
- gdnsd.djbdns(5)
- gdnsd support for the djbdns tinydns zone data format
- gdome-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of gdome2
- gedit(1)
- text editor for the GNOME Desktop
- gencnval(1)
- compile the converters aliases file
- gentest(1)
- Run random generic SMB operations against two SMB servers and show the differences in behavior
- geodesic(3), geod_init(3)
- initialize an ellipsoid geod_direct geod_gendirect - the direct geodesic problem geod_inverse geod_geninverse - the inverse geodesic problem geod_lineinit geod_directline geod_gendirectline geod_inverseline - initialize a geodesic line geod_setdistance geod_gensetdistance - set distance to reference point geod_position geod_genposition - a position on a geodesic line geod_polygon_init - initialize a polygon geod_addpoint geod_addedge - add to a polygon geod_polygon_compute geod_polygon_testpoint geod_polygon_testedge - compute properties of polygon geod_polygon_clear - clear polygon geod_polygonarea - the area of a polygon
- geodesicgears(6)
- gears on the surface of a sphere
- get-areacodes-list(1)
- fetch the latest valid-area-codes derived from wikipedia
- get-edid(1), parse-edid(1)
- read-edid tools to retrieve and interpret monitor specifications using the VESA VBE DDC protocol
- get-fcc-list(1)
- fetch the latest fcc.blacklist derived from FCC Complaints data
- get-iab(1)
- Fetch the arp-scan IAB file from the IEEE website
- get-oui(1)
- Fetch the arp-scan OUI file from the IEEE website
- get_audio_stream_buffer(3)
- Tells you if you need to fill the audiostream or not. Allegro game programming library
- get_clip_rect(3)
- Returns the clipping rectangle of a bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- get_color(3)
- Retrieves the specified palette entry. Allegro game programming library
- get_color_conversion(3)
- Returns the current color conversion mode. Allegro game programming library
- get_color_depth(3)
- Returns the current pixel color depth. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_argv(3)
- Reads a token list from the configuration file. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_float(3)
- Retrieves a float from the configuration file. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_hex(3)
- Retrieves a hexadecimal value from the configuration file. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_int(3)
- Retrieves an integer from the configuration file. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_string(3)
- Retrieves a string from the configuration file. Allegro game programming library
- get_config_text(3)
- Returns a string translated to the current language. Allegro game programming library
- get_datafile_property(3)
- Returns the property string for the object. Allegro game programming library
- get_desktop_resolution(3)
- Finds out the desktop resolution. Allegro game programming library
- get_display_switch_mode(3)
- Returns the current display switching mode. Allegro game programming library
- get_executable_name(3)
- Obtains the full path to the current executable. Allegro game programming library
- get_extension(3)
- Returns a pointer to the extension of a filename. Allegro game programming library
- get_filename(3)
- Returns a pointer to the filename portion of a path. Allegro game programming library
- get_filename_encoding(3)
- Returns the encoding currently assumed for filenames. Allegro game programming library
- get_font_range_begin(3)
- Returns the start of a character range in a font. Allegro game programming library
- get_font_range_end(3)
- Returns the last character of a character range in a font. Allegro game programming library
- get_font_ranges(3)
- Returns the number of character ranges in a font. Allegro game programming library
- get_gfx_mode(3)
- Returns the id of the current graphics driver. Allegro game programming library
- get_hardware_volume(3)
- Retrieves the hardware sound output volume. Allegro game programming library
- get_midi_length(3)
- Determines the total playing time of a midi, in seconds. Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_bits(3)
- Returns the mixer bit depth (8 or 16). Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_buffer_length(3)
- Returns the number of samples per channel in the mixer buffer. Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_channels(3)
- Returns the number of output channels. Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_frequency(3)
- Returns the mixer frequency, in Hz. Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_quality(3)
- Returns the current mixing quality. Allegro game programming library
- get_mixer_voices(3)
- Returns the number of voices allocated to the mixer. Allegro game programming library
- get_mouse_mickeys(3)
- How far the mouse has moved since the last call to this function. Allegro game programming library
- get_palette(3)
- Retrieves the entire palette of 256 colors. Allegro game programming library
- get_refresh_rate(3)
- Returns the current refresh rate. Allegro game programming library
- get_sound_input_cap_parm(3)
- Detects if the specified recording parameters are supported. Allegro game programming library
- get_sound_input_cap_rate(3)
- Returns the maximum sample frequency for recording. Allegro game programming library
- get_sound_input_cap_stereo(3)
- Tells if the input driver is capable of stereo recording. Allegro game programming library
- get_volume(3)
- Retrieves the global sound output volume. Allegro game programming library
- geta32(3)
- Extract the alpha component form a 32-bit pixel format color. Allegro game programming library
- getablexprdepth(3)
- gives the depth of an expression. man1/alc_origin.1
- getablexprlength(3)
- gives the length of an expression. man1/alc_origin.1
- getablexprnumatom(3)
- gives the number of atom in an expression. man1/alc_origin.1
- getablexprnumbinoper(3)
- gives the number of binary operators in an expression. man1/alc_origin.1
- getablexprsupport(3)
- gives the expression's support. man1/alc_origin.1
- getbddnodenum(3)
- gets the number of nodes in a bdd. man1/alc_origin.1
- getbddnodesize(3)
- gets the number of nodes in a bdd. man1/alc_origin.1
- getbddnodesupport(3)
- gives the variable support of a bdd node. man1/alc_origin.1
- getbddvarnode(3)
- gives the bdd node of a variable. man1/alc_origin.1
- getdns_root_trust_anchor(3)
- -- return the getdns list of default root trust anchors
- getdp(1), GetDP(1)
- a General environment for the treatment of Discrete Problems
- getfilename(1)
- Ask the user to name a file in a given format
- geticonset(1)
- gets the current Window Maker icon set
- getpeername(1)
- get information about this or that end of the socket's connection netpipes 4.2
- getr(3), getg(3), getb(3), geta(3)
- Extract a color component from the current pixel format. Allegro game programming library
- getr8(3), getg8(3), getb8(3), getr15(3), getg15(3), getb15(3), getr16(3), getg16(3), getb16(3), getr24(3), getg24(3), getb24(3), getr32(3), getg32(3), getb32(3)
- Extract a color component from the specified pixel format. Allegro game programming library
- getrdsmodellist(3)
- gets model list of the instances of a figure man1/alc_origin.1
- getstyle(1)
- dumps the current Window Maker style related configuration or creates a theme pack
- gfx_mode_select(3)
- Displays the Allegro graphics mode selection dialog
- gfx_mode_select_ex(3)
- Extended version of the graphics mode selection dialog. Allegro game programming library
- gfx_mode_select_filter(3)
- Even more extended version of the graphics mode selection dialog. Allegro game programming library
- ggroups(1), groups(1)
- print the groups a user is in
- gh-api(1)
- Make an authenticated GitHub API request
- gh-config-get(1)
- Print the value of a given configuration key
- gh-config-set(1)
- Update configuration with a value for the given key
- ghc(1)
- the Glasgow Haskell Compiler rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- ghead(1), head(1)
- output the first part of files
- ghostid(1), hostid(1)
- print the numeric identifier for the current host
- gibson(6), Hacking the Gibson(6)
- screen saver
- gidd_alloc(1)
- find a GID within the specified range which is not used by any process
- gie(1)
- The Geospatial Integrity Investigation Environment rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gif2swf(1)
- Takes a number of gif files and converts them to a swf movie, one picture per frame
- gimpsvg(1)
- convert a GIMP gradient (ggr) to the SVG format
- gindent(1), indent(1)
- changes the appearance of a C program by inserting or deleting whitespace
- git(1)
- the stupid content tracker
- git-add(1)
- Add file contents to the index
- git-annex(1)
- manage files with git, without checking their contents in
- git-annex-add(1)
- adds files to the git annex
- git-annex-copy(1)
- copy content of files to/from another repository
- git-annex-import(1)
- add a tree of files to the repository
- git-annex-info(1)
- information about an item or the repository
- git-annex-mirror(1)
- mirror content of files to/from another repository
- git-annex-move(1)
- move content of files to/from another repository
- git-annex-status(1)
- show the working tree status
- git-apply(1)
- Apply a patch to files and/or to the index
- git-archive-file(1)
- Export the current HEAD of the git repository to an archive
- git-bisect(1)
- Use binary search to find the commit that introduced a bug
- git-brv(1)
- List branches sorted by their last commit date
- git-bug-bridge(1)
- Configure and use bridges to other bug trackers
- git-bug-bridge-auth(1)
- List all known bridge authentication credentials
- git-bug-bridge-auth-show(1)
- Display an authentication credential
- git-bug-deselect(1)
- Clear the implicitly selected bug
- git-bug-show(1)
- Display the details of a bug
- git-bug-termui(1)
- Launch the terminal UI
- git-bug-user(1)
- Display or change the user identity
- git-bug-webui(1)
- Launch the web UI
- git-checkout-index(1)
- Copy files from the index to the working tree
- git-cherry-pick(1)
- Apply the changes introduced by some existing commits
- git-clean(1)
- Remove untracked files from the working tree
- git-coauthor(1)
- Add a co-author to the last commit
- git-commit(1)
- Record changes to the repository
- git-count-objects(1)
- Count unpacked number of objects and their disk consumption
- git-cvsimport(1)
- Salvage your data out of another SCM people love to hate
- git-diff-files(1)
- Compares files in the working tree and the index
- git-diff-index(1)
- Compare a tree to the working tree or index
- git-diff-tree(1)
- Compares the content and mode of blobs found via two tree objects
- git-fetch(1)
- Download objects and refs from another repository
- git-fetch-pack(1)
- Receive missing objects from another repository
- git-forest(1)
- display the commit history forest
- git-fsck(1)
- Verifies the connectivity and validity of the objects in the database
- git-fsck-objects(1)
- Verifies the connectivity and validity of the objects in the database
- git-gc(1)
- Cleanup unnecessary files and optimize the local repository
- git-gh-pages(1)
- Create the GitHub Pages branch
- git-http-push(1)
- Push objects over HTTP/DAV to another repository
- git-lfs-env(1)
- Display the Git LFS environment
- git-lfs-lock(1)
- Set a file as "locked" on the Git LFS server
- git-lfs-locks(1)
- Lists currently locked files from the Git LFS server
- git-lfs-logs(1)
- Show errors from the git-lfs command
- git-lfs-ls-files(1)
- Show information about Git LFS files in the index and working tree
- git-lfs-push(1)
- Push queued large files to the Git LFS endpoint
- git-lfs-smudge(1)
- Git smudge filter that converts pointer in blobs to the actual content
- git-lfs-status(1)
- Show the status of Git LFS files in the working tree
- git-lfs-unlock(1)
- Remove "locked" setting for a file on the Git LFS server
- git-ls-files(1)
- Show information about files in the index and the working tree
- git-ls-tree(1)
- List the contents of a tree object
- git-merge(1)
- Join two or more development histories together
- git-merge-into(1)
- Merge one branch into another
- git-merge-one-file(1)
- The standard helper program to use with git-merge-index
- git-missing(1)
- Show commits missing from another branch
- git-prune(1)
- Prune all unreachable objects from the object database
- git-pull(1)
- Fetch from and integrate with another repository or a local branch
- git-quiltimport(1)
- Applies a quilt patchset onto the current branch
- git-read-tree(1)
- Reads tree information into the index
- git-rebase(1)
- Reapply commits on top of another base tip
- git-receive-pack(1)
- Receive what is pushed into the repository
- git-release(1)
- Commit, tag and push changes to the repository
- git-reset(1)
- Reset current HEAD to the specified state
- git-rm(1)
- Remove files from the working tree and from the index
- git-secret-changes(1)
- view diff of the hidden files
- git-secret-clean(1)
- removes all the hidden files
- git-secret-hide(1)
- encrypts all added files with the inner keyring
- git-secret-killperson(1)
- deletes key identified by an email from the inner keyring
- git-secret-list(1)
- prints all the added files
- git-secret-usage(1)
- prints all the available commands
- git-secret-whoknows(1)
- prints email-labels for each key in the keyring
- git-send-pack(1)
- Push objects over Git protocol to another repository
- git-show-branch(1)
- Show branches and their commits
- git-sparse-checkout(1)
- Initialize and modify the sparse-checkout configuration, which reduces the checkout to a set of paths given by a list of patterns
- git-ssq(1)
- display the names of files not added to a Git repository
- git-stage(1)
- Add file contents to the staging area
- git-stamp(1)
- Stamp the last commit message
- git-standup(1)
- Recall the commit history
- git-stash(1)
- Stash the changes in a dirty working directory away
- git-status(1)
- Show the working tree status
- git-subtree(1)
- Merge subtrees together and split repository into subtrees
- git-touch(1)
- Touch and add file to the index
- git-update-index(1)
- Register file contents in the working tree to the index
- git-update-ref(1)
- Update the object name stored in a ref safely
- git-verify-commit(1)
- Check the GPG signature of commits
- git-verify-tag(1)
- Check the GPG signature of tags
- git-write-tree(1)
- Create a tree object from the current index
- gitk(1)
- The Git repository browser
- gitsubmodules(7)
- Mounting one repository inside another
- gkrellkam-list(5)
- format of the list description files used by GKrellKam
- gkrellm(1)
- The GNU Krell Monitors
- gkrellmd(8)
- The GNU Krell Monitors Server
- gksu-properties(1)
- Configure the behaviour of gksu
- glAccum(3), "glAccum(3)
- operate on the accumulation buffer
- glAlphaFunc(3), "glAlphaFunc(3)
- specify the alpha test function
- glArrayElement(3), "glArrayElement(3)
- render a vertex using the specified vertex array element
- glBlendColorEXT(3), "glBlendColorEXT(3)
- set the blend color
- glClearAccum(3), "glClearAccum(3)
- specify clear values for the accumulation buffer
- glClearColor(3), "glClearColor(3)
- specify clear values for the color buffers
- glClearDepth(3), "glClearDepth(3)
- specify the clear value for the depth buffer
- glClearIndex(3), "glClearIndex(3)
- specify the clear value for the color index buffers
- glClearStencil(3), "glClearStencil(3)
- specify the clear value for the stencil buffer
- glColorMaterial(3), "glColorMaterial(3)
- cause a material color to track the current color
- glCopyPixels(3), "glCopyPixels(3)
- copy pixels in the frame buffer
- glCullFace(3), "glCullFace(3)
- specify whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled
- glDepthFunc(3), "glDepthFunc(3)
- specify the value used for depth buffer comparisons
- glDepthMask(3), "glDepthMask(3)
- enable or disable writing into the depth buffer
- glDrawPixels(3), "glDrawPixels(3)
- write a block of pixels to the frame buffer
- glFrustum(3), "glFrustum(3)
- multiply the current matrix by a perspective matrix
- glGetClipPlane(3), "glGetClipPlane(3)
- return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane
- glGetPointerv(3), "glGetPointerv(3)
- return the address of the specified pointer
- glGetPolygonStipple(3), "glGetPolygonStipple(3)
- return the polygon stipple pattern
- glGetString(3), "glGetString(3)
- return a string describing the current GL connection
- glIndexMask(3), "glIndexMask(3)
- control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
- glInitNames(3), "glInitNames(3)
- initialize the name stack
- glIsEnabled(3), "glIsEnabled(3)
- test whether a capability is enabled
- glLineStipple(3), "glLineStipple(3)
- specify the line stipple pattern
- glLineWidth(3), "glLineWidth(3)
- specify the width of rasterized lines
- glListBase(3), "glListBase(3)
- set the display-list base for glCallLists
- glLoadIdentity(3), "glLoadIdentity(3)
- replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
- glLoadName(3), "glLoadName(3)
- load a name onto the name stack
- glMatrixMode(3), "glMatrixMode(3)
- specify which matrix is the current matrix
- glOrtho(3), "glOrtho(3)
- multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
- glPassThrough(3), "glPassThrough(3)
- place a marker in the feedback buffer
- glPixelZoom(3), "glPixelZoom(3)
- specify the pixel zoom factors
- glPointSize(3), "glPointSize(3)
- specify the diameter of rasterized points
- glPolygonOffset(3), "glPolygonOffset(3)
- set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
- glPolygonStipple(3), "glPolygonStipple(3)
- set the polygon stippling pattern
- glReadPixels(3), "glReadPixels(3)
- read a block of pixels from the frame buffer
- glScissor(3), "glScissor(3)
- define the scissor box
- glStencilMask(3), "glStencilMask(3)
- control the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes
- glViewport(3), "glViewport(3)
- set the viewport
- glXCopyContext(3), "glXCopyContext(3)
- copy state from one rendering context to another
- glXGetClientString(3), "glXGetClientString(3)
- return a string describing the client
- glXGetContextIDEXT(3), "glXGetContextIDEXT(3)
- get the XID for a context
- glXGetCurrentContext(3), "glXGetCurrentContext(3)
- return the current context
- glXGetCurrentDrawable(3), "glXGetCurrentDrawable(3)
- return the current drawable
- glXImportContextEXT(3), "glXImportContextEXT(3)
- import another process's indirect rendering context
- glXIntro(3), "glXIntro(3)
- Introduction to OpenGL in the X window system
- glXIsDirect(3), "glXIsDirect(3)
- indicate whether direct rendering is enabled
- glXQueryExtension(3), "glXQueryExtension(3)
- indicate whether the GLX extension is supported
- glXQueryServerString(3), "glXQueryServerString(3)
- return string describing the server
- glXQueryVersion(3), "glXQueryVersion(3)
- return the version numbers of the GLX extension
- gl_clearscreen(3)
- clear the screen
- gl_colorfont(3)
- change the color of a font
- gl_compiledboxmasksize(3)
- compute the size of a compiled masked box
- gl_copyboxfromcontext(3)
- copy rectangular area from another context
- gl_copyboxtocontext(3)
- copy a rectangular area to another context
- gl_copyscreen(3)
- copy the screen contents of contexts
- gl_get_line(3), new_GetLine(3), del_GetLine(3), gl_customize_completion(3), gl_change_terminal(3), gl_configure_getline(3), gl_load_history(3), gl_save_history(3), gl_group_history(3), gl_show_history(3), gl_watch_fd(3), gl_inactivity_timeout(3), gl_terminal_size(3), gl_set_term_size(3), gl_resize_history(3), gl_limit_history(3), gl_clear_history(3), gl_toggle_history(3), gl_lookup_history(3), gl_state_of_history(3), gl_range_of_history(3), gl_size_of_history(3), gl_echo_mode(3), gl_replace_prompt(3), gl_prompt_style(3), gl_ignore_signal(3), gl_trap_signal(3), gl_last_signal(3), gl_completion_action(3), gl_display_text(3), gl_return_status(3), gl_error_message(3), gl_catch_blocked(3), gl_list_signals(3), gl_bind_keyseq(3), gl_erase_terminal(3), gl_automatic_history(3), gl_append_history(3), gl_query_char(3), gl_read_char(3)
- allow the user to compose an input line
- gl_getbox(3)
- copy a rectangular pixmap from the screen to a buffer
- gl_getcontext(3), currentcontext(3)
- get the current graphics contents
- gl_getpalettecolor(3), gl_getpalettecolors(3), gl_getpalette(3)
- read the color palette
- gl_getpixel(3)
- return the color of a pixel
- gl_setclippingwindow(3)
- set the clipping window
- gl_setcontextvga(3)
- set the context to the physical screen
- gl_setcontextvgavirtual(3)
- set the context to a virtual mode
- gl_setcontextwidth(3), gl_setcontextheight(3)
- set the dimension of a context
- gl_setdisplaystart(3)
- set the start of the screen are displayed
- gl_setfont(3)
- set the text font to be used
- gl_setfontcolors(3)
- set the font colors
- gl_setpalettecolor(3), gl_setpalettecolors(3), gl_setpalette(3)
- set the color palette
- gl_setwritemode(3)
- set the font writemode flags
- glacier2router(1)
- The Glacier2 router daemon
- gle(3)
- an introduction to the GLE Tubing & Extrusions Library
- gle(3gle)
- an introduction to the GLE Tubing & Extrusions Library
- gleLathe(3)
- Sweep using a Z-axis shear to create an arbitrary contour along a helical path
- gleLathe(3gle)
- Sweep using a Z-axis shear to create an arbitrary contour along a helical path
- gleSetJoinStyle(3), gleGetJoinStyle(3)
- Query and Set the GLE join style flags
- gleSetJoinStyle(3gle), gleGetJoinStyle(3gle)
- Query and Set the GLE join style flags
- gleSetNumSides(3gle), gleGetNumSides(3gle)
- Query and Set the cylinder roundness
- gleTextureMode(3)
- set the type of GLE automatic texture coordinate generation
- gleTextureMode(3gle)
- set the type of GLE automatic texture coordinate generation
- gleToroid(3)
- Generalized torus, lathe with circle contour
- gleToroid(3gle)
- Generalized torus, lathe with circle contour
- glib(1)
- The Graphics LIBrarian
- glink(1), link(1)
- call the link function to create a link to a file
- glmatrix(6)
- simulates the title sequence effect of the movie
- globaltime(1)
- International multiclock timeconverter for the Xfce Desktop Environment. It is part of Orage
- gluGetString(3), "gluGetString(3)
- return a string describing the GLU version or GLU extensions
- gluNextContour(3), "gluNextContour(3)
- mark the beginning of another contour
- gluNurbsCurve(3), "gluNurbsCurve(3)
- define the shape of a NURBS curve
- gluNurbsSurface(3), "gluNurbsSurface(3)
- define the shape of a NURBS surface
- gluQuadricDrawStyle(3), "gluQuadricDrawStyle(3)
- specify the draw style desired for quadrics
- glut(3)
- an introduction to the OpenGL Utility Toolkit
- glutAddMenuEntry(3)
- adds a menu entry to the bottom of the current menu
- glutAddSubMenu(3)
- adds a sub-menu trigger to the bottom of the current menu
- glutAttachMenu(3)
- attaches a mouse button for the current window to the identifier of the current menu; glutDetachMenu - detaches an attached mouse button from the current window
- glutBitmapWidth(3)
- returns the width of a bitmap character, glutBitmapLength returns the length of a bitmap font string
- glutButtonBoxFunc(3)
- sets the dial & button box button callback for the current window
- glutChangeToMenuEntry(3)
- changes the specified menu item in the current menu into a menu entry
- glutChangeToSubMenu(3)
- changes the specified menu item in the current menu into a sub-menu trigger
- glutCopyColormap(3)
- copies the logical colormap for the layer in use from a specified window to the current window
- glutDestroyMenu(3)
- destroys the specified menu
- glutDestroyWindow(3)
- destroys the specified window
- glutDialsFunc(3)
- sets the dial & button box dials callback for the current window
- glutDisplayFunc(3)
- sets the display callback for the current window
- glutEntryFunc(3)
- sets the mouse enter/leave callback for the current window
- glutEstablishOverlay(3)
- establishes an overlay (if possible) for the current window
- glutExtensionSupported(3)
- helps to easily determine whether a given OpenGL extension is supported
- glutFullScreen(3)
- requests that the current window be made full screen
- glutGameModeString(3)
- sets the game mode configuration via a string
- glutGetColor(3)
- retrieves a red, green, or blue component for a given color index colormap entry for the layer in use's logical colormap for the current window
- glutGetModifiers(3)
- returns the modifier key state when certain callbacks were generated
- glutIdleFunc(3)
- sets the global idle callback
- glutIgnoreKeyRepeat(3)
- determines if auto repeat keystrokes are reported to the current window
- glutInit(3)
- initialize the GLUT library
- glutInitDisplayMode(3)
- sets the initial display mode
- glutInitDisplayString(3)
- sets the initial display mode via a string
- glutInitWindowPosition(3), glutInitWindowPositionWindowPosition(3), glutInitWindowSize(3)
- set the initial window position and size respectively
- glutJoystickFunc(3)
- sets the joystick callback for the current window
- glutKeyboardFunc(3)
- sets the keyboard callback for the current window
- glutKeyboardUpFunc(3)
- sets the keyboard up (key release) callback for the current window
- glutLayerGet(3)
- retrieves GLUT state pertaining to the layers of the current window
- glutMainLoop(3)
- enters the GLUT event processing loop
- glutMenuStatusFunc(3)
- sets the global menu status callback
- glutMotionFunc(3), glutPassiveMotionFunc(3)
- set the motion and passive motion callbacks respectively for the current window
- glutMouseFunc(3)
- sets the mouse callback for the current window
- glutOverlayDisplayFunc(3)
- sets the overlay display callback for the current window
- glutPopWindow(3), glutPushWindow(3)
- change the stacking order of the current window relative to its siblings
- glutPositionWindow(3)
- requests a change to the position of the current window
- glutPostOverlayRedisplay(3), glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay(3)
- marks the overlay of the current or specified window as needing to be redisplayed
- glutPostRedisplay(3), glutPostWindowRedisplay(3)
- marks the current or specified window as needing to be redisplayed
- glutRemoveMenuItem(3)
- remove the specified menu item
- glutRemoveOverlay(3)
- removes the overlay (if one exists) from the current window
- glutReshapeFunc(3)
- sets the reshape callback for the current window
- glutReshapeWindow(3)
- requests a change to the size of the current window
- glutSetColor(3)
- sets the color of a colormap entry in the layer of use for the current window
- glutSetCursor(3)
- changes the cursor image of the current window
- glutSetMenu(3)
- sets the current menu; glutGetMenu - returns the identifier of the current menu
- glutSetWindow(3)
- sets the current window; glutGetWindow - returns the identifier of the current window
- glutSetWindowTitle(3), glutSetIconTitle(3)
- change the window or icon title respectively of the current top-level window
- glutShowOverlay(3), glutHideOverlay(3)
- shows or hides the overlay of the current window
- glutShowWindow(3), glutHideWindow(3), glutIconifyWindow(3)
- change the display status of the current window
- glutSpaceballButtonFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball button callback for the current window
- glutSpaceballMotionFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball motion callback for the current window
- glutSpaceballRotateFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball rotation callback for the current window
- glutSpecialFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutSpecialUpFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard up (key release) callback for the current window
- glutStrokeWidth(3)
- returns the width of a stroke character, glutStrokeLength returns the length of a stroke font string
- glutSwapBuffers(3)
- swaps the buffers of the current window if double buffered
- glutTabletButtonFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutTabletMotionFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutUseLayer(3)
- changes the layer in use for the current window
- glutVisibilityFunc(3)
- sets the visibility callback for the current window
- glutWarpPointer(3)
- warps the pointer's location
- gmic(1)
- Perform image processing operations using the G'MIC framework
- gmx-chi(1)
- Calculate everything you want to know about chi and other dihedrals rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-confrms(1)
- Fit two structures and calculates the RMSD rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-covar(1)
- Calculate and diagonalize the covariance matrix rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-density(1)
- Calculate the density of the system rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-dipoles(1)
- Compute the total dipole plus fluctuations rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-gyrate(1)
- Calculate the radius of gyration rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-h2order(1)
- Compute the orientation of water molecules rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-mindist(1)
- Calculate the minimum distance between two groups rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-nmeig(1)
- Diagonalize the Hessian for normal mode analysis rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-nmens(1)
- Generate an ensemble of structures from the normal modes rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-nonbonded-benchmark(1)
- Benchmarking tool for the non-bonded pair kernels. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-order(1)
- Compute the order parameter per atom for carbon tails rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-pme_error(1)
- Estimate the error of using PME with a given input file rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-potential(1)
- Calculate the electrostatic potential across the box rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-report-methods(1)
- Write short summary about the simulation setup to a text file and/or to the standard output. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-rotacf(1)
- Calculate the rotational correlation function for molecules rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-rotmat(1)
- Plot the rotation matrix for fitting to a reference structure rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-sham(1)
- Compute free energies or other histograms from histograms rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-spatial(1)
- Calculate the spatial distribution function rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gmx-trjorder(1)
- Order molecules according to their distance to a group rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- gnc-fq-dump(1)
- Print out data from the F::Q module
- gnc-fq-helper(1), gnc-fq-helper (1)
- allows gnucash to communicate with Finance::Quote over pipes from guile. The requests and responses are scheme forms
- gnome-keyring(1)
- The gnome-keyring commandline tool
- gnome-keyring-daemon(1)
- The gnome-keyring daemon
- gnome-latex(1)
- LaTeX editor for the GNOME desktop
- gnome-mines(6), Mines(6)
- The popular logic puzzle minesweeper
- gnome-mount(1)
- Mount drives and volumes using HAL and read settings from the GNOME desktop configuration system gconf
- gnome-screenshot(1)
- capture the screen, a window, or an user-defined area and save the snapshot image to a file
- gnome-search-tool(1)
- the GNOME Search Tool
- gnome-session(1)
- Start the GNOME desktop environment
- gnome-session-quit(1)
- End the current GNOME session
- gnome-shell(1)
- Graphical shell for the GNOME desktop
- gnome-subtitles(1)
- video subtitling for the GNOME desktop
- gnome-sudoku(6)
- puzzle game for the popular Japanese sudoku logic puzzle
- gnome-system-log(1)
- the GNOME System Log Viewer
- gnproc(1), nproc(1)
- print the number of processing units available
- gnugo(6)
- The GNU program to play the game of Go
- gnupg(7), GnuPG(7)
- The GNU Privacy Guard suite of programs
- gnutls_x509_crq_get_subject_alt_othername_oid(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crq_set_subject_alt_othername(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crt_get_issuer_alt_othername_oid(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crt_get_subject_alt_othername_oid(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crt_set_issuer_alt_othername(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crt_set_subject_alt_othername(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_othername_to_virtual(3)
- API function
- gob2(1), GOB2(1)
- The GObject Builder
- god(1), od(1)
- dump files in octal and other formats
- gofish(5), gofish.conf(5)
- the configuration file for the GoFish gopher server
- golddig(6), - golddig(6)
- Getting the Gold and Avoiding Death
- google-authenticator(1)
- initialize one-time passcodes for the current user
- googler(1)
- Google from the command-line
- goose(1)
- Search Google using the command line
- gopherd(1)
- the GoFish gopher server
- gp(1)
- The PARI calculator
- gp2c(1), GP2C(1)
- The GP to C compiler
- gp2c-run(1), GP2C-RUN(1)
- The GP to C compiler driver
- gpa(1)
- graphical frontend for the GNU Privacy Guard
- gpathchk(1), pathchk(1)
- check whether file names are valid or portable
- gpg-mailkeys(1)
- sends emails containing keys to their owners
- gpg-wks-client(1)
- Client for the Web Key Service
- gpg-wks-server(1)
- Server providing the Web Key Service
- gpgrt-config(1)
- Script to get information about the installed version of libgpg-error
- gps2udp(1)
- feed the take from gpsd to one or more aggregation sites
- gpscat(1)
- dump the output from a GPS
- gpsctl(1)
- control the modes of a GPS
- gracket(1)
- the GUI Racket implementation
- graphs.cfg(5)
- Configuration of the showgraph CGI
- grealpath(1), realpath(1)
- print the resolved path
- greenbone-nvt-sync(8)
- updates the OpenVAS NVTs from Greenbone Security Feed or Community Feed
- grephistory(1)
- Query the INN history database
- grig(1)
- graphical user interface for the Ham Radio Control Libraries (hamlib)
- grl-launch-0.3(1), grl-launch(1)
- run Grilo operations from the command line
- groff(1)
- front-end for the groff document formatting system
- groff(7)
- a short reference for the GNU roff language
- groff_hdtbl(7)
- Heidelberger table macros for GNU roff nr groff_hdtbl_C n[.C] Some simple formatting macros. Note that we use '.ig' here and not a comment to make 'mandb' 2.4.1 (and probably more recent versions also) happy; otherwise the '.char' lines and the stuff which follows is included in the 'whatis' database. . [lB] F[n[.fam]][ [rB] F[n[.fam]]] [or] F[n[.fam]]||| [ell] F[n[.fam]].|.|. [oq] F[n[.fam]][oq] [cq] F[n[.fam]][cq] F CR {
- groff_tmac(5)
- macro files in the roff typesetting system
- gsad(8)
- Greenbone Security Assistant for the Open Vulnerability Assessment System (OpenVAS)
- gsasl_client_callback_authentication_id_get(3)
- API function
- gsasl_client_callback_authentication_id_set(3)
- API function
- gsf(1)
- archiving utility using the G Structured File library
- gsf-office-thumbnailer(1)
- office files thumbnailer for the GNOME desktop
- gsl-config(1)
- script to get version number and compiler flags of the installed GSL library
- gsm_option(3)
- customizing the GSM 06.10 implementation
- gst(1), Smalltalk(1)
- the GNU Smalltalk virtual machine
- gst-stats-1.0(1)
- print info gathered from a GStreamer log file
- gstopd(8)
- stop disks in the case of inactivity using GEOM statistics
- gsum(1), sum(1)
- checksum and count the blocks in a file
- gsynaptics(1)
- the Synaptics touchpad configuration utility for Gnome
- gsynaptics-init(1)
- the gsynaptics initializer
- gtail(1), tail(1)
- output the last part of files
- gti(6)
- Humorous typo-based git runner; drives a car over the terminal
- gtk-chtheme(1)
- Gtk+ 2.0 theme preview and selection made slick
- gtk-update-icon-cache(1)
- Icon theme caching utility
- gtk3-icon-browser(1)
- List themed icons
- gtruncate(1), truncate(1)
- shrink or extend the size of a file to the specified size
- gtty(1), tty(1)
- print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input
- gubby(1)
- The procmail new email agent - v0.5.5
- guestlist(5)
- The secondary doormand configuration file
- gui_fg_color(3), gui_bg_color(3)
- The foreground and background colors for the standard dialogs. Allegro game programming library
- gui_font_baseline(3)
- Adjusts the keyboard shortcut underscores height. Allegro game programming library
- gui_get_screen(3)
- Returns the bitmap surface GUI routines draw to. Allegro game programming library
- gui_menu_draw_menu(3), gui_menu_draw_menu_item(3)
- Hooks to modify the appearance of menus. Allegro game programming library
- gui_mg_color(3)
- The color used for displaying greyed-out dialog objects. Allegro game programming library
- gui_mouse_focus(3)
- Tells if the input focus follows the mouse pointer. Allegro game programming library
- gui_mouse_x(3), gui_mouse_y(3), gui_mouse_z(3), gui_mouse_b(3)
- Hook functions used by the GUI routines to access the mouse state. Allegro game programming library
- gui_set_screen(3)
- Changes the bitmap surface GUI routines draw to. Allegro game programming library
- gui_shadow_box_proc(3), gui_ctext_proc(3), gui_button_proc(3), gui_edit_proc(3), gui_list_proc(3), gui_text_list_proc(3)
- Hooks to customise the look and feel of Allegro dialogs
- gui_strlen(3)
- Returns the length of a string in pixels. Allegro game programming library
- gui_textout_ex(3)
- Draws a text string onto the screen with keyboard shortcut underbars. Allegro game programming library
- guile(1)
- The GNU Project Extension Language
- gunlink(1), unlink(1)
- call the unlink function to remove the specified file
- guptime(1), uptime(1)
- tell how long the system has been running
- gusers(1), users(1)
- print the user names of users currently logged in to the current host
- gutenfetch_free_servers(3)
- -- This function frees a NULL terminated array of gutenfetch_server_t *. This is primarily for cleaning up the returned result from gutenfetch_list_servers(3)
- gutenfetch_get_active_server(3)
- -- Retrieve the currently active project gutenberg server which will be used to satisfy queries and requests
- gutenfetch_get_aussie_server(3)
- -- Retrieve the currently active australian project gutenberg server which will be used to satisfy queries and requests which reside only within Australia
- gutenfetch_init(3)
- -- Initialize the libgutenfetch library
- gutenfetch_is_threadsafe(3)
- -- Determine whether the gutenfetch library is thread-safe or not
- gutenfetch_set_active_server(3)
- -- This function sets the default Gutenberg server used to satisfy requests. Instead of taking a gutenfetch_server_t * to set the server, it takes a NULL-terminated URL such as "ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/". The url should contain a protocol supported by CURL a valid hostname and a directory to the base of the gutenberg texts
- gutenfetch_set_active_server_full(3)
- -- This function sets the default Gutenberg server used to satisfy requests
- gutenfetch_shutdown(3)
- -- Shutdown the libgutenfetch library
- gutenfetch_version(3)
- -- Get a text string which describes the version of libgutenfetch which is currently being used
- gvfs-less(1)
- Execute less on the output of gvfs-cat
- gvfs-mount(1)
- Mounts the locations
- gvfs-open(1)
- Open files with the default handler
- gvfs-trash(1)
- Move files or directories to the trash
- gvhdl(1)
- Frontend to the VHDL compiler/simulator FreeHDL
- gwd(1)
- Launches the GeneWeb Process
- gwhich(1), which(1)
- shows the full path of (shell) commands
- gxine(1)
- a GTK/GNOME frontend to the xine video player
- gxine_client(1)
- the gxine video player command line client
- h2o(8), H2O(8)
- the optimized HTTP/1.x, HTTP/2 server
- h2o.conf(5)
- The configuration file for H2O, the optimized HTTP/1.x, HTTP/2 server
- h2pas(1)
- The C header to pascal unit conversion program
- ha_logger(1)
- Log a message to files/syslog through the HA Logging Daemon
- hack(6)
- exploring The Dungeons of Doom
- hals_end(6)
- Display HAL's last words on the console
- hamlib-primer(7)
- compiling and using the radio and rotator control library
- hashcp(1), HashCp(1)
- Hash and copy the contents of a file or stdin
- hashdig-bash(1), hashdig-bash.pl(1)
- Bash one HashDig database against another
-
- hastmon.conf(5)
- configuration file for the hastmon(8) deamon and the hastmonctl(8) utility
- hb_addnode(1)
- hb_addnode is a simple linux-ha shell script. It sends a message to the cluster to add new nodes
- hb_delnode(1)
- hb_delnode is a simple linux-ha shell script. It sends a message to the cluster to delete nodes
- hb_standby(1)
- hb_standby is a simple linux-ha shell script. It issues a failover from the node where it is running to the other node, if available
- hb_takeover(1)
- hb_takeover is a simple linux-ha shell script. It issues a command to takeover resources from the other node, if available
- hdf_copy(3), hdf_copy (3)
- copy part of an HDF dataset to another
- hdf_get_child(3), hdf_get_child (3)
- return the first child of the named node
- hdf_get_copy(3), hdf_get_copy (3)
- Returns a copy of a string in the HDF data set
- hdf_get_int_value(3), hdf_get_int_value (3)
- Return the integer value of a point in the data set
- hdf_get_node(3), hdf_get_node (3)
- Similar to hdf_get_obj except all the nodes are created if the don't exist
- hdf_get_obj(3), hdf_get_obj (3)
- return the HDF data set node at a named location
- hdf_get_value(3), hdf_get_value (3)
- Return the value of a node in the data set
- hdf_get_valuef(3), hdf_get_valuef (3)
- Return the value of a node in the data set
- hdf_get_valuevf(3), hdf_get_valuevf (3)
- Return the value of a node in the data set
- hdf_obj_attr(3), hdf_obj_attr (3)
- Return the HDF Attributes for a node Description: Input: Output: Returns:
- hdf_obj_child(3), hdf_obj_child (3)
- Return the first child of a dataset node
- hdf_obj_name(3), hdf_obj_name (3)
- Return the name of a node
- hdf_obj_next(3), hdf_obj_next (3)
- Return the next node of a dataset level
- hdf_obj_top(3), hdf_obj_top (3)
- Return the pointer to the top dataset node
- hdf_obj_value(3), hdf_obj_value (3)
- Return the value of a node
- hdf_set_buf(3), hdf_set_buf (3)
- Set the value of a node without duplicating the value
- hdf_set_copy(3)
- -> Copy a value from one location in the dataset to another
- hdf_set_int_value(3), hdf_set_int_value (3)
- Set the value of a named node to a number
- hdf_set_symlink(3), hdf_set_symlink (3)
- Set part of the tree to link to another
- hdf_set_value(3), hdf_set_value (3)
- Set the value of a named node
- hdf_set_valuef(3), hdf_set_valuef (3)
- Set the value of a named node
- hdf_sort_obj(3), hdf_sort_obj (3)
- sort the children of an HDF node
- healthd(8)
- Motherboard health monitor
- healthdc(8)
- Motherboard health monitor
- helpers(1)
- list or count helpers currently on the system
- hesinfo(1)
- find out what is stored in the Hesiod database
- hesiod.conf(5)
- Configuration file for the Hesiod library
- hexdump(3m)
- print the contents of memory in conventional hex dump format
- heyu(1), Heyu^(1)
- a control program for the X-10 CM11A serial interface
- hinversi-cli(1), hinversi(1)
- Another othello engine
- history.tcl85(n), history(n)
- Manipulate the history list
- history.tcl86(n), history(n)
- Manipulate the history list
- history.tcl87(n), history(n)
- Manipulate the history list
- hline(3)
- Draws a horizontal line onto the bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- hmmc2(1)
- example client for the HMMER daemon
- hose(1)
- the client end of a BSD network pipe netpipes 4.2
- hostapd(8)
- IEEE 802.11 AP, IEEE 802.1X/WPA/WPA2/EAP/RADIUS Authenticator
- hot-babe(1)
- is a small graphical utility which displays the system activity in a very special way
- hovel(3), Hovel(3)
- the GDBM-compatible API of QDBM
- hprop(8)
- propagate the KDC database
- hpwd(1)
- print the full path to the current HFS working directory
- hsdump(1)
- Dumps the handlespace of a RSerPool Registrar
- hsv_to_rgb(3), rgb_to_hsv(3)
- Converts color values between the HSV and RGB color spaces. Allegro game programming library
- htcacheclean(8)
- Clean up the disk cache
- htdb_dump(1)
- dump the content of an inverted index in Berkeley DB fashion
- htdigest(1)
- manage user files for digest authentication
- htdump(1)
- write out an ASCII-text version of the document database
- htfuzzy(1)
- fuzzy command-line search utility for the ht://Dig search engine
- htload(1)
- reads in an ASCII-text version of the document database
- htmerge(1)
- create document index and word database for the ht://Dig search engine
- htpasswd(1)
- Manage user files for basic authentication
- htpasswd(1)
- create and update user authentication files
- htpurge(1)
- remove unused odocuments from the database (general maintenance script)
- htsearch(1)
- create document index and word database for the ht://Dig search engine
- htstat(1)
- returns statistics on the document and word databases, much like the -s option to htdig or htmerge
- http.tcl85(n), http(n)
- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
- http.tcl86(n), http(n)
- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
- http.tcl87(n), http(n)
- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
- http_detach(3)
- terminates HTTP protocol and returns the underlying socket
- http_get(1)
- get the contents of an http URL
- http_recvfield(3)
- receives HTTP field from the peer
- http_recvrequest(3)
- receives HTTP request from the peer
- http_recvstatus(3)
- receives HTTP status from the peer
- http_sendfield(3)
- sends HTTP field to the peer
- http_sendstatus(3)
- sends HTTP status to the peer
- http_servlet_basicauth(3)
- HTTP basic authentication servlet
- http_servlet_cookieauth(3)
- HTTP secure cookie authentication servlet
- httping(1)
- measure the latency and throughput of a webserver
-
- hugo-config(1)
- Print the site configuration
- hugo-gen-chromastyles(1)
- Generate CSS stylesheet for the Chroma code highlighter
- hugo-gen-doc(1)
- Generate Markdown documentation for the Hugo CLI
- hugo-gen-man(1)
- Generate man pages for the Hugo CLI
- hugo-import(1)
- Import your site from others
- hugo-list-future(1)
- List all posts dated in the future
- hugo-new-theme(1)
- Create a new theme
- hugo-version(1)
- Print the version number of Hugo
- humount(1)
- remove an HFS volume from the list of known volumes
- hunter-seeker.pl(8)
- A perl script that compares a list of usernames and MD5 sums output by digestion.pl(1) to the passwd database
- hunzip(1)
- decompress and decrypt hzip files to the standard output
- hvol(1)
- display or change the current HFS volume
- hwloc-bind(1)
- Launch a command that is bound to specific processors and/or memory, or consult the binding of an existing program
- hwloc-distrib(1)
- Build a number of cpu masks distributed on the system
- hxprintlinks(1)
- add a numbered list of links at the end of an HTML file
- hxtools(7)
- Suite of various shell scripts and other stuff
- hypervisor_mode(7)
- allows you to run simultaneously many virtual router instances, and to simulate ATM, Ethernet or Frame(hyRelay networks
- i-viewdb(1)
- view the information stored in integrit databases
- i3-dump-log(1)
- dumps the i3 SHM log
- i3-save-tree(1), i3-save-tree(1)
- save (parts of) the layout tree for restoring
- i386-unknown-freebsd12.1-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-as(1), AS(1)
- the portable GNU assembler
- iat(1), Iso9660 Analyzer Tool(1)
- tool for detecting the structure of DVD/CD-ROM image file formats
- iauth(8)
- The Internet Relay Chat Authentication Program
- iauth.conf(5)
- The Internet Relay Chat Authentication Configuration File
- ibp(1)
- show which of the International Beacon Project beacons is transmitting
- ibus-emoji(7)
- Call the IBus emoji utility by IBus Emojier
- icat(1)
- Output the contents of a file based on its inode number
- icebox(1)
- The IceBox C++ service daemon
- iceboxadmin(1)
- The IceBox administrative utility
- icebridge(1)
- The IceBridge daemon
- icedtea-web(1)
- provides a Free Software web browser plugin running applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project. NetX allows Java applets and applications to be downloaded over the network, cached, and (by default) run in a secure sandbox environment. Subsequent runs of the applet download the latest version automatically. Update and security settings, among others, can be set using the itw-settings command. icedtea-web also includes a plugin to enable Java applets (http://www.java.com/en/download/testjava.jsp) within web browsers. Names and email addresses of contributors to this project can be found in the file AUTHORS in the IcedTea-Web root directory. The full GPLv2 license of this project can be found in the file COPYING in the IcedTea-Web root directory. News about releases of this project can be found in the file NEWS in the IcedTea-Web root directory
- icegridadmin(1)
- The IceGrid command-line administrative utility
- icegriddb(1)
- The IceGrid database import/export utility
- icegridnode(1)
- The IceGrid node server
- icegridregistry(1)
- The IceGrid registry server
- icepatch2client(1)
- The IcePatch2 client
- icepatch2server(1)
- The IcePatch2 server
- icesh(1), icesh(1)
- control window properties and the IceWM window manager
- icestormadmin(1)
- The IceStorm administration tool
- icestormdb(1)
- The IceStorm database import/export utility
- icewm-theme(5), icewm-theme(5)
- icewm theme configuration file
- icewmbg(1), icewmbg(1)
- a background settings manager for the IceWM window manager
- icinga2(8)
- The Icinga 2 network monitoring daemon
- icmconf(7)
- Configuration file for the icmbuild(1) program maintenance script
- icmstart.rc(7)
- The icmstart(1) resource file
- ico(1)
- animate an icosahedron or other polyhedron
- identify(1)
- describes the format and characteristics of one or more image files
- identity_matrix(3), identity_matrix_f(3)
- Global containing the identity matrix. Allegro game programming library
- identity_quat(3)
- Global variable containing the identity quaternion. Allegro game programming library
- idevicedate(1)
- Display the current date or set it on a device
- idevicedebug(1)
- Interact with the debugserver service of a device
- idevicediagnostics(1)
- Interact with the diagnostics interface of a device
- ideviceimagemounter(1)
- Mount disk images on the device
- ideviceinfo(1)
- Show information about the first connected device
- idevicename(1)
- Display the device name or set it to NAME if specified
- idevicescreenshot(1)
- Gets a screenshot from the connected device
- idfetch(1)
- retrieve biological data from the NCBI ID1 server
- idn_setlanguage(3)
- set the current language
- idn_setlocalencoding(3)
- set the local encoding
- iex(1)
- The Elixir shell
- ifile(1)
- core executable for the ifile mail filtering system
- ifind(1)
- Find the meta-data structure that has allocated a given disk unit or file name
- ijs-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of ijs
- ikectl(8)
- control the IKEv2 daemon
- im-ja-conf(1)
- A configurator for the im-ja GTK2 Japanese input module
- image_to_j2k(1)
- This program reads in an image of a certain type and converts it to a jpeg2000 file. It is part of the OpenJPEG library. Valid input image extensions are .bmp, .pgm, .pgx, .png, .pnm, .ppm, .raw, .tga, .tif . For PNG resp. TIF it needs libpng resp. libtiff . Valid output image extensions are .j2k, .jp2
- imake(1)
- C preprocessor interface to the make utility
-
- imerge(1)
- help merge one file to another interactively
- import(1)
- saves any visible window on an X server and outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. The window to capture is selected by clicking the desired window or a program option
- imv(1), icp(1)
- Rename or copy a file by editing the destination name using GNU readline
- inadyn-mt.conf(5)
- configuration for the inadyn-mt client for open DNS servers
- incatalog(3)
- test if cell belongs to the catalog file man1/alc_origin.1
- incatalogdelete(3)
- test if cell belongs to the catalog file man1/alc_origin.1
- incatalogfeed(3)
- test if cell belongs to the catalog file man1/alc_origin.1
- incataloggds(3)
- test if cell belongs to the catalog file man1/alc_origin.1
- incbddrefext(3)
- increments the external reference of a bdd node. man1/alc_origin.1
- incbddrefint(3)
- increments the internal reference of a bdd node. man1/alc_origin.1
- incr.tcl85(n), incr(n)
- Increment the value of a variable
- incr.tcl86(n), incr(n)
- Increment the value of a variable
- incr.tcl87(n), incr(n)
- Increment the value of a variable
- indextool(1)
- Sphinxsearch tool dump miscellaneous debug information about the physical index
- inews(1)
- post an article to the local news server
- influxd-backup(1)
- Creates a backup copy of specified InfluxDB OSS database(s) and saves to disk. Use this newer `-portable` option unless legacy support is required. Complete documentation on backing up and restoring, including the deprecated legacy format, see: https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/latest/administration/backup_and_restore/
- influxd-restore(1)
- Restores databases or specific shards to an InfluxDB OSS instance from the specified PATH. Complete documentation for the -portable restore method described here, and the deprecated legacy restore format, is located here: https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/latest/administration/backup_and_restore/
- influxd-version(1)
- Display the version of influxdb
- info.tcl85(n), info(n)
- Return information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
- info.tcl86(n), info(n)
- Return information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
- info.tcl87(n), info(n)
- Information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
- initializeBdd(3)
- initializes the BDDs system
- inn-radius.conf(5)
- Configuration for nnrpd RADIUS authenticator
- innwatch(8)
- Monitor the state of INN and the system
- inotifywatch(1)
- gather filesystem access statistics using inotify
- insconmbkrds(3)
- adds in RDS instance all the connectors of MBK instance man1/alc_origin.1
- inspircd(1), tInspIRCd(1)
- the stable, high-performance and modular Internet Relay Chat Daemon
- inspircd-genssl(1), tInspIRCd(1)
- the stable, high-performance and modular Internet Relay Chat Daemon
- inspircd-testssl(1), tInspIRCd(1)
- the stable, high-performance and modular Internet Relay Chat Daemon
- insrefmbkrds(3)
- adds in RDS instance all the references of MBK instance. man1/alc_origin.1
- inssegmbkrds(3)
- adds in RDS instance all the segments of MBK instance man1/alc_origin.1
- install-mh(1)
- initialize the nmh environment
- install-mh(8)
- initialize the MH environment
- install_allegro(3)
- Initialise the Allegro library
- install_joystick(3)
- Initialises the joystick. Allegro game programming library
- install_keyboard(3)
- Installs the Allegro keyboard interrupt handler
- install_mouse(3)
- Installs the Allegro mouse handler
- install_sound(3)
- Initialises the sound module. Allegro game programming library
- install_sound_input(3)
- Initialises the sound recorder module. Allegro game programming library
- install_timer(3)
- Installs the Allegro timer interrupt handler
- instanceface(3)
- returns the face of a connector in a placed instance man1/alc_origin.1
- instead(6), INSTEAD(6)
- Simple Text Adventure Engine, The Interpreter
- insviambkrds(3)
- adds to RDS instance all the contacts from MBK instance man1/alc_origin.1
- integrit(1)
- file integrity verification system This manpage is a brief reference and may be out of date. The definitive texinfo documentation should be viewable by running "info integrit"
- interaggregate(6)
- Visualize the momentary and aggregate intersections between slowly moving circles
- intermomentary(6)
- Visualize the momentary and aggregate intersections between slowly moving circles
- invert_raw_image(1)
- invert 2D image along either or both axes
- iodbc-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of iODBC
- iohyve(8), iohyve(8)(8)
- bhyve manager/launcher v0.7.9 "I Believe in You, You Can Do the Thing Edition"
- iowow(3), IOWOW(3)
- The C11 persistent key/value database engine based on skip list
- ipaddr_family(3)
- returns family of the IP address
- ipaddr_len(3)
- returns length of the address
- ipaddr_local(3)
- resolve the address of a local network interface
- ipaddr_port(3)
- returns the port part of the address
- ipaddr_remote(3)
- resolve the address of a remote IP endpoint
- ipaddr_setport(3)
- changes port number of the address
- ipaddr_sockaddr(3)
- returns sockaddr structure corresponding to the IP address
- ipguard(8)
- tool designed to protect Ethernet LAN IP address space by ARP spoofing
- ipmi_cmdlang(7)
- A command language interface to the IPMI library
- ipmidetect.conf(5)
- specify alternate default values for the ipmidetect library
- ipmiping(8)
- send IPMI Get Authentication Capabilitiy request to network hosts
- iprop-log(8)
- examine and maintain the iprop log file
- ipsec.secrets(5)
- secrets for IKE/IPsec authentication
- ipsec_strerror(3)
- error messages for the IPsec policy manipulation library
- ipsvd-instruct(5)
- format of the ipsvd(8) instructions directory
- ipup(1)
- ipdb - ipdb-update.sh - Tools for generating IP based Geo-blocking and Geo-routing tables in order to configure the system's firewall and/or routing facilities .sp
- ipv6mon.conf(5)
- Configuration file for the IPv6 address monitoring daemon (ipv6mon)
- ipv6toolkit.conf(5)
- Configuration file for the SI6 Networks' IPv6 address monitoring daemon (ipv6mon)
- ircII(1)
- interface to the Internet Relay Chat system
- is_compatible_font(3)
- Check if two fonts are of the same type. Allegro game programming library
- is_relative_filename(3)
- Returns TRUE if the filename is relative. Allegro game programming library
- is_same_bitmap(3)
- Tells if two bitmaps describe the same drawing surface. Allegro game programming library
- is_screen_bitmap(3)
- Tells if a bitmap is the screen bitmap or sub bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- is_term_resized(3x), resize_term(3x), resizeterm(3x)
- change the curses terminal size
- isablsimilarexpr(3)
- tests if two expressions have the same morphology. man1/alc_origin.1
- isc-config.sh(1)
- Get information about the installed version of ISC BIND
- isck(3)
- -tells if a name is the pattern defined by the user man1/alc_origin.1
- iso8601(8), Pacemaker(8)
- Part of the Pacemaker cluster resource manager
- isvdd(3)
- -tells if a name contains the pattern defined by the user man1/alc_origin.1
- isvss(3)
- -tells if a name contains the pattern defined by the user man1/alc_origin.1
- itclcomponent(i4), itcl::component(i4)
- define components for extendedclass, widget or widgetadaptor Parts of this description are "borrowed" from Tcl extension [snit], as the functionality is mostly identical
- itcldelegate(i4), itcl::delegation(i4)
- delegate methods, procs or options to other objects Parts of this description are "borrowed" from Tcl extension [snit], as the functionality is mostly identical
- itcloption(i4), itcl::option(i4)
- define options for extendedclass, widget or widgetadaptor Parts of this description are "borrowed" from Tcl extension [snit], as the functionality is mostly identical
- itweb-policyeditor(1), policyeditor(1)
- view and modify security policy settings for javaws and the browser plugin
- itweb-settings(1)
- view and modify settings for javaws and the browser plugin
- iv_main(3)
- enter the ivykis main loop
- iv_quit(3)
- signal ivykis to exit the main loop
- ivtscd(8)
- driver for the IVT Solar Controller Device
- iwidgets_extbutton(n), iwidgets::extbutton(n)
- Extends the behavior of the Tk button by allowing a bitmap or image to coexist with text
- iwidgets_feedback(n), iwidgets::feedback(n)
- Create and manipulate a feedback widget to display feedback on the current status of an ongoing operation to the user
- iwidgets_scrolledhtml(n), iwidgets::scrolledhtml(n)
- Create and manipulate a scrolled text widget with the capability of displaying HTML formatted documents
- ixgbe(4)
- Intel® Ethernet Driver for the FreeBSD* operating system
- ixl(4)
- Intel(R) Ethernet Driver for the FreeBSD* operating system
- j2k_dump(1)
- This program reads in a jpeg2000 image and dumps the contents to stdout. It is part of the OpenJPEG library. Valid input image extensions are .j2k, .jp2, .jpt
- j2k_to_image(1)
- This program reads in a jpeg2000 image and converts it to another image type. It is part of the OpenJPEG library. Valid input image extensions are .j2k, .jp2, .j2c, .jpt Valid output image extensions are .bmp, .pgm, .pgx, .png, .pnm, .ppm, .raw, .tga, .tif . For PNG resp. TIF it needs libpng resp. libtiff
- jacal(1), JACAL(1)
- symbolic mathematics system
- jack_bufsize(1)
- JACK toolkit client to change the JACK buffer size
- jack_load_test(1)
- JACK toolkit client which occupies the cpu for some time in process
- jack_monitor_client(1)
- The JACK Audio Connection Kit example client
- jack_showtime(1)
- The JACK Audio Connection Kit example client
- jack_unload(1)
- The JACK Audio Connection Kit example client
- jags(1)
- just another gibbs sampler
- jaildaemon(1)
- A fixed command-line interface for FreeBSD jails to their host system
- jails(8)
- lists hostnames of all running jails on the system
- janet(1)
- run the Janet language abstract machine
- japropos(1), jwhatis(1)
- search the Japanese whatis database for strings
- javavm_opts.conf(5)
- the Java VM wrapper options configuration file
- javavms(5)
- the Java VM wrapper configuration file
- jcat(1)
- Show the contents of a block in the file system journal
- jk_chrootsh(8)
- a shell that will put the user inside a changed root
- jk_lsh(8)
- a shell that limits the binaries it will execute
- jk_uchroot(8)
- grant regular users the right to change root into certain directories
- jk_update(8)
- a utility to update and cleanup a jail according to changes on the real system
- jls(1)
- List the contents of a file system journal
- jman(1)
- format and display the on-line Japanese and/or original (English) manual pages
- jnethack(6), nethack(6)
- Exploring The Mazes of Menace
- jnettop(8)
- View hosts/ports taking up the most network traffic
- join.tcl85(n), join(n)
- Create a string by joining together list elements
- join.tcl86(n), join(n)
- Create a string by joining together list elements
- join.tcl87(n), join(n)
- Create a string by joining together list elements
- joystick_getaxis(3), joystick_getbutton(3)
- query the current state of a joystick
- joystick_getnumaxes(3), joystick_getnumbuttons(3)
- query the capabilities of a joystick
- joystick_sethandler(3), joystick_setdefaulthandler(3)
- set the joystick event handler
- joytest(6)
- test the svgalib joystick package in text mode
- jpeg2yuv(1)
- Convert jpeg images to the yuv format
- jpm(1)
- the Janet Project Manager, a build tool for Janet
- jshon(1)
- JSON parser for the shell
- jsonrpcstub(1)
- genearate stubs for the libjson-rpc-cpp framework
- jw(1), docbook2dvi(1), docbook2html(1), docbook2man(1), docbook2pdf(1), docbook2ps(1), docbook2rtf(1), docbook2tex(1), docbook2texi(1), docbook2txt(1)
- (Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formats
- jwhois(1)
- client for the whois service
- k8055(1)
- read from/write to the velleman k8055 USB I/O board
- kannel(8), bearerbox(8), wapbox(8), smsbox(8)
- Parts of Kannel, the WAP and SMS gateway
- katalyzer(1)
- analyzes Kate streams and displays various information about them
- kbfsd(5)
- service daemon for the Keybase filesystem (KBFS)
- kbibtex(1)
- a BibTeX editor by KDE written by Thomas Fischer and released under the GPL version 2 or later
- kbookmarkmerger(1)
- A program for merging a given set of bookmarks into the users list of bookmarks
- kbuildsycoca5(8)
- Rebuilds the KService desktop file system configuration cache
- kccachetest(1)
- command line interface to test the cache hash database
- kcdirmgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the directory hash database
- kcdirtest(1)
- command line interface to test the directory hash database
- kcemu(1x)
- The KC 85/4 Emulator
- kcemu-remote(1)
- A remote controller for the KC 85/4 Emulator
- kcforestmgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the directory tree database
- kcforesttest(1)
- command line interface to test the directory tree database
- kcgrasstest(1)
- command line interface to test the cache tree database
- kchashmgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the file hash database
- kchashtest(1)
- command line interface to test the file hash database
- kclangctest(1)
- command line interface to test the C language binding
- kcookiejar5(8)
- Command line interface to the KDE HTTP cookie daemon
- kcpolymgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the polymorphic database
- kcpolytest(1)
- command line interface to test the polymorphic database
- kcprototest(1)
- command line interface to test the prototype database
- kcstashtest(1)
- command line interface to test the stash database
- kctreemgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the file tree database
- kctreetest(1)
- command line interface to test the file tree database
- kcutiltest(1)
- command line interface to test the utility functions
-
- kdigest(8)
- userland tool to access digest interface in the KDC
- kdrill(1), kdrill v6.2(1)
- drill program for kanji chars under Xwindows (X11R5 or better is required to run) kdrill also does dictionary lookup Yikes.. this man-page is getting huge. But I am a great believer in having proper documentation. Hopefully, this new format will help instead of hinder. At some future point in time, I shall convert this huge beast to HTML. But that point is not now. [Although actually, you CAN go to http://www.bolthole.com/kdrill/ for some help ] TIP: "/WORD" usually takes you to the next occurrence of "WORD", if you are viewing this using a "man"-like program
- keepassxc-cli(1)
- command line interface for the KeePassXC password manager
- kerberos(8)
- introduction to the Kerberos system
- kermit(1)
- C(hyKermit 9.0: transport(hy and platform(hyindependent interactive and scriptable communications software. This document is intended to give the beginner sufficient information to make basic (if not advanced) use of C(hyKermit 9.0. Although it might be rather long for a Unix manual page, it's still far shorter than the C(hyKermit manual, which should be consulted for advanced topics such as customization, character(hysets, scripting, etc. We also attempt to provide a clear structural overview of C(hyKermit's many capabilities, functional areas, states, and modes and their interrelation, that should be helpful to beginners and veterans alike, as well as to those upgrading to version 9.0 from earlier releases. This document is also available as a Web page at: http://www.columbia.edu/kermit/ckututor.html
- key_led_flag(3)
- Flag to prevent the keyboard LEDs from being updated. Allegro game programming library
- key_shifts(3)
- Bitmask containing the current state of modifier keys. Allegro game programming library
- keyboard_clearstate(3)
- reset the state of all keys when in raw keyboard mode
- keyboard_close(3)
- return the keyboard to normal operation from raw mode
- keyboard_getstate(3)
- get a pointer to a buffer holding the state of all keys in raw keyboard mode
- keyboard_init(3), keyboard_init_return_fd(3)
- initialize the keyboard to raw mode
- keyboard_needs_poll(3)
- Tells if the keyboard needs polling. Allegro game programming library
- keypressed(3)
- Tells if there are keypresses waiting in the input buffer. Allegro game programming library
- keytest(6)
- tests the svgalib raw keyboard functions
- khangman(6)
- The classical hangman game by KDE
- kimpersonate(8)
- impersonate a user when there exist a keyfile or KeyFile
- klog(1)
- The Ham Radio Logging program
- kmousetool(1)
- Accessibility tool to help click the mouse
- kmouth(1)
- A type-and-say front end for speech synthesizers
- kmplot(1)
- mathematical function plotter
- kmymoney(1)
- the personal finances manager by KDE
- knet_get_transport_list(3)
- Get a list of the transports support by this build of knet
- knet_handle_get_channel(3)
- Get the channel associated with a file descriptor
- knet_handle_get_datafd(3)
- Get the file descriptor associated with a channel
- knet_handle_get_transport_reconnect_interval(3)
- Get the interval between transport attempts to reconnect a failed link
- knet_handle_pmtud_get(3)
- Get the current data MTU
- knet_handle_pmtud_getfreq(3)
- Get the interval between PMTUd scans
- knet_handle_pmtud_set(3)
- Set the current interface MTU
- knet_handle_pmtud_setfreq(3)
- Set the interval between PMTUd scans
- knet_handle_set_transport_reconnect_interval(3)
- Set the interval between transport attempts to reconnect a failed link
- knet_host_get_id_by_host_name(3)
- Get the ID of a host given its name
- knet_host_get_name_by_host_id(3)
- Get the name of a host given its ID
- knet_host_get_policy(3)
- Get the switching policy for a host's links
- knet_host_get_status(3)
- Get the status of a host
- knet_host_set_name(3)
- Set the name of a knet host
- knet_host_set_policy(3)
- Set the switching policy for a host's links
- knet_link_clear_config(3)
- Clear link information and disconnect the link
- knet_link_get_config(3)
- Get the link configutation information
- knet_link_get_enable(3)
- Find out whether a link is enabled or not
- knet_link_get_ping_timers(3)
- Get the ping timers for a link
- knet_link_get_pong_count(3)
- Get the pong count for a link
- knet_link_get_priority(3)
- Get the priority for a link
- knet_link_get_status(3)
- Get the status (and statistics) for a link
- knet_link_set_config(3)
- Configure the link to a host
- knet_link_set_ping_timers(3)
- Set the ping timers for a link
- knet_link_set_pong_count(3)
- Set the pong count for a link
- knet_link_set_priority(3)
- Set the priority for a link
- knet_log_get_loglevel(3)
- Get the logging level for a subsystem
- knet_log_set_loglevel(3)
- Set the logging level for a subsystem
- knife(1)
- The man page for the knife command line tool. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-bootstrap(1)
- The man page for the knife bootstrap subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-client(1)
- The man page for the knife client subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-configure(1)
- The man page for the knife configure subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-cookbook(1)
- The man page for the knife cookbook subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-cookbook-site(1)
- The man page for the knife cookbook site subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-data-bag(1)
- The man page for the knife data bag subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-delete(1)
- The man page for the knife delete subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-deps(1)
- The man page for the knife deps subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-diff(1)
- The man page for the knife diff subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-download(1)
- The man page for the knife download subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-edit(1)
- The man page for the knife edit subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-environment(1)
- The man page for the knife environment subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-exec(1)
- The man page for the knife exec subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-index-rebuild(1)
- The man page for the knife index rebuild subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-list(1)
- The man page for the knife list subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-node(1)
- The man page for the knife node subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-raw(1)
- The man page for the knife raw subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-recipe-list(1)
- The man page for the knife recipe list subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-role(1)
- The man page for the knife role subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-search(1)
- The man page for the knife search subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-serve(1)
- The man page for the knife serve subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-show(1)
- The man page for the knife show subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-ssh(1)
- The man page for the knife ssh subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-ssl-check(1)
- The man page for the knife ssl check subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-ssl-fetch(1)
- The man page for the knife ssl fetch subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-status(1)
- The man page for the knife status subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-tag(1)
- The man page for the knife tag subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-upload(1)
- The man page for the knife upload subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-user(1)
- The man page for the knife user subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knife-xargs(1)
- The man page for the knife xargs subcommand. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
-
- knockcf(5), .knockcf(5)
- The knock configuration file
- kobodl(6)
- Kobo Deluxe, an enhanced version of the scrolling game XKobo
- korgdump(1)
- List information about sound files in KORG synthesizer format
- kproplog(8)
- display the contents of the Kerberos principal update log rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- kpseaccess(1)
- determine whether a file can be accessed
-
- krb5_auth_con_addflags(3), krb5_auth_con_free(3), krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(3), krb5_auth_con_generatelocalsubkey(3), krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(3), krb5_auth_con_getauthenticator(3), krb5_auth_con_getflags(3), krb5_auth_con_getkey(3), krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(3), krb5_auth_con_getrcache(3), krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(3), krb5_auth_con_getuserkey(3), krb5_auth_con_init(3), krb5_auth_con_initivector(3), krb5_auth_con_removeflags(3), krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(3), krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd(3), krb5_auth_con_setflags(3), krb5_auth_con_setivector(3), krb5_auth_con_setkey(3), krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey(3), krb5_auth_con_setrcache(3), krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey(3), krb5_auth_con_setuserkey(3), krb5_auth_context(3), krb5_auth_getcksumtype(3), krb5_auth_getkeytype(3), krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber(3), krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber(3), krb5_auth_setcksumtype(3), krb5_auth_setkeytype(3), krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber(3), krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber(3), krb5_free_authenticator(3)
- manage authentication on connection level
- krb5_ccache_intro(3), krb5_ccache_introThe(3)
- credential cache functions
- krb5_digest(3), krb5_digest_alloc(3), krb5_digest_free(3), krb5_digest_set_server_cb(3), krb5_digest_set_type(3), krb5_digest_set_hostname(3), krb5_digest_get_server_nonce(3), krb5_digest_set_server_nonce(3), krb5_digest_get_opaque(3), krb5_digest_set_opaque(3), krb5_digest_get_identifier(3), krb5_digest_set_identifier(3), krb5_digest_init_request(3), krb5_digest_set_client_nonce(3), krb5_digest_set_digest(3), krb5_digest_set_username(3), krb5_digest_set_authid(3), krb5_digest_set_authentication_user(3), krb5_digest_set_realm(3), krb5_digest_set_method(3), krb5_digest_set_uri(3), krb5_digest_set_nonceCount(3), krb5_digest_set_qop(3), krb5_digest_request(3), krb5_digest_get_responseData(3), krb5_digest_get_rsp(3), krb5_digest_get_tickets(3), krb5_digest_get_client_binding(3), krb5_digest_get_a1_hash(3)
- remote digest (HTTP-DIGEST, SASL, CHAP) support
- krb5_find_padata(3), krb5_padata_add(3)
- Kerberos 5 pre-authentication data handling functions
- krb5_get_credentials(3), krb5_get_credentials_with_flags(3), krb5_get_kdc_cred(3), krb5_get_renewed_creds(3)
- get credentials from the KDC using krbtgt
- krb5_get_creds(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_add_options(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_alloc(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_free(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_set_enctype(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_set_impersonate(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_set_options(3), krb5_get_creds_opt_set_ticket(3)
- get credentials from the KDC
- krb5_get_in_tkt(3), krb5_get_in_cred(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_password(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_keytab(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_skey(3), krb5_free_kdc_rep(3), krb5_password_key_proc(3)
- deprecated initial authentication functions
- krb5_get_init_creds(3), krb5_get_init_creds_keytab(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_init(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_address_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_addressless(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_anonymous(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_default_flags(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_forwardable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa_password(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_paq_request(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_preauth_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_proxiable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_renew_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_tkt_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_canonicalize(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_win2k(3), krb5_get_init_creds_password(3), krb5_prompt(3), krb5_prompter_posix(3)
- Kerberos 5 initial authentication functions
- krb5_init_creds_intro(3), krb5_init_creds_introThe(3)
- initial credential handing functions
- krb5_introduction(3), krb5_introductionIntroduction(3)
- to the Kerberos 5 API
- krb5_keytab_intro(3), krb5_keytab_introThe(3)
- keytab handing functions
- krb5_mk_req(3), krb5_mk_req_exact(3), krb5_mk_req_extended(3), krb5_rd_req(3), krb5_rd_req_with_keyblock(3), krb5_mk_rep(3), krb5_mk_rep_exact(3), krb5_mk_rep_extended(3), krb5_rd_rep(3), krb5_build_ap_req(3), krb5_verify_ap_req(3)
- create and read application authentication request
- krb5_principal_intro(3), krb5_principal_introThe principal handing functions.(3)
- A Kerberos principal is a email address looking string that contains two parts separated by . The second part is the kerberos realm the principal belongs to and the first is a list of 0 or more components. For example lha@SU.SE host/hummel.it.su.se@SU.SE host/admin@H5L.ORG See the library functions here: Heimdal Kerberos 5 principal functions
- krb5_rd_safe(3), krb5_rd_priv(3)
- verifies authenticity of messages
- krb5plugin_an2ln_ftable_desc(3)
- Description of the krb5_aname_to_lname(3) plugin facility
- krb5plugin_db_ftable_desc(3)
- Description of the krb5 DB plugin facility
- krb5plugin_kuserok_ftable_desc(3)
- Description of the krb5_kuserok(3) plugin facility
- ksql(3)
- yet another SQLite wrapper
- ksql_lastid(3)
- get the last insertion row identifier
- ksql_result_blob(3), ksql_result_blob_alloc(3), ksql_result_bytes(3), ksql_result_double(3), ksql_result_int(3), ksql_result_isnull(3), ksql_result_str(3), ksql_result_str_alloc(3)
- get the result columns of a statement
- ksql_stmt_blob(3), ksql_stmt_bytes(3), ksql_stmt_double(3), ksql_stmt_int(3), ksql_stmt_isnull(3), ksql_stmt_str(3)
- get the result columns of a statement
- ksql_stmt_cstep(3), ksql_stmt_step(3)
- get the next row of results from a statement
- kstash(8)
- store the KDC master password in a file
- ktelnet(1), telnet(1)
- user interface to the TELNET protocol
- ktremotemgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the remote database
- ktremotetest(1)
- command line interface to test the remote database
- kttimedmgr(1)
- command line interface to manage the timed database
- kttimedtest(1)
- command line interface to test the timed database
- ktutiltest(1)
- command line interface to test the utility functions
- kua(1)
- find files which are identical to the given one (comes from the Hungarian keresd ugyanazt - meaning "find the same")
- kumppa(6)
- spiraling, spinning, splashes of color rush toward the screen
- kyua-config(1), kyua config(1)
- Inspects the values of the loaded configuration
- kyua-db-migrate(1), kyua db-migrate(1)
- Upgrades the schema of an existing results file
- kyua-list(1), kyua list(1)
- Lists test cases and their metadata
- kyua-report(1), kyua report(1)
- Generates reports with the results of a test suite run
- kyua-report-html(1), kyua report-html(1)
- Generates an HTML report with the results of a test suite run
- kyua-report-junit(1), kyua report-junit(1)
- Generates a JUnit report with the results of a test suite run
- kyua.conf(5)
- Configuration file for the kyua tool
- lalign(1)
- compare two protein or DNA sequences for local similarity and show the local sequence alignments plalign,flalign - compare two sequences for local similarity and plot the local sequence alignments
- lament(6)
- animates the Lament Configuration
- lapumgr(1)
- the command line utility of the simple API
- laputa(3)
- the simple API
- laputest(1)
- test cases of the simple API
- larn(6)
- exploring the caverns of Larn
- lat_pagefault(8)
- measure the cost of pagefaulting pages from a file
- lat_syscall(8)
- time simple entry into the operating system
- lav2wav(1)
- Extract the audio out of MJPEG container files to stdout
- lavtrans(1)
- Convert MJPEG videos to other MJPEG video formats
- lax(5)
- Parameter file for logic synthesis man1/alc_origin.1
- lazarus-ide(1), Lazarus(1)
- is a Rapid Application Development (RAD) for the Free Pascal Compiler (FPC) including an Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
- lazbuild(1)
- The Lazarus project and package build program
- lbdb-fetchaddr(1)
- grab addresses from mails add append them to lbdb database
- lbdbq(1)
- query program for the little brother's database
- lcdexec(1)
- LCDproc client to execute commands from the LCDd menu
- lcreate(1)
- upload transcripts and their corresponding files
- ld(1)
- The GNU linker
- ld(1)
- Using LD, the GNU linker
- ldap_extended_operation(3), ldap_extended_operation_s(3)
- Extends the LDAP operations to the LDAP server
- ldap_init(3), ldap_initialize(3), ldap_open(3)
- Initialize the LDAP library and open a connection to an LDAP server
- ldap_parse_sort_control(3)
- Decode the information returned from a search operation that used a server-side sort control
- ldap_parse_vlv_control(3)
- Decode the information returned from a search operation that used a VLV (virtual list view) control
- ldap_rename(3), ldap_rename_s(3)
- Renames the specified entry
- ldap_result(3)
- Wait for the result of an LDAP operation
- ldapgid(1)
- displays a group's list of IDs the way ldapid(1) does
- ldapid(1)
- displays a user's list of IDs the way 'id' does. The following is displayed : uid=uidNumber(uid) gid=gidNumber(cn) groups=gidNumber(cn)[,gidNumber(cn)...]
- ldapinit(1)
- initializes the LDAP directory with a minimal tree
- ldappasswd(1)
- change the password of an LDAP entry
- ldapsetprimarygroup(1)
- modifies the gidNumber of a POSIX user or machine account in LDAP (sets a user's primary group in LDAP)
- ldns-dane(1)
- verify or create TLS authentication with DANE (RFC6698)
- ldns-keyfetcher(1)
- retrieve the DNSSEC DNSKEYs for a zone
- ldns-mx(1)
- print out the mx record(s) for a domain
- ldns-nsec3-hash(1)
- print out the NSEC3 hash for a domain name
- ldns-revoke(1)
- sets the revoke bit of a DNSKEY
- ldns-rrsig(1)
- print out the inception and expiration dates in human readable form
- ldns-version(1)
- print out the version of the ldns-library and tools on this system
- ldns-walk(1)
- Retrieve the contents of a DNSSEC signed zone
- ldns_init_random(3)
- seed the random function
- ldns_octet(3)
- removes escaped from the input
- ldns_pkt2buffer_str(3), ldns_pktheader2buffer_str(3), ldns_rr2buffer_str(3), ldns_rr_list2buffer_str(3), ldns_rdf2buffer_str(3), ldns_key2buffer_str(3), ldns_pkt2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rr2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rdf2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rrsig2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rr_rdata2buffer_wire(3)
- lower level conversions
- ldns_rr_uncompressed_size(3)
- calculates the uncompressed size of an RR
- ldns_update_set_zocount(3), ldns_update_set_prcount(3), ldns_update_set_upcount(3), ldns_update_set_adcount(3)
- set the update packet counters
- ldns_zone_sort(3), ldns_zone_glue_rr_list(3)
- sort a zone and get the glue records
- leafnode-version(1)
- print the leafnode version
- lemonbar(1)
- Featherweight lemon-scented bar
- lft(8)
- display the route packets take to a network host/socket using one of several layer-4 protocols and methods; optionally show heuristic network information in transitu
- lftp.conf(5)
- the global configuration file for lftp
- lg_intro(1)
- introduction to the looking glass
- lib3ds-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of lib3ds
- libansilove(3)
- Library for converting ANSI, ASCII, and other formats to PNG
- libarchive-formats(5)
- archive formats supported by the libarchive library
- libauth(3)
- routines for writing nnrpd resolvers and authenticators
- libbde(3), libbde.h(3)
- Library to access the BitLocker Drive Encryption (BDE) format
- libcurl-multi(3)
- how to use the multi interface
- libcurl-share(3)
- how to use the share interface
- libcvc4(3)
- a library interface for the CVC4 theorem prover
- libcvc4parser(3)
- a parser library interface for the CVC4 theorem prover
- libesedb(3), libesedb.h(3)
- Library to access the Extensible Storage Engine (ESE) Database File (EDB) format
- libevt(3), libevt.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Event Log (EVT) format
- libevtx(3), libevtx.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows XML Event Log (EVTX) format
- libewf(3), libewf.h(3)
- Library to access the Expert Witness Compression Format (EWF) format
- libfsapfs(3), libfsapfs.h(3)
- Library to access the Apple File System (APFS) format
- libfsntfs(3), libfsntfs.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows New Technology File System (NTFS) format
- libfvde(3), libfvde.h(3)
- Library to access the FileVault Drive Encryption (FVDE) format
- libfwsi(3), libfwsi.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Shell Item format
- libgps(3)
- C service library for communicating with the GPS daemon
- libgpsmm(3), libQgpsmm(3)
- C++ and QT class wrapper for the GPS daemon
- libhid-detach-device(1)
- simple tool to take away control over a HID from the kernel HID driver's
- libinput-list-devices(1)
- list local devices as recognized by libinput and default values of their configuration
- liblnk(3), liblnk.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Shortcut File (LNK) format
- libluksde(3), libluksde.h(3)
- Library to access the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) Disk Encryption format
- libmemcached(3)
- Introducing the C Client Library for memcached rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin \$1
- libmikmod-config(1)
- script to get information about the installed version of libmikmod
- libmsiecf(3), libmsiecf.h(3)
- Library to access the MSIE Cache File (index.dat) format
- libnetpbm(3)
- general introduction to the netpbm library
- libnutclient_misc(3), nutclient_authenticate(3), nutclient_logout(3), nutclient_device_login(3), nutclient_get_device_num_logins(3), nutclient_device_master(3), nutclient_device_forced_shutdown(3)
- Miscellaneous functions in Network UPS Tools high-level client access library
- libolecf(3), libolecf.h(3)
- Library to access the Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) Compound File (CF) format
- libowfat_array(3), array(3)
- The array library interface
- libowfat_array_cat(3), array_cat(3)
- append one array to another
- libowfat_array_cate(3), array_cate(3)
- append subset of one array to another array
- libowfat_fmt_httpdate(3), fmt_httpdate(3)
- write a date in ASCII as in the HTTP protocol
- libowfat_socket_bind4(3), socket_bind4(3)
- set the local IP address and port of a socket
- libowfat_socket_bind4_reuse(3), socket_bind4_reuse(3)
- set the local IP address and port of a socket
- libowfat_socket_bind6(3), socket_bind6(3)
- set the local IP address and port of a socket
- libowfat_socket_bind6_reuse(3), socket_bind6_reuse(3)
- set the local IP address and port of a socket
- libpff(3), libpff.h(3)
- Library to access the Personal Folder File (OST, PAB and PST) format
- libppl(3)
- the C++ interface of the Parma Polyhedra Library
- libppl_c(3)
- the C interface of the Parma Polyhedra Library
- libqcow(3), libqcow.h(3)
- Library to access the QEMU Copy-On-Write (QCOW) image file format
- libquvi(3)
- Overview of the library
- libquvi-scripts(7)
- Overview of the library scripts
- libregf(3), libregf.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows NT Registry File (REGF) format
- libscca(3), libscca.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Prefetch File (PF) format
- libsmraw(3), libsmraw.h(3)
- Library to access the storage media (SM) (split) RAW format
- libssh2_agent_get_identity(3)
- get a public key off the collection of public keys managed by ssh-agent
- libssh2_agent_get_identity_path(3)
- gets the custom ssh-agent socket path
- libssh2_agent_userauth(3)
- authenticate a session with a public key, with the help of ssh-agent
- libssh2_banner_set(3)
- set the SSH protocol banner for the local client
- libssh2_channel_get_exit_signal(3)
- get the remote exit signal
- libssh2_channel_get_exit_status(3)
- get the remote exit code
- libssh2_channel_receive_window_adjust(3)
- adjust the channel window
- libssh2_channel_receive_window_adjust2(3)
- adjust the channel window
- libssh2_channel_setenv_ex(3)
- set an environment variable on the channel
- libssh2_channel_wait_closed(3)
- wait for the remote to close the channel
- libssh2_channel_wait_eof(3)
- wait for the remote to reply to an EOF request
- libssh2_channel_window_read_ex(3)
- Check the status of the read window
- libssh2_channel_window_write_ex(3)
- Check the status of the write window
- libssh2_hostkey_hash(3)
- return a hash of the remote host's key
- libssh2_knownhost_check(3)
- check a host+key against the list of known hosts
- libssh2_knownhost_checkp(3)
- check a host+key against the list of known hosts
- libssh2_knownhost_get(3)
- get a known host off the collection of known hosts
- libssh2_session_banner_get(3)
- get the remote banner
- libssh2_session_banner_set(3)
- set the SSH protocol banner for the local client
- libssh2_session_get_timeout(3)
- get the timeout for blocking functions
- libssh2_session_handshake(3)
- perform the SSH handshake
- libssh2_session_hostkey(3)
- get the remote key
- libssh2_session_last_errno(3)
- get the most recent error number
- libssh2_session_last_error(3)
- get the most recent error
- libssh2_session_methods(3)
- return the currently active algorithms
- libssh2_session_set_last_error(3)
- sets the internal error state
- libssh2_sftp_get_channel(3)
- return the channel of sftp
- libssh2_sftp_init(3)
- open SFTP channel for the given SSH session
- libssh2_sftp_last_error(3)
- return the last SFTP-specific error code
- libssh2_sftp_mkdir_ex(3)
- create a directory on the remote file system
- libssh2_sftp_seek(3)
- set the read/write position indicator within a file
- libssh2_sftp_seek64(3)
- set the read/write position within a file
- libssh2_sftp_tell(3)
- get the current read/write position indicator for a file
- libssh2_sftp_tell64(3)
- get the current read/write position indicator for a file
- libssh2_userauth_authenticated(3)
- return authentication status
- libssh2_userauth_keyboard_interactive_ex(3)
- authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication
- libssh2_userauth_list(3)
- list supported authentication methods
- libssh2_userauth_password_ex(3)
- authenticate a session with username and password
- libssh2_userauth_publickey(3)
- authenticate using a callback function
- libssh2_userauth_publickey_fromfile(3)
- authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file
- libssh2_userauth_publickey_frommemory(3)
- authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory
- libssh2_version(3)
- return the libssh2 version number
- libvga.config(5), svgalibrc(5)
- the svgalib configuration file
- libvhdi(3), libvhdi.h(3)
- Library to access the Virtual Hard Disk (VHD) image format
- libvmdk(3), libvmdk.h(3)
- Library to access the VMware Virtual Disk (VMDK) format
- libvshadow(3), libvshadow.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows NT Volume Shadow Snapshot (VSS) format
- libvslvm(3), libvslvm.h(3)
- Library to access the Linux Logical Volume Manager (LVM) volume system
- libzzuf(3)
- helper library for the zzuf multiple purpose fuzzer
- liebert-esp2(8)
- Driver for Liebert UPS, using the ESP-II serial protocol
- lifeconv(6), Xlife(6)
- Conway's Game of Life and other cellular automata, for X
- lightning-connect(7)
- Command for connecting to another lightning node
- lightning-disconnect(7)
- Command for disconnecting from another lightning node
- lightning-listchannels(7)
- Command to query active lightning channels in the entire network
- lightning-listforwards(7)
- Command showing all htlcs and their information
- lightning-listfunds(7)
- Command showing all funds currently managed by the c-lightning node
- lightning-txprepare(7)
- Command to prepare to withdraw funds from the internal wallet
- lightning-waitblockheight(7)
- -- Command for waiting for blocks on the blockchain lightning-waitblockheight -- Command for waiting for blocks on the blockchain
- line(3)
- Draws a line onto the bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- lineak_defaultplugin(1)
- Macro plugin for the lineakd daemon
- lineak_xosdplugin(1)
- On Screen Display plugin for the lineakd daemon
- linuxdoc(1)
- LinuxDoc DTD SGML converter to other output format
- lircd(8)
- LIRC daemon decodes infrared signals and provides them on a Unix domain socket
- lis_array_abs(3)
- get the absolute values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_abs(3f)
- get the absolute values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_axpy(3)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_array_axpy(3f)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_array_axpyz(3)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_array_axpyz(3f)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_array_cgs(3)
- calculate the QR factorization with the classical Gram-Schmidt process
- lis_array_cgs(3f)
- calculate the QR factorization with the classical Gram-Schmidt process
- lis_array_copy(3)
- copy the values of the vector elements
- lis_array_copy(3f)
- copy the values of the vector elements
- lis_array_dot(3)
- calculate the Hermitian inner product of the vectors
- lis_array_dot(3f)
- calculate the Hermitian inner product of the vectors
- lis_array_ge(3)
- calculate the inverse of the matrix with the Gaussian elimination
- lis_array_ge(3f)
- calculate the inverse of the matrix with the Gaussian elimination
- lis_array_matmat(3)
- calculate the matrix-matrix product
- lis_array_matmat(3f)
- calculate the matrix-matrix product
- lis_array_matmat_ns(3)
- calculate the matrix-matrix product
- lis_array_matmat_ns(3f)
- calculate the matrix-matrix product
- lis_array_matvec(3)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_matvec(3f)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_matvec_ns(3)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_matvec_ns(3f)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_matvect(3)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_matvect(3f)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_array_mgs(3)
- calculate the QR factorization with the modified Gram-Schmidt process
- lis_array_mgs(3f)
- calculate the QR factorization with the modified Gram-Schmidt process
- lis_array_nrm1(3)
- calculate the 1-norm of the vector
- lis_array_nrm1(3f)
- calculate the 1-norm of the vector
- lis_array_nrm2(3)
- calculate the 2-norm of the vector
- lis_array_nrm2(3f)
- calculate the 2-norm of the vector
- lis_array_nrmi(3)
- calculate the infinity norm of the vector
- lis_array_nrmi(3f)
- calculate the infinity norm of the vector
- lis_array_pdiv(3)
- divide each element of a vector by the corresponding element of another
- lis_array_pdiv(3f)
- divide each element of a vector by the corresponding of another
- lis_array_pmul(3)
- multiply each element of a vector by the corresponding element of another
- lis_array_pmul(3f)
- multiply each element of a vector by the corresponding of another
- lis_array_qr(3)
- calculate the eigenvalues with the QR algorithm
- lis_array_qr(3f)
- calculate the eigenvalues with the QR algorithm
- lis_array_reciprocal(3)
- get the reciprocal values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_reciprocal(3f)
- get the reciprocal values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_scale(3)
- multiply the vector by the scalar
- lis_array_scale(3f)
- multiply the vector by the scalar
- lis_array_set_all(3)
- assign the value to the elements of the vector
- lis_array_set_all(3f)
- assign the value to the elements of the vector
- lis_array_shift(3)
- get the shifted values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_shift(3f)
- get the shifted values of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_solve(3)
- solve the linear equation with the direct method
- lis_array_solve(3f)
- solve the linear equation with the direct method
- lis_array_sum(3)
- calculate the sum of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_sum(3f)
- calculate the sum of the elements of the vector
- lis_array_swap(3)
- swap the values of the vector elements
- lis_array_swap(3f)
- swap the values of the vector elements
- lis_array_xpay(3)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_array_xpay(3f)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_esolve(3)
- solve the standard eigenvalue problem
- lis_esolve(3f)
- solve the standard eigenvalue problem
- lis_esolver_create(3)
- create the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_create(3f)
- create the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_destroy(3)
- destroy the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_destroy(3f)
- destroy the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_esolver(3)
- get the eigensolver number from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_esolver(3f)
- get the eigensolver number from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_esolvername(3)
- get the eigensolver name from the eigensolver number
- lis_esolver_get_esolvername(3f)
- get the eigensolver name from the eigensolver number
- lis_esolver_get_evalues(3)
- get all the eigenvalues from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_evalues(3f)
- get all the eigenvalues from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_evectors(3)
- get all the eigenvectors from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_evectors(3f)
- get all the eigenvectors from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iter(3)
- get the number of iterations for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iter(3f)
- get the number of iterations for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iterex(3)
- get the detailed information on the number of iterations for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iterex(3f)
- get the detailed information on the number of iterations for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iters(3)
- get the numbers of iterations for all the eigenpairs from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_iters(3f)
- get the numbers of iterations for all the eigenpairs from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_residualnorm(3)
- get the relative residual norm for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_residualnorm(3f)
- calculate the relative residual norm from the eigenvector
- lis_esolver_get_residualnorms(3)
- Get the relative residual norm for all the eigenpairs from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_residualnorms(3f)
- get the relative residual norms for all the eigenpairs from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_rhistory(3)
- Get the residual history for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_rhistory(3f)
- get the residual history for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_status(3)
- get the status for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_status(3f)
- get the status for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_time(3)
- get the execution time for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_time(3f)
- get the execution time for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_timeex(3)
- get the detailed information on the execution time for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_get_timeex(3f)
- get the detailed information on the execution time for the specified eigenpair from the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_set_option(3)
- set the options for the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_set_option(3f)
- set the options for the eigensolver
- lis_esolver_set_optionC(3)
- set the options for the eigensolver on the command line
- lis_esolver_set_optionC(3f)
- set the options for the eigensolver on the command line
- lis_finalize(3)
- finalize the execution environment
- lis_finalize(3f)
- finalize the execution environment
- lis_initialize(3)
- initialize the execution environment
- lis_initialize(3f)
- initialize the execution environment
- lis_input(3)
- read the matrix and vector data
- lis_input(3f)
- read the matrix and vector data
- lis_input_matrix(3)
- read the matrix data
- lis_input_matrix(3f)
- read the matrix data
- lis_input_vector(3)
- read the vector data
- lis_input_vector(3f)
- read the vector data
- lis_matrix_assemble(3)
- assemble the matrix into the specified storage format
- lis_matrix_assemble(3f)
- assemble the matrix into the specified storage format
- lis_matrix_axpy(3)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matrix_axpy(3f)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matrix_axpyz(3)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matrix_axpyz(3f)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matrix_convert(3)
- convert the matrix format
- lis_matrix_convert(3f)
- convert the matrix format
- lis_matrix_copy(3)
- copy the values of the matrix elements
- lis_matrix_copy(3f)
- copy the values of the matrix elements
- lis_matrix_create(3)
- create the matrix
- lis_matrix_create(3f)
- create the matrix
- lis_matrix_destroy(3)
- destroy the matrix
- lis_matrix_destroy(3f)
- destroy the matrix
- lis_matrix_duplicate(3)
- duplicate the matrix
- lis_matrix_duplicate(3f)
- duplicate the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_diagonal(3)
- Get the digonal elemments of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_diagonal(3f)
- get the digonal elemments of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_nnz(3)
- get the number of nonzero elements of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_nnz(3f)
- get the number of nonzero elements of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_range(3)
- get the location of the partial matrix in the global matrix
- lis_matrix_get_range(3f)
- get the location of the partial matrix in the global matrix
- lis_matrix_get_size(3)
- get the size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_size(3f)
- get the size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_get_type(3)
- get the storage format
- lis_matrix_get_type(3f)
- get the storage format
- lis_matrix_malloc(3)
- allocate the memory for the matrix
- lis_matrix_malloc(3f)
- allocate the memory for the matrix
- lis_matrix_scale(3)
- scale the matrix
- lis_matrix_scale(3f)
- scale the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_blocksize(3)
- assign the block size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_blocksize(3f)
- assign the block size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_bsc(3)
- associate the arrays in the BSC format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_bsc(3f)
- associate the arrays in the BSC format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_bsr(3)
- associate the arrays in the BSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_bsr(3f)
- associate the arrays in the BSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_coo(3)
- associate the arrays in the COO format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_coo(3f)
- associate the arrays in the COO format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_csc(3)
- associate the arrays in the CSC format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_csc(3f)
- associate the arrays in the CSC format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_csr(3)
- associate the arrays in the CSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_csr(3f)
- associate the arrays in the CSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_dia(3)
- associate the arrays in the DIA format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_dia(3f)
- associate the arrays in the DIA format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_dns(3)
- associate the arrays in the DNS format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_dns(3f)
- associate the arrays in the DNS format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_ell(3)
- associate the arrays in the ELL format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_ell(3f)
- associate the arrays in the ELL format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_jad(3)
- associate the arrays in the JAD format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_jad(3f)
- associate the arrays in the JAD format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_msr(3)
- associate the arrays in the MSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_msr(3f)
- associate the arrays in the MSR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_size(3)
- assign the size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_size(3f)
- assign the size of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_type(3)
- assign the storage format
- lis_matrix_set_type(3f)
- assign the storage format
- lis_matrix_set_value(3)
- assign the scalar value to the element of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_value(3f)
- assign the scalar value to the element of the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_vbr(3)
- associate the arrays in the VBR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_set_vbr(3f)
- associate the arrays in the VBR format with the matrix
- lis_matrix_shift_diagonal(3)
- shift the digonal elemments of the matrix
- lis_matrix_shift_diagonal(3f)
- shift the digonal elemments of the matrix
- lis_matrix_unset(3)
- unassociate the arrays from the matrix
- lis_matrix_unset(3f)
- unassociate the arrays from the matrix
- lis_matrix_xpay(3)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matrix_xpay(3f)
- calculate the sum of the matrices
- lis_matvec(3)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_matvec(3f)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_matvect(3)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_matvect(3f)
- calculate the matrix vector product
- lis_output(3)
- write the matrix and vector data
- lis_output(3f)
- write the matrix and vector data
- lis_output_matrix(3)
- write the matrix data
- lis_output_matrix(3f)
- write the matrix data
- lis_output_vector(3)
- write the vector data
- lis_output_vector(3f)
- write the vector data
- lis_solve(3)
- solve the linear equation
- lis_solve(3f)
- solve the linear equation
- lis_solve_kernel(3)
- solve the linear equation with the predefined preconditioner
- lis_solve_kernel(3f)
- solve the linear equation with the predefined preconditioner
- lis_solver_create(3)
- create the solver
- lis_solver_create(3f)
- create the solver
- lis_solver_destroy(3)
- destroy the solver
- lis_solver_destroy(3f)
- destroy the solver
- lis_solver_get_iter(3)
- get the number of iterations from the solver
- lis_solver_get_iter(3f)
- get the number of iterations from the solver
- lis_solver_get_iterex(3)
- get the detailed information on the number of iterations from the solver
- lis_solver_get_iterex(3f)
- get the detailed information on the number of iterations from the solver
- lis_solver_get_precon(3)
- get the preconditioner number from the solver
- lis_solver_get_precon(3f)
- get the preconditioner number from the solver
- lis_solver_get_preconname(3)
- get the preconditioner name from the preconditioner number
- lis_solver_get_preconname(3f)
- get the preconditioner name from the preconditioner number
- lis_solver_get_residualnorm(3)
- calculate the relative residual norm from the solution
- lis_solver_get_residualnorm(3f)
- calculate the relative residual norm from the solution
- lis_solver_get_rhistory(3)
- get the residual history of the solver
- lis_solver_get_rhistory(3f)
- get the residual history of the solver
- lis_solver_get_solver(3)
- get the solver number from the solver
- lis_solver_get_solver(3f)
- get the solver number from the solver
- lis_solver_get_solvername(3)
- get the solver name from the solver number
- lis_solver_get_solvername(3f)
- get the solver name from the solver number
- lis_solver_get_status(3)
- get the status from the solver
- lis_solver_get_status(3f)
- get the status from the solver
- lis_solver_get_time(3)
- get the execution time from the solver
- lis_solver_get_time(3f)
- get the execution time from the solver
- lis_solver_get_timeex(3)
- get the detailed information on the execution time from the solver
- lis_solver_get_timeex(3f)
- get the detailed information on the execution time from the solver
- lis_solver_set_option(3)
- set the options for the solver
- lis_solver_set_option(3f)
- set the options for the solver
- lis_solver_set_optionC(3)
- set the options for the solver on the command line
- lis_solver_set_optionC(3f)
- set the options for the solver on the command line
- lis_vector_abs(3)
- get the absolute values of the elements of the vector
- lis_vector_axpy(3)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_vector_axpy(3f)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_vector_axpyz(3)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_vector_axpyz(3f)
- calculate the sum of the vectors
- lis_vector_copy(3)
- copy the values of the vector elements
- lis_vector_copy(3f)
- copy the values of the vector elements
- lis_vector_create(3)
- create the vector